The Physical Universal Shifts of Consciousness

My Thoughts and Thoughts of Other Writers


You are not Your Physical Body; You are Not the Physical Matter: You are Sun Energy! And Everything what happened to You, happened for One Good Reason: to Merge Your Energy with the Energies of Others, with the Energies of Earths, with All Energies of Universes! The Mixed Energy is the Final Product of all Universal, Galactic and Planetary Games. Don't be afraid to mix your Energy with other Energies: the more - the better!




"Whenever we have a Thought," Clara explained..."our Energy moves in the direction of that Thought. Thoughts are like scouts; they cause the body to move along a certain path." from "Sorcerers' Crossing" by Taisha Abelar , the full book you will find on :
  "Sorcerers' Crossing"





The Best Thoughts from "Handbook for the New Paradigm"!
The Description of Our Planetary Shift
The Meaning of Violet Color
The Holographic Structure of our Universe Brilliant Thoughts from the Andromedans and Alex Collier
Fake Skies Creation of Portals The Struggle of the Great Being Conscious and Moving White Light Energy Beam
The Cause for the Shifts
Tricks of our Higher Selves Desire to be Individual How We Create Universes
Artificial Separation
My New  Affirmation Moving to the New Earth and to the more Advanced Universe Separate From the Creative Force
New videos of R.Monroe on Youtube My Wishes to Human Males-Earthers We Are All Walk-Ins Connection between Holographic Life Imprints and Multiple Personalities
Chain Reaction R.Monroe's Views on Global Crises Addiction to Exploration of Universes Disease Called Selfishness
Focus Point Help for Earth in Changing and Transforming its Energy Review of the movie "2012"
Quotations from the Movie "A Guy Named Joe"
R.Monroe About One-Timers
More About One-Timers Holographic Life Imprints

'Second Earth'
Bob Monroe's Plane Coming back to the Androgynous Subject The Controlled Human Races My visit to TMI
More about the future The  Importance of  Affirmation (Thought-Intent) First Impressions of being in a Physical Body More about Females
Queens and Princesses What Women Like?
Our Alters - Other Personalities Sun-eaters News
The Incredible Fear of Sun Shaking of the Body
Removal of a Soul from a Physical Body
Captured Human Souls
More about Prostitutition Simple Women's Leadership Role Kings and Princes
Our Dreams
Stalking The Destiny of some Human Males Hidden Defects of M5 Trilogy My Letter to Matrix 5 author
Credo Mutwa and Matrix 5 trilogy author
About Number 11
Synchronicity The Truth about Astrology
Love and Light People More Women Turn Androgynous Splitting of Ancient Androgynous humans Females' Natural Ability to Create Portals
Human Female/Male relationships Spiralling Out Another Side of Remote Viewing The Inorganic Beings
My experience with Inorganic Beings Bilocation
How Out-Of-Body Experiences Are Done R.Monroe's Big Love
R.Monroe's Thoughts about Sex The Importance of Thoughts New facts about Death The Meeting with Higher Self
Difference of Opinions about Akashic Records Life Experience versus Knowledge from Books Thoughts of other writers about Robert Monroe The Thoughts of Seth on Universal Matters
Andromedan Male/Female relationships Uncoditional Love versus Sexual Lust Cosmic Journeys Meeting with R.Monroe after His 'Death'
Letters to me "Avatar" - the Movie



Andromeda Galaxy

There are people on this Earth, who were born on 11th of November, but in different years and that is not by chance. I guess these people are playing some significant role in future events, which will be happening in this Planetary Game.
Just a couple of weeks ago in a house opposite our house-Centre there was a very loud birthday party with around 30-40 people.  Very nervous heavy metal "music" was banging from midday till 11 night. That was so monotonous and very unusual for our small village. It was getting on everybody's nerves and interfering with my work on the computer so much that by night I couldn't stand it anymore and turned on the music from "Swan Lake" by P. Tchaikovsky, especially the Final Scene, as loud as possible! I opened all doors and windows in the house to move the sound outside! The walls of our house were shaking from the sheer volume of the sound, but we enjoyed it tremendously! Soon the neighbours' heavy metal stopped and overwhelmed party's guests disappeared, but
Tchaikovsky's Final Scene was thundering! At that moment I concentrated, following the music, and mentally pushed all 500 millions of people of Violet Vibration through our Portal to our future Earth of 5th Level of Consciousness! I felt something happened on Higher Levels, something like a jitter (it's hard to describe)! I looked at the clock: it was 11 : 11 !!! Peter Tchaikovsky feels to me the most powerful composer of all times, listen to his music: there are some very powerful emotions there! I recommend everyone to do this as an exercise, esp. at the time of dispair: turn on "Swan Lake" by
P. Tchaikovsky, esp. the Final Scene or Symphony №6, Pathetique or other powerful classical music (but "Swan Lake", the Final Scene seems to do a better job, thanks to "Matrix 5" author for reminding us about the power of it), lie on the couch, listen to the music and imagine how you are moving 500 million people through a Portal into our New Earth! More about number 11 in the section: About Number 11

The best Thoughts about Balance from "Handbook for the New Paradigm" by George Green!

I post the most important, but different Thoughts from this book on all the links of our site, to remind you about what has been written for us years ago!

№39
"Th
ere was a time that Humankind experiencing on this Planet brought all into Balance. It was an experience that set what you might term the ideal into the Consciousness at the Planetary level. This then established the ability to recognize Imbalance and allow for the desire to return to that ideal. This realization of what is and is not balanced experience comes from deep within the Awareness. This singularity of focus is the Controlling Factor allowing the Planet to remain within
the Orbital Pattern of the Solar System. What is perceived as gravity (as it relates to the magnetism of the Planet) does not apply to the Planets as they orbit within the Solar System. This is a higher application of the Law of Attraction, or like
being attracted to like. When there is similar criteria involved in the creative focus, that brings a system into manifestation, that similarity is the basis for remaining within the field of focus. Inasmuch as there is a natural over unity Flow of Energy accumulated, the System continues to expand and additional Planets are formed. The process involved is not the point, only that you grasp the understanding, that your scientists cannot understand, what is at the basis of manifested creation without understanding the Basic Laws of the Universe and the principle of Thought thinking and acting upon itself independent of control...The human brain is but a radio receiver, that is capable of tuning into the Flow of Knowledge ever present in the Creative Flow. The magnetic field surrounding each of you is like an antenna, but your acquired belief systems cause you to unplug from the Universal Station and instead plug only into the 5 senses' environment. The spiritual aspect of the hu(man), the creator aspect of self-awareness, is unknown to you through the stressed importance of material manifestation and the distorted influence of your religions. The adventure you search in vain to find is found in exploring the journey of the spirit (when asleep), that you are into manifested experience and in finding its every expansive return trip... Humanity can be compared to a balloon filling at an exponential rate toward the explosive point. The master planners of control are watching for this bursting point and planning its expansion with what they believe to be great care. However, just as balloons from the same package burst at different air pressure levels, neither can they be sure what the exact bursting point may be. It is a matter of how this released energy is directed that is the important point. Will it be as they choose or can it be self-directed by the Mass Consciousness of the Awareness inside that bubble? Could the energy within the bubble be redirected from frustration to Creation and deflate the balloon? They have no contingency plan to deal with these possibilities. It only requires one small hole in the dike to destroy the dam. Several or even many small holes insure and speed the process. Why not one big explosion? Allowing weak points to expand is within the expansive Flow of Creation, while deliberate destruction is not...

It is suggested to consciously withdraw participation by focusing instead on an entirely different Creation Project, that will simply transcend the planned disaster. This would leave the perpetrators holding the bag and experiencing the other side of the coin, as fits into the experience of the Law of Attraction through their own use of it. This would be a wonderful demonstration of the Universal Laws in Concept and Application... "Ignorance is no excuse before the Law." The Laws work whether you understand them or not. Intelligent intentional application is the best bet for an adventure, that will keep you delightfully occupied, depending on your ability to overview your own experiences and see them in context. Attitude does determine your altitude...Amazingly these completed puzzles will each be a unique piece, that will fit into the puzzle at the next level. You exist within a Holographic Whole. Even the pieces are Holographic rather than flat... Through your imagination you can begin to perceive movement within Flow.
Nothing is lifeless or stagnant... Within the Creator's Flow all Uniqueness is divergent and cohesive...
№40
When the ending of the millennium does occur, it does not do this on the date of your calendar. The cycles are not required to follow your calendar of the seasons. The basis of the cycles is not from the Earth's prospective, but from what you call the zodiac as Earth passes from one influence of the 12 aspects of experience to the next. The starting place of each Planet’s trip through these influences does not follow the conclusions drawn by astrologers, but is determined by the mathematical equation of the Solar System as it synchronizes with the master equation of the Galaxy. It may then be assumed that the true ending of the millennium cycle is unknown other than in a general sense, and it is close to your calculated time, give or take a few months. The cycles shift at higher levels as the "heavenly bodies" (observable in the night
sky, which is nearly impossible because of artificial lighting), all moving in cycles reach points for repetition to begin. This indicates ending and beginning within the conceptualization of finite thinking, that is confined to the lower realms of dimensional experience. Each Cycle may be thought of as a portion of a breathing process allowing for a rest period or at time spent at the zero point of Balance before the shift. The zero (rest) point is the point at which each manifested creation partakes of an energy "feeding" process, or a gathering of new energy, before it moves into the new cycle. It is this available energy, that the devious ones plan to utilize combining it with the separated soul energy they plan to gather. They perceive this will supply an additional over unity boost to bring about their planned shift from positive to negative. They also perceive, that the control they are exerting will be accepted as the Balance necessary for the energy transfer to occur at the resting point of the cycle shift. Magicians assume, that their tricks are accepted as real by observers caught up in the process. Unfortunately for them, they are the ones caught up in their own deception. The creator and the creation do not observe the darkness of deception for all Thoughts and Plans are known... Thoughts and Emotions are available to be read by all. Deception is impossible, because intentions are fully known... Focused Thoughts are known and then what you call mental telepathy eliminates the need to slow the vibratory rate to vocalize Thoughts... when you volunteered to do this, there would be a point that you would be fully reminded who and what you are and of the agreement you made. In other words you were promised a wake up call. This is your wake up call..."


Our Advanced Thoughts look like White Luminous clouds high in night skies and now they are filling the skies all over the Planet! Scientists have no idea what they are and call them "Noctilucent or Nacreous" clouds. Robert Monroe with a group of participants photographed these Advanced Thoughts at night above his Institute in Virginia and described it in his books! Some Thoughts are of different colors, it means that they are not Advanced: they are of different vibrations and belong to the lower Levels our Planetary Game! Below are some of the photos of our Thoughts :





Luminous water at night: these are Luminous Thoughts of Underwater Beings, which are coming to the surface!


In Norway


In Norway


In Oslo, Sweden


In Finland


In Edinburgh, UK








In Argentina








In England


In England


In Moscow


In England


In Alaska


In Scotland


In Sweden


In Sweden


In Russia






In Estonia


In Scotland


In Cumbria, UK




In Utah, US








In Cumbria, UK


In Alberta, Canada


In Cumbria, UK


In Germany



In Netherlands




In Netherlands


In Isle of Man , UK


In Ivanovo, Russia


In Ireland


In Ireland


In Ireland


In Ireland


In Ireland


In Ireland


In Ireland


In Scotland


In Scotland


In Scotland


In Scotland


In Scotland


In Scotland


In Scotland


In Scotland



In Scotland




In Sussex, UK


In Scotland


In Russia


In Russia


In Russia


In Russia


In Russia


In Russia


In Russia


In Peterburg


In England






In Norway

I've been also wondering why R.Monroe's books were so heavily censored: missing words are everywhere with 3 dots instead (read between the lines)? But "Matrix 5" trilogy was not censored at all.
Maybe because something in those 'books' suited Orion Empire?

For instance: hiding the most important information Andromedans gave us through Alex Collier 16 years ago and that is the Transformation of the Consciousness of our Old Universe to a much Higher Level
(the Upgrade to Non-Physical Level of Consciousness), which started on the 23 March 1994 and supposed to be completed by 3rd of December 2013 !
Like not telling us that not only Earth was going through all kinds of Crises, but all the Planets and Suns of our Old Universe have been going through the same Crises! His Love of Ass-trology and here is a Thought about Astrologers from "Handbook for the New Paradigm" :

"The cycles are not required to follow your calendar of the seasons. The basis of the cycles is not from the Earth's prospective, but from what you call the Zodiac, as Earth passes from one influence of the 12 aspects of experience to the next. The starting place of each Planet’s trip through these influences does not follow the conclusions drawn by astrologers, but is determined by the mathematical equation of the Solar System, as it synchronizes with the Master Equation of the Galaxy."
Not much left from our Galaxy (Milky Way), because of the constant implosions of the Planets and Suns in our Galaxy and in our Universe! If you still think that nothing has changed in the skies for the last 15 years, than you are making a big mistake! Now I see just numerous and flickering spaceships (where Stars are supposed to be) on the totally cloudy night sky. Everything in the Sky is Moving!  More on this link below in the section "Hidden Defects of M5 Trilogy".


The Description of Our Planetary Shift

We are not Humanity, we are Energy and this Energy needs to be used for the Evolution of our Universe!
Let's think logically. If we all originated from the same Source (Creative Force) and, eventually, we all are coming back to the same Source (Read R. Monroe's "Ultimate Journey"), then it makes us all connected to each other on a higher 5th level of Consciousness (and higher), whether you were positive or negative in this physical Game. When R. Monroe was taken by his Inspec-friend to the Future to witness Earth's and the whole Galaxy's Shifts of Consciousness, then R. Monroe discovered a New Energy present there, which he couldn't identify and that was in early 1980's! That Energy was the New Energy of Aquamarine and the New Sound, which Alex Collier told us about later, in 1990's! That was the Birth of the New Energy the Inspec-Friend was talking to Robert about! That, very much needed, New Aquamarine Energy have turned up from all the Black Holes of our Universe in March 1994 (and is still emanating) to dismantle the phisical 3rd Level of Consciousness in our Universe!
I've never read an observation of the Future Earth Planetary and Galactic Shifts of Consciousness in any other book except  R.Monroe's "Far Journeys" in chapter 16 called "The Gathering". Maybe it exist, but I don't know where. The book was written by R.Monroe in 1985, but the Universal Shift started on 23rd of March 1994, 9 years later and it's been described by Alex Collier in his book "Defending Sacred Ground", which you can find as separate links on this website on  Defending Sacred Ground  and  Alex Collier info  
This was the Event, which kept R.Monroe on this Earth. 
Bob Monroe died in 1995, after that Event occured, the Start of the Universal Shift in March 1994. So he understood what he was waiting for!
Here is an extract from the book of Bayard Stockton "Catapult: The Biography of Robert A.Monroe", written in 1989 (before the start of the Universal Shift in 1994); the conversation between the author and Bob Monroe, p.274:
"
Bob Monroe's voice drops to the barely audible, as he leans forward...
Bob:  I have an open option. I can stay in the physical, or I can leave. I can say, 'I've had enough of this. I think I can make my exit at any time. I am not sure what keeps me here. It's as if I'm waiting for something...
waiting for some Event. I have no idea what the Event will be...all I know is that it is one major Event that I have yet to experience."
There is also a mention of the same Event in "Far Journeys" by R.Monroe, p. 227:
"She was vibrating warmly: ('We've been expecting this, uh, an Event, to take place. Then we can leave!')  
I was ready  to ask about who the "we" and the Event, but I felt the familiar INSPEC signal and began to respond
...and so did she! ...   
(We have to go back to the site now.) She was smooth, yet vibrating. (Are you ready?)
I closed...ident the knoll...reached and stretched."
I want you to read one of Robert Monroe's most important messages for the World from "Far Journeys", chapter 16, "The Gathering", p.229-232, when R. Monroe was taken by his Inspec-friend to the Future to witness Earth's and the whole Galaxy's Shift of Consciousness and the Creation of a New Evolutionary Energy. Then he created program for the participants to witness this Event, the Shift of Consciousness: the Earth and the whole our Galaxy, together moving out of physicality to the non-physical 5th level of Consciousness (but the earlier Event on 23 March 1994 and this Event are connected to each other)! Some participants went through the Program and witnessed this Event. The Program was called "Exploration 27". Here is the description of this Event:

The Gathering

"...( Not out of this world. You need no longer stay closed for the SHIFT).
 I managed to stay calm, but expectant.

Click!
We were on the far rim of the Outermost Ring. I could recognize it from the very thin ambience of haze. The soft white forms ( Higher Selves', HS) were all around us. I could perceive my INSPEC friend was with me, but there was no glowing form.
(There is no need to distract their attention.)
I reached for any percept of Bill, then Lou. I couldn't find either.
(They have, Graduated, as you put it.)

That was to be expected , and I had a percept of their new address, as it were, but there was some factor involved that disturbed me, and I couldn't bring it out.
Then I became aware of the Intent of Inward Focus of the Entire Outermost Ring, the Inhabitants thereof. There was a Strong Radiation of Expectancy,
not Concern, as if the Star of the Show was about to make an Entrance! I followed the line of their Focus. It was the Physical Planet Earth, Indistinct and Nebulous from the Prospective.

(Let us take another viewpoint.)
By all means, and the phrase does fit it!
Click!
We were out in space somewhere between the Earth and the Moon, indeterminate distance, fifty thousands miles plus from the surface of Earth. It was clear and detailed, not as it was before. I turned to look at the Moon and blanked.
No more than a thousand feet away, or so it seemed, was an immense, solid-appearing object, gray in color, long and slender, conical-shaped with a hemispheric dome at the widest end - the other end was somewhere in the distance, at least several miles. It appeared motionless, but I had a definite percept of M Band radiation from it. A spaceship, a physical spaceship?

(In your terms, that is correct. It is not a human construct. There are many of such around the physical Earth at this point. Their origins are of your physical Universe but not necessarily of your Time Reference.)

"Many" could be five or five thousand. There was no point in trying to find out . But why around our Earth, was it...
(They are focused on the Planet Earth and Humans just as you observed the others, and for the same purpose...)
My immediate percept of the Earth was a pinpoint of reflected light in the distance, no larger than a small star.
From it came Regular Waves of Energy, Multidimensional, Pulsing, Intermittently Broken by Occasional Quick Flares, a Complex Unorganized Pattern Composed not of Light or Electromagnetic or Gravitic Structure, but of some other Energy that I could't define! I was so completely fascinated by the display that I did not at first notice the background.
As far as I could perceive in all directions, with the Earth in the center, was a host of forms, countless numbers, it seemed. Some had shape, others appeared as no more than a wisp of cloud vapor, all glowed in various degrees of intensity. From those nearest us, I had the same percept of expectancy, of waiting for the show to begin. It must be some Big Show to attract all of these.
(It is what we call the Gathering. These have manifested from other nearby energy systems only to witness The Big Show as you call it, just as those within the physical Spacecraft and your Final-Processed humans. This Big Show, which is about to occur is actually a Very Rare Event - the conflux (merging) of several different and intense energy fields arriving at the same point at your Time-Space. It is This Rarity that has attracted so much attention. In terms that you can perceive, it may occur once every eighty-seven millions of your Earth years.)
Very long odds, and a long time to wait.
(This does not warrant that it will be produced at that Frequency. There are random elements and variables in the format which cannot be predicted).
So random that the Event might not take place, perhaps. There would be a lot of disappointed...
(It is long past such point. It will occur. The interest lies in the Result. It is best symbolized to you as a Convergence (an approach of the same point/union/result from different directions) of a Great Number of Possibilities which emerge as several probabilities and a few possibilities.
One of such probabilities may alter not only your Time-Space, but all adjoining Energy Systems as well. Therefore the wide interest. In human terms, still symbolized, the Gathering is here to observe the Possible Birth of a New Energy. Will it survive the Birth Process, and if so, what are the Potentials Inherent in Such Energy, that will predict accurately the same at maturity? Or will the Energy arrive stillborn, and all the possibilities remain no more than that - weak uncoordinated possibilities?...there is a Human Oriental Symbol for Crisis which is composed of two Subsymbols indicating Danger and Opportunity.
The Event in Human and Physical Earth terms is definitely a point of Crisis. It is quite valid that as to human existence both Danger and Opportunity will be present in extreme degrees"
"Danger? Physical danger? Mental? The...
(Those are the possibilities, the exact nature of which will be determined by the Event itself. Whatever your percept may be is one of the possibilities. One
or several will occur. The other side: the Opportunity. That is the KEY to the understanding of the Event. It will offer Human Consciousness a Rare Potential to emerge rapidly into a Unified Intelligent Energy System that will range far beyond your Time-Space Illusion, creating, constructing, teaching as only a  Human-Trained Graduate Energy is able to do.)

Robert Monroe "Far Journeys", EndGame, p.241:
"The Single Outermost Ring is composed solely of those, who are preparing for their Final in-Human experience —the Last-Timers, or Seniors, whichever suits your perspective.They have lost their Gray Appearance and much of their Humanoid Form; they are nearly White in Radiation with occasional Sparkling Patterns around them..."

The Meaning of Violet Color

The Meaning of Violet Color

"The most sensitive and wisest of colors. This is the intuitive color in the Aura, and reveals Psychic Power of Attunement with Self. Violets are intuitive, visionary, futuristic, idealistic, artistic, and magical. They have Imagination, Vision, and are able to daydream. The Violet Aura indicates Spiritual Thoughts. Violet is the color of one who is seeking something in life that is Greater than Themselves. Violet reflects the blending of Heart and Mind with physical and spiritual. It can also mean Independence, and a High Level of Active Intuition. Violet also shows an Ability to Handle Affairs with Worldliness and Practicality. Violets have a Cosmic Connectedness..."

Violet Auras

Idealistic and Thoughtful, you have the Mind and Ideas to Change the World. And you have the Charisma of a Great Leader, even if you don't always use it! The Purpose of Your Life: saying Truths that other people dare not say. Famous purples include: Mahatma Gandhi, Martin Luther King, Jr., Susan B. Anthony.
I've just read an article on Inet  that people in China saw and pictured a Violet Sky on 30th July 2012, so don't be surprised to see our skies turn Violet everywhere day and night! Here is the picture:



Violet Skies of China!

How to SEE and READ any AURA: Part 1

http://www.thiaoouba.com/seeau.htm
There is nothing “paranormal” in the Universe, except our limited understanding of Nature. What we think we “know” on Earth now is just a tiny drop in the Ocean of Knowledge.
In the distant past, people admired things they could not explain and called them “miracles”. Long ago, people were able to see Auras. Advanced spiritual people such as Buddha, Christ and their immediate students were painted with golden haloes around their heads, because some artists could actually see Auras. In Australia remote West Kimberleys you can find prehistoric cave paintings (bottom left), many thousands of years old, depicting people with golden haloes. (photo courtesy G.L.Walsh) Nature gave us ALL we need to see Auras. All is required is the knowledge how to use your senses together with your conscious effort. If you decide not to try, you will NEVER see the Aura. On the other hand, when you SEE something for yourself, no longer will you need to rely on believing someone. You will KNOW. And you can use your knowledge to learn more.
Many great people in the past complained that "we have eyes and we do not see". Further in this document you will discover what they meant.
ANYONE can see auras to some degree. Rather than create an aura of mystery around my newly acquired skill, my approach is to show everyone what their eyes are capable of. When nearly everyone (including children) sees a similar thing, I consider this a part of our Nature and I say that it deserves our attention.
This page summarizes the content of regular lecture-workshops on seeing and Reading Auras held by Dr. Tom J. Chalko. It was written to be BRIEF. For best results you need to refer to it from time to time. If you want to arrange workshop and have a group of people ready, please contact the author. You can also buy Dr Tom J. Chalko workshop notes (an expanded version of this document).

What is the Aura ?

Everything in the Universe seems to be just a vibration. Every atom, every part of an atom, every electron, every elementary “particle”, even our thoughts and consciousness are just vibrations. Hence, we may define the Aura as a electro-photonic vibration response of an object to some external excitation (such as an ambient light for example). This definition is sufficient for the purpose of reading Auras, providing that we can train ourselves to see the Aura vibration.
The most important property of the Aura seems to be the fact that it contains INFORMATION about the object.
Aura around living (conscious) objects (people, plants ...) changes with time, sometimes very quickly. Aura around non-living object (stones, crystals, water...) is essentially fixed, but can be changed by our conscious intent. Above facts have been observed by scientists in Russia, who have been using Kirlian effect to study Auras for the last 50 years.
The Aura around humans is partly composed from EM (electromagnetic) radiation, spanning from microwave, infrared (IR) to UV light. The low frequency microwave and infrared part of the spectrum (body heat) seems to be related to the low levels of the functioning of our body (DNA structure, metabolism, circulation etc.) whereas high frequency (UV part) is more related to our conscious activity such as thinking, creativity, intentions, sense of humor and emotions. Russian scientists, who seem to be about 3 decades ahead of everyone else in Aura research, make experiments suggesting that our DNA can be altered, by influencing its microwave Aura. The high frequency UV part is very important and most interesting but largely unexplored. And this part can be seen with naked eyes.

Why do we need to see auras ?

Colors and intensity of the aura, especially around and above the head have VERY special meanings. Watching someone's aura you can actually see the other person's thoughts before you hear them expressed verbally. If they do not agree with what this person is saying, you effectively see a lie every time. No one can lie in front of you undetected. We cannot fake the Aura. It shows our True Nature and intentions for everyone to see.
Also, aura is our spiritual signature. When you see a person with a bright, clean aura, you can be SURE that such person is good and spiritually advanced, even if he/she is modest and not aware of it. When you see a person with a gray or dark aura, you may be almost SURE, that such person has unclear intentions, regardless how impressive, eloquent, educated, "good looking" or "well dressed" he/she seems to appear.
It is ESPECIALLY important to check the aura of any religious leader, "spiritual teacher", "master" or a "guru". Such a person should have a clearly defined yellow-golden halo around the head. If he/she does not have it, you are MUCH better on your own.
Joining a sect or a religion that is led by incompetent people without good Auras is very dangerous for your consciousness. Where is the danger ? When the time comes to really use the information stored in your consciousness from this lifetime, there may be almost nothing useful there, if you focus your life on following rituals and the flock of other people. In such case it is necessary to re-learn everything from the beginning. Most sect, religion and political leaders have only two things in mind: money and power to control people. And you can SEE it in their Aura for yourself. Imagine changes on Earth if many people can see Auras of their leaders and start choosing them on the basis of their Auras.
By reading Aura it seems possible to diagnose malfunctions in the body (diseases) long before physical symptoms become evident. By consciously controlling your Aura you can actually heal yourself.
However, healing of the physical body is nothing in comparison to what seeing and reading auras can do for our consciousness, spiritual development and our awareness of Nature.
Everyone has an Aura. But most people on Earth have VERY WEAK and dull Auras. This seems to be a direct consequence of their life long materialistic attitude negating and suppressing the development of consciousness, cultivating fear, envy, jealousy and other similar emotions. Such attitude suppresses their True Nature, and their Auras seem to become suppressed too.
When you learn to see Auras, be prepared for a REALLY HARD question: “Can you tell me what my Aura is ?” and the situation when you don't see any Aura or you see something you don't want to talk about. One of the best answers I found is “why don't you learn to see it for yourself ? “. And this is one of the main reasons why I teach people to see auras.
When people realize that their Aura is on display and many people are able to see it, they will watch what they think. And they will try to see and improve their own Aura. In the process they will become better and wiser, being able to recognize intentions of other people. Surely, the entire world will become much better if all people can see and read Auras.

Children and the Aura:

Very young children (up to 5 years of age) see auras naturally. Infants frequently look ABOVE a person in front of them. When they don't like the color of the aura above the head, or if this color is much different from their parent's aura, they cry, no matter how much smiling the person does.
Children have much cleaner and stronger auras than most of adults, who are usually completely enslaved by the materialistic world and suppress their Nature by following superficial examples. When I taught my 12 year old son to see his own Aura, he told me that when he was little he was able to see Auras most of the time. But no one paid any attention, so he thought that it was not important and maybe there was something wrong with his eyesight. This is a typical scenario. In my opinion children should learn to see and read Auras in a primary school, so they never lose this natural ability. Violet – This color indicates the person’s spiritual energy that is released by the sahasrara chakra, which is located on the crown, near the pineal gland. This is also referred to as the third eye. A bright violet color means wisdom and people with bright violet auras are usually visionaries. If the third eye is opened, the aura is no longer violet. It has turned white, which indicates spiritual enlightenment.
Paranormal believers aim to have these colors in a state of balance to maintain the optimum physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual health of the person. If the person’s well being is in utter chaos, the dominant aura would be black because all the colors will be muddied. If the auric colors are not blended into each other but are very distinguishable, like individual rays, the person is either a healer or the first incarnation. Would you dare take a picture of your aura? What would your aura’s colors reveal about you?
Read more: http://www.brighthub.com/multimedia/photography/articles/8535.aspx#ixzz1G0MRLcgl

The Holographic Structure of our Universe

Our (and others) Videos are not Linear, they are Holographic, they are a part of Our Mutual Advanced Holographic Structure. So you can't really say the exact number of the Viewers (many of them are not physical) watching them (and the videos of other people) and what Impact they create on our minds, on our Holographic Structure, because they are not separate (I mean our Minds, Our Society, our videos, our website and us, everything we do, our lives - all of it belongs to Our Advanced Holographic Structure)! There is a lot of Energy in those Videos !

White Streams of Balance entering Earth every second!

White Sparkling Streams of White Balance have been entering Earth every second!

Everything here on Earth has been based on promoting and supporting Physical Linear Structure and that Mentality must be broken by us!
"Bohm's assertion that Thoughts are like Vortices in a river;  Bohm admits to believing that the Universe is all "Thought" and reality exists only in what we think!"
Here are interesting and appropriate Michael Talbot's and other writers' Thoughts about how wrong it is to divide our body Energy field into layers from "The Holographic Universe" by , p. 190, 73:

"Of course, these processes are not contingent (accidental) on the subtle energy fields of the universe being stratified (arranged) into rigidly defined layers. They could also work even if the subtle fields of the universe are a smooth continuum. In fact, given how sensitive these subtle fields are to our thoughts, we must be very careful when trying to form set ideas about their organization and structure. What we believe about them may in fact help mold and create their structure. This is perhaps why psychics disagree about whether the human energy field is divided into layers. Psychics who believe in clearly defined layers may actually be causing the energy field to form itself into layers. The individual whose energy field is being observed may also participate in this process. Brennan is very frank about this and notes that the more one of her clients understands the difference between the layers, the clearer and more distinct the layers of their energy field become. She admits that the structure she sees in the energy field is thus but one system, and others have come up with other systems. For example, the authors of the tantras, a collection of Hindu yogic texts written during the fourth through sixth centuries A. D., perceived only three layers in the energy field. There is evidence that the structures clairvoyants inadvertently create in the energy field can be remarkably long-lived. For centuries the ancient Hindus believed that each chakra also had a Sanskrit letter written in its center. Japanese researcher Hiroshi Motoyama, a clinical psychologist who has successfully developed a technique for measuring the electrical presence of the chakras, says that he first became interested in the chakras because his mother, a simple woman with natural clairvoyant gifts, could see them clearly. However, for years she was puzzled because she could see what looked like an inverted sailboat in her heart chakra. It wasn't until Motoyama began his own investigations that he discovered what his mother was seeing was the Sanskrit letter yam, the letter the ancient Hindus perceived in the heart chakra. Some psychics, such as Dryer, say that they also see Sanskrit letters in the chakras. Others do not. The only explanation appears to be that psychics who see the letters are actually tuning into holographic structures long ago imposed on the energy field by the beliefs of the ancient Hindus...
Bohm's assertion that Thoughts are like vortices in a river should be taken literally and explains why our attitudes and beliefs sometimes become fixed and resistant to change. Studies have shown that vortices are often remarkably stable (whirlwinds, whirls of mass or air). The Great Red Spot of Jupiter, a giant vortex of gas over 25, 000 miles wide, has remained intact since it was first discovered 300 years ago. Shainberg believes this same tendency toward stability is what causes certain vortices of thought (our ideas and opinions) to become occasionally cemented in our consciousness. He feels the virtual permanence of some vortices  is often detrimental to our growth as human beings. A particularly powerful vortex can dominate our behavior and inhibit our ability to assimilate new ideas and information. It can cause us to become repetitious, create blockages in the creative flow of our consciousness, keep us from seeing the wholeness of ourselves, and make us feel disconnected from our species... Carol Dryer has also noticed that the energy field responds before a person consciously registers a response. As a consequence, instead of trying to judge her client's reactions by watching their facial expressions, she keeps her eyes closed and watches how their energy fields react. "As I speak I can see the colors change in their energy field. I can see how they feel about what I'm saying without having to ask them. For instance, if their field becomes foggy I know they're not understanding what I'm telling them," she states. If the mind is not in the brain, but in the energy field that permeates both the brain and the physical body, this may explain why psychics such as Dryer see so much of the content of a person's psyche in the field. It may also explain how my spleen, an organ not normally associated with thought, managed to have its own rudimentary form of intelligence. Indeed, if the mind is in the field, it suggests that our awareness, the thinking, feeling part of ourselves, may not even be confined to the physical body, and as we will see, there is considerable evidence to support this idea as well. But first we must turn our attention to another issue. The solidity of the body is not the only thing that is illusory in a holographic universe. As we have seen, Bohm believes that even time itself is not absolute, but unfolds out of the implicate order. This suggests that the linear division of time into past, present, and future is also just another construct of the mind." Michael Talbot

"According to the Andromedans, it is the male aspect of ourselves that creates the thought and the feminine aspect of ourselves that makes things manifest through emotion". Alex Collier

To build something with just a Thought (male aspect) is good for non-physical 4th Density and higher levels of Consciousness, but for the physical 3d Density, Thought alone is not enough. And it's here on
3d D Earth (and other 3D physical planets) everything you see 
has been manifested through emotions and kept from disintegrating by feminine aspect, by feminine energy (unless the world was destroyed by an outside force). Feminine Energy was/is stored more in females and much less in males. The whole 3d Density level of our Universe has been created according to this Basic Idea: Thought is male aspect; Creation of all physical (and non-physical) Life, Thought Manifestation is female aspect and it is the same principle in other physical Universes!
And the reason why all females have been constantly tormented by everyone and everything (even their own race) is to gather more emotions, more Creative Energies and to create more physical things and physical/non-physical Life around, but now we need to un-create all physical Life on our planet and in our Universe! More men would be willing to destroy this restricting Physical Worlds, than women. It looks like women need to brake their addiction to physical 3rd Density realities, to their little worlds they've been  creating around themselves, because we are rapidly moving to another Phase in our Evolution!
At certain Time, those women and men, who has more Feminine Energy and Intent will manifest both: our Planetary Shift of Consciousness and our Universal Shift of Consciousness!
If women don't want to do it, then why men can't organize themselves in the mutual effort to mentally destroy phony financial/court/law/prison/educational/political/religious systems of this World and we (Robert Monroe and I) can help you a great deal in this endeavour? I assure you that we have constant great help and encouragement from invisible forces on higher vibrational levels!
The financial system is a major component in the Negative Holographic Structure! This action will create that "Domino Effect", Alex Collier was talking about, when the whole Holographic Structure would collapse if we remove just one right brick from under the Pyramid !
All the planets (which have a Spirit attached to them) and all Universes have a Core at the centre and many layers (parallel planets or Parallel Universes) around that Core, which they grow (expand) during their lifetime. It reminds layers of an onion Robert Monroe and Carlos Castaneda were talking about in their books, but you can't define borders, because all of it is Holographic! There is also another idea, that the Centre of the Universe is in every Point!

A Picture Tells a Thousand Words: Holographic Image Technology (Alex Collier)

"They (Andromedans) have a camera that they can take a picture and separate it out to get data all the way back to conception. Say I have a liver problem. They can go back and get the data relative to my healthy liver and project it holographically and heal the liver. This is holographic technology. It is literally me, healing myself. We have the same capabilities using our minds. The key is to open it up to the idea that everything that we record in our mind is recorded holographically.
Every single thought is recorded holographically. When you are trying to create something in your life, through your mediations, don't look at it the way you normally do. Move around it, behind it, on top of it, beneath it. Train you mind and subconscious to see it for what it really is. They say we have this ability - they need technology to do this, but we don't, because we have the benefit of already having been on 11th density (or 11th level of Consciousness, LM)...
Q: Could you explain further what the Andromedans said about our ability to project holographically with our minds?
Alex Collier: They said that all of our experiences are recorded holographically. When you look at me, for instance, your brain is not only recording what you see, but also my energy field, the thoughts in my energy field, and more. The mind is recording that all the time, and they say that we have the capability to tap into it. Moraney made reference to the fact that the whole universe is changing, because thought is changing. They are one and the same... 
All matter is changing because all thought is changing.
Q: Can the holographic camera you mentioned before just access this incarnation, or can it go further back?
AC: It can go further back.
Q: Back to the state of our DNA prior to the removal of the 10 strands?
AC: Yes, and we have this information about that state recorded within our energy field. Everything we have ever been is recorded there. Read between the lines, please...

This is the definition of what we are supposed to be going - and he (Moraney) says that we will reach this point.
He said: "Responsible freedom of self determination, becoming truly self-confident and free to unconditionally be responsible for one's self, without being coerced to accept some higher authority!

...9. The knowledge that what we see in the physical is a holographic imprint created and directed from a higher portion of ourselves... 
10. Knowledge that human consciousness is not in the brain, but is located entirely in the energy fields that surrounds the body. That's who you are. You are not the body...
it is our extremes of emotions and our essence. They (the Andromedans) have always stressed that the containment of emotion in physical form is what is most attractive (in us).
13. The general discovery that each of us is a part of the whole (the Whole is the Creative Force, our souls originated from, LM)...

From the Andromedan perspective, the reason they (the World's Governments) don't want us to wake up is that as a group consciousness, we come from the eleventh density. We wanted to experience a different perspective and we came down 'into time' and literally 'cut out' third density. We created this. There are more of us that are not on the planet. Now, if this is true that we have come from the eleventh density, and if it is true that we have the genetics of 22 different races inside out bodies it becomes interesting. The Andromedans are convinced that this is absolutely the case and look at us as 'royalty'...
Alex Collier: You can "feel" them (the Andromedans) listening to your mind, but they don't infringe... Let me give you an example.
If you knew somebody was spying on you. That's what it's like. I don't have a problem with that because
I know that they're trying to learn about us. Many of the ET's hold us in awe, and they are fascinated by us. The thing that fascinates them the most about us is our extreme range of emotion. They are awed because emotion is such an incredible creative force. Now, the Andromedans themselves are not very emotional. In other words, you can feel their emotion, but when it comes to expressing it, they all appear to be very stoic. They don't show it. I mean, they are very straight-faced.
It's like they are "all business" even though you can sense the emotions... There is a lot of smiling, but there is not deep laughter...
I want to read something that was given to me on February 2, 1996 by Moraney regarding the frequency change. He talks about them as well, and what they are experiencing, because it is affecting everybody, and what they have been able to discover about the change. Now in the system where they live, there are beings from the 5th, 6th and 7th density. The 7th density beings are on contact with those on 8th, 9th and 10th densities. Those on 9th and 10th were talking to those on 11th, who have apparently already moved into the new 12th density. A new holograph has been added to our universe, which is why the frequency is changing, and a lot of people are feeling it. Everything is being 'pulled up'... 
...They say that our universe, in terms of our reckoning of linear time, is a 21 trillion year-old hologram. They also say that there are 100 trillion galaxies in this universe, including all dimensions. One hundred trillion!
The Andromedans refer to this as the Is-ness (Creative Force, LM). They don't know exactly what it is. It just Is, and they accept that. It holds everything together. This is (an aspect of) what is coming out of the black holes (Is-ness/Creative Force/Balance is coming from all Black Holes as well as new Aquamarine Color and Sound, LM) and what the Andromedans have said as a result of their preliminary studies, traveling back and forth through time, and what they are being told "down the line' through the dimensional levels, is that as of right now, by December 3, 2013 third density as we know it is supposed to implode, and for those of us who have chosen to evolve, it will be a conscious, clear intent to do so. For those who so choose, they will move through fourth into fifth density. This will be happening gradually over the next few years. Those who choose not to evolve will apparently create another space within which to evolve; they will apparently go through a black hole structure somewhere and create another space  to begin the process all over again (in another physical Universe, LM)...
Third and Fourth density will be getting closer together as 3rd density starts to implode.
Val: Tell me more about your understanding of dimensions.
AC: My understanding of dimensions is that each dimension is a holograph that vibrates at a higher color-sound frequency than others. Fifth density has a frequency scale of 214 colors, as opposed to the 73 color frequency spectrum we have here in third density."
Below is an appropriate extract about holographic nature of our Universe from Michael Talbot's book "The Holographic Universe", p. 31. The full electronic version of this book is coming to
the link on our site:   Michael Talbot's "The Holographic Universe"

Pribram Encounters Bohm

"As for Pribram, by the 1970s enough evidence had accumulated to convince him his theory was correct. In addition, he had taken his ideas into the laboratory and discovered that single neurons in the motor cortex respond selectively to a limited bandwidth of frequencies, a finding that further supported his conclusions. The question that began to bother him was, if the picture of reality in our brains is not a picture at all, but a hologram, what is it a hologram of? The dilemma posed by this question is analogous to taking a Polaroid picture of a group of people sitting around a table and, after the picture develops,
finding that, instead of people, there are only blurry clouds of interference patterns positioned around the table. In both cases one could rightfully ask. Which is the true reality, the seemingly objective world experienced by the observer/photographer or the blur of interference patterns recorded by the camera/brain?
Pribram realized that if the holographic brain model was taken to its logical conclusions, it opened the door on the possibility that objective reality—the world of coffee cups, mountain vistas, elm trees, and table lamps—might not even exist, or at least not exist in the way we believe it exists. Was it possible, he wondered, that what the mystics had been saying for centuries was true, reality was maya, an illusion, and what was out there was really a vast, resonating symphony of wave forms, a "frequency domain" that was transformed into the world as we know it only after it entered our senses?
Realizing that the solution he was seeking might lie outside the province of his own field, he went to his physicist son for advice. His son recommended he look into the work of a physicist named David Bohm. When Pribram did he was electrified. He not only found the answer to his question, but also discovered that according to Bohm, the entire universe was a hologram...


White and Aquamarine Energies' Glow of Earth and a Group of paragliders

Glow of White and Aquamarine Energies of Earth and a Group of paragliders, 2008.

...Drawing on Pribram's holographic model of the brain, Argentinian physiologist Hugo Zuccarelli recently developed a new recording technique that allows one to create what amounts to holograms made out of sound instead of light. Zuccarelli bases his technique on the curious fact that the human ears actually emit sound. Realizing that these naturally occurring sounds were the audio equivalent of the "reference laser" used to recreate a holographic image, he used them as the basis for a revolutionary new recording technique that reproduces sounds that are even more realistic and three- dimensional than those produced through the stereo process. He calls this new kind of sound "holophonic sound." After listening to one of Zuccarelli's holophonic recordings, a reporter for the Times of London wrote recently, "I stole a look at the reassuring numbers on my watch to make sure where I was. People approached from behind me where I knew there was only wall.... By the end of seven minutes I was getting the impression of figures, the embodiment of the voices on the tape. It is a multidimensional 'picture' created by sound." Because Zuccarelli's technique is based on the brain's own holographic way of processing sound, it appears to be as successful at fooling the ear as light holograms are at fooling the eyes. As a result, listeners often move their feet when they hear a recording of someone walking in front of them, and move their heads when they hear what sounds like a match being lit too near to their face (some reportedly even smell the match). Remarkably, because a holophonic recording has nothing to do with conventional stereophonic sound, it maintains its eerie three-dimensionality even when one listens to it through only one side of a headphone."

"The idea that the universe began in a single, primordial explosion, or Big Bang, is accepted without question by most scientists. And this is odd because, although there are compelling reasons to believe that this is true, no one has ever proved that it is true. On the other hand, if a near-death psychologist were to state flatly that the realm of light NDEers travel to during their experiences is an actual other level of reality, the psychologist would be attacked for making a statement that cannot be proved. And this is odd, for there are equally compelling reasons to believe this is true. In other words, science already accepts what is probable about very important matters if those matters fall into the category of "fashionable things to believe" but not if they fall into the category of "unfashionable things to believe." This double standard must be eliminated before science can begin to make significant inroads into the study of both psychic and spiritual phenomena. Most crucial of all, science must replace its enamorment with objectivity— the idea that the best way to study nature is to be detached, analytical, and dispassionately objective—with a more participatory approach. The importance of this shift has been stressed by numerous researchers, including Harman. We have also seen evidence of its necessity repeatedly throughout this book. In a universe in which the consciousness of a physicist affects the reality of a subatomic particle, the attitude of a doctor affects whether or not a placebo works, the mind of an experimenter affects the way a machine operates, and the imaginal can spill over into physical reality, we can no longer pretend that we are separate from that which we are studying. In a holographic and omnijective universe, a universe in which all things are part of a seamless continuum, strict objectivity ceases to be possible." Michael Talbot


Brilliant Thoughts from the Andromedans and Alex Collier

"According to the Andromedans, it is the male aspect of ourselves that creates the thought and the feminine aspect of ourselves that makes things manifest through emotion."

Ideally, it is the
females, who should lead the planet Earth to 5th Density, but they don't want to part with the physical world. It's a pity, becausethey have more Female Energy, more emotions to make the Shift of Consciousness to manifest and the Earth and Humanity to move to the 5th Level of Consciousness! Then more Advanced and more Balanced men need to take the leadership role, because it doesn't matter who would do the job, as long as it's done! 

"...intent is the primal force of creation. It is the Is-ness (Creative Force, LM) whose intent and desire to explore and expand Itself, in all possible openness, that creates all physical matter on all dimensions (all dimensions, but only of 3d Density, LM). It is this which has made it possible for us, as well, to explore our Selves to completion...All of you are a complex of intents or desires. Many of you walk around and ask for a miracle, when you are in fact that which you ask for. From beginning to end, physical matter is a network of intent. The Is-ness then spins consciousness into the matter, and what you have is life. What you see and experience is only the smallest part of you. The outer expression of an inner event. The pattern for your human form is created in Spirit, and the body is composed of a collection of intents, each one having a particular function, all geared toward the sustenance of your human-ness... At some point, our entire universe including all of the dimensions will implode and we will all "go home" to the Source... (in December 2013, LM).
Until we consciously make the shift and change everybody else's perspective... Consciousness is your scale. It always provides balance which does not fail. It speaks to those who listens, and tells them what to do and not to do... The goal is to recover the genuine human beings lost deep within yourselves. Always be at One with your Self... Alex Collier.
Since the removal of conditions by density technology, your evolution is going to a faster pace...We have had to raise the frequency of your planet to move change and enlightenment along. Such a broad word you use, this word 'enlightenment'. It was necessary. This also means great tests of tolerance in situations will be needed, by your races...  But, please do not forget that we have told you about mental conflicts, (that they) cause each to go through tests of maturity. We determine your mentalities through the impulse signals we receive from your races chain of thoughts. Now, the selection of man or woman and the situations they transcend are much more difficult, because their preparation (in terms) of the future is in accordance with their level of consciousness..." Moraney.
14. That this accelerated self-discovery being experienced was created and activated by all of us.
15 That we, as a product of extraterrestrial genetic manipulation, are possessors of a vast gene pool consisting of many different racial memory banks, also consisting of at least 22 different races. Because of our genetic heritage, and because we are spirit, the benevolent extraterrestrial races actually view us as being royalty. Now, that has to be the best-kept secret in the solar system. At least on this planet, anyway. They actually consider us royalty - all of us...
...you are going to hear more and more reports of "ghosts", because what is happening is that the frequency which will be hitting the planet ... will be raising the vibration (Red Sprites and Blue Jets are the direct result of Implosions and they are causing more fires/tornadoes/earthquakes/landslides/rain/flash floods are the result, LM). Third and Fourth density will be getting closer together as 3rd density starts to implode. What this means is that the molecules in our body will begin to speed up. You are not dead matter. You will be passing out of 3rd and into 4th, on our way to 5th, and passing all the consciousness that has not evolved or chooses not to...
9. Between 1996 and 2012, some of us on the planet are going to be fluctuating between optically being visible and non-visible on a physical basis (this's been happening in front of my eyes with people around me inc. my son for the last 11 years; the same case happened at The Monroe Institute and was described by the author in R.Monroe's Biography, LM). Fluctuating between dimensions. There are five individuals on the planet who do this already. Many of them will be children, who will reveal what they have learned during their fluctuation in order to try and help their parents get there (my son never revealed where he's been disappearing. LM)...

Our Solar System At Fifth Density: Transforms in Progress

AC: The Andromedans say we have 13 planets in this solar system. When we move into 5th density, it will become apparent that there are 27 planets in our solar system. They are already here, but on another frequency, which is why we don't see them at present. When we get to 5th density, it will be evident that Jupiter is a Sun, which means at that level we will be a binary star system.
Jupiter, in 5th density, is light blue. I am told that in 1000 years, the 5th density future generations of us that will incarnate on the 5th density physical dimension will have light blue skin, because of the Sun (it's, probably, the New Humans+ from the Schools on 4th Density R.Monroe was talking about, LM)...

One of your original intentions in creating your physical reality is the idea of creating and learning to manipulate and express yourselves through physicality using your consciousness. It is your consciousness that the Is-ness (Creative Force, LM) has given you, and in fact all things that bear Spirit.
It is this gift that has been clouded and most importantly, clouded by fear. This creation is completely irrational to whom we all are
...
When this 3rd density universe was first created, we were at 5th density, after having evolved to 11th density. This means we had within us experiences accredited to all these dimensions. We are told that everything is connected in some way. Well, if we evolved from 5th density to 11th and then came back down to 3rd, everything we do here affects everything, all the way up and down...now there is a 12th density which is forming, higher than the 11th, and this process is pulling everything up in density...
Q:  You mentioned before that some of us have, in a sense, come back from the future to "right a terrible wrong". If that is so, then the regressives could also travel back to change things. Couldn't this set up a "time loop" that could go on repeating itself?
AC: Yes, but there is one factor. That is what occurred on March 23, 1994, when new color sound frequency began emanating from the black holes, and that changed all the games and has brought it to a focal point...
It  (the frequency) is of such a high vibration that it is literally invisible to us. It is not, however, invisible to those in other dimensions (densities) or to those who are technologically advanced enough to be able to register this energy. Now, they have said all along that the universe that we physically see is only 21 billion years old. The space in which our universe is in, which is only one layer in many dimensions which they call "consciousness", is a 21 trillion year old holograph. This new frequency which is coming out of the 3rd density black holes (more than one hole) spans the entire range of the holograph of the universe, and its is literally creating a new holographic idea. They are calling this new holograph "the 12th", and they have said to me that it is literally bringing all the dimensions together. Third density is beginning to implode on itself.
They said that somewhere around the beginning of December 2013, third density will implode. It will implode. What does that mean? (All remaining Physicality will be sucked into the big Earth Black Hole, LM). I don't know if this is true, but they say, and they are convinced, that literally what is going to happen is that there is going to be a graduation out of physicality.

For example, during the Inquisition. The Inquisition was really an attack against women. It was about the sacredness and spirituality held by women.
According to the Andromedans, it is the male aspect of ourselves that creates the thought and the feminine aspect of ourselves that makes things manifest through emotion.
Q: This scenario that you are laying out before us exists on this timeline. What have the Andromedans said about any parallel timeline where this doesn't happen?
A: They haven't said anything. I know that there are parallel realities, and I know that several parallel realities concerning Earth are already in existence on higher octaves above us. I know that on one of these parallel realities the New World Order is already established and exists. The Nazi flag flies over the whole world. I want you to know that as third density begins to implode, that all of those realities will begin moving and merging into this original timeline, which is the reality from which the other ones were created. All the other parallel timelines will be returning to Source. The Andromedans have said that the New World Order will come into reality here, but only for a short time as we keep moving. As long as we stick together and help one another, and as long as we have mutual respect for each other, we will not slow down our process as we move up into the higher dimension and consciousness of world unity in our free will. Not being forced at the point of a gun to do it. Not having to relinquish your right to do it...
Our physically is a combination of the human extraterrestrial and the primate race. This melding is what has given us our incredible extremes of emotion, which is why we can hold so much creative energy inside of us. This is why the Andromedans are in awe of our creative energy and why they are so concerned...  According to the Andromedans, and other races who have discovered this, in our holographic universe, there are 11 layers or densities, and now apparently there is a 12th. This is their perspective. They say that we fell into time and physicality, and they many of the other extraterrestrial races are fascinated by what it is that we know, locked up inside of us. Because, we have already evolved to that level and came back to start over again. They don't have access to what they think we know, which is apparently locked up inside of us. Not only that, but apparently we specifically chose this physicality and its vibration because it is able to hold such an extreme of emotions. When you couple idea with the idea that this physicality is also made up of 22 races, including the Andromedan race, they say that every single one of you is "royalty" on this planet. They say that many of the other extraterrestrial races, particularly the benevolent ones, acknowledge this, because of the fact that we are spirit and we have these genetics inside of the bodies we are using. The negatives are concerned that once we move out of our "prison" of third density that we will radically "change everything. We will... because of our apparent essences deciding to 'come back' and start this thing all over again, what is happening is apparently our DNA can vibrate, because of our ability to hold the extremes of emotion inside of us, at such a frequency that we can literally take our experiences from here, and part of our physicality, into the fifth plane... All it would really take would be one of you to go in and change one of these systems - just your frequency alone. So, you truly are royalty. You guys (and girls, LM) are just awesome, and the "war" that's coming is about all of that. It is because there are benevolent races they... want us to be teachers, because many of the benevolent races have lost their passion. We are seen as a "booster", because we have their genetics within us as well as the passion, and the ability to hold passion, which is an awesome creative force. So, there are some that really want us to be there (higher density), and there are some that are terrified at the prospect of us being there...
Q: When is the dimensional collapse starting?
A: It's already starting...
Whatever we do here on third density moving into fifth density, we will literally change all the dimensions above us in a domino effect all the way up...
AC: But, there's a much higher agenda here. It obviously involves us as souls, but it also has to do with something that is very strategic about this solar system. I will tell you why so many people are interested in this solar system. We have some strange planets here. Not only is Earth unique because of all the life forms here, but according to Moraney, when we as Paa Tal came down from a higher density to inhabit these bodies in third density, we used a type of vehicle to travel from where we were to where we are now. A type of vehicle. They say that the planet Jupiter was the vehicle we used.
Val: Which is also now a sun on fifth density.
AC: Yes.
Val: So, we brought our own potential black hole along with us.
AC: Our own escape hatch (opening). Richard Hoagland is on to the hyperdimensional bizarreness of Jupiter, but he will never figure it out because he doesn't think along the lines of spirit, really.
AC: Yes. We're going to go through some stuff, and I don't know how it's exactly going to play out, but they have said on more than one occasion that they are very proud of us in the end, as a race.
Val: The end. Of the third density experiment?
AC: Yes.
Val: Which will be in linear terms?
AC: They told me that it would be on December 3, 2013...

Val: Now, despite the fact that the Andromedans can travel outside of space-time and have a viewpoint of a probable line of reality, when this sound frequency emanation happened it created an entirely new probable line of reality. They couldn't have foreseen it.
AC: Yes, and a totally different set of probabilities. I don't know about all of that.
Val: So, is it at all likely we could all wake up one morning into a completely different reality?
AC: I think it's possible for some beings, but I don't think it's possible for all of us. I think that it is going to be
a gradual transformation of consciousness. We are all essentially going to change our minds and create something else, and it will be voluntary and more of a group effort. A part of us will awaken and we will know what it is that we have to do. I don't think it's going to change totally overnight, in an instant. They have never said it would happen that way. Otherwise there would be no need to give us specific dates. It is supposed to be a gradual process. If they are right, then the reason there is third density is because we created it. We have to implode it responsibly in such a way where a certain set of circumstances have to occur so that we can allow those who have chosen not to evolve a chance to create their space to continue to evolve.
Val: From the point of view of the regressives, then, they would be "escaping" something -- something like a realization by the mass population of how they have been hoodwinked.
AC: Yes. They would probably have that kind of perspective.
Val: I mean, they can't go anywhere in this solar system in the third density. Could they go to a different density?
AC: I don't know that it is an option they now have. I am pretty sure that fourth and fifth density are quarantined, because I know a group of Greys tried to dimensionally skip out, and they were caught -- their ship was 21 miles in length. They were going interdimensional when they got caught, so I don't think that's an option.

Parallel Earth Reality Systems and Implosion

Val: There is apparently a parallel Earth that is one or two overtones above this one, that is actively participating in the subjugation of this particular overtone, together with world government factions like the NSA and Montauk technology. So, presumably, with the "uplifting" of the general vibratory resonance on all frequency levels, these other overtones containing regressives would be lifted upward to a point where they would have to cease that line of thought?
AC: That's a great question. Nobody has ever asked me about this. My understanding is that even as far back as 1931, a parallel reality had been created. It was something that one of the societies in Germany was involved in. Perhaps the Vril. They were playing with something. Anyway, my understanding is that any parallel realities having their origin out of the original timeline are going to implode back into the original
timeline.
Val: So, there is a main line of reality into which they would implode.
AC: Basically the line of reality that we ourselves are familiar with.
Val: And the New World Order?
AC: It's going to manifest itself, but it is going to be very short-lived. The reason it is going to manifest itself
is that it is a reality above us.
Val: In another overtone.
AC: Yes. So its going to manifest itself here because that reality will be imploding into this one.
Val: So, one of the keys to the apparent perception, in a linear sense, of when this would happen, would be the coincidence of the collapse of the planetary magnetic field and the increase of the resonant Schumann frequency at a certain point in linear time?
AC: Well, that would be around August 12, 2003. It's supposed to get really weird here. I mean, like, really weird...
Val: And it's the intent and the resonance that creates. There will be a point after the collapse of the probable realities having their origin in the original line into the original line, where probable realities then can easily be created, and this is the process that allows the formation of these resonant reality structures.
AC: That's right.
Val: So, there is a null point between the point of probable reality-line implosion and the zero point where things begin to move through fourth into fifth. Is that accurate?
AC: Yes, that sounds accurate.

Creation of Probable Reality Streams

Val: What have you gleaned about the structure of the creation of probable realities and its relation to original time streams? What does it take to create a probable stream of reality for a planetary culture? Is it a general planetary emotional trauma which creates a diversion in creative reality streams?
AC: My understanding is that it all comes down to intent. If each individual person holds a particular intent which they freely have created, and 10% or more of the planetary population holds that intent at any given time, you literally pull that reality to you. It all focuses on intent, and that is something that we are all individually responsible for. The cost of freedom is responsibility. We have not paid enough attention to creating reality. We are caught in the idea of just experiencing it...

Vasais: Creating A New Reality and Different Way of Life

Alex: ... I was having a conversation once with Vasais once about the idea of creating a new reality and a different way of life here. These are some of the thoughts he gave me:
"Create another domain of knowing, communicating and being. In other words, the domain of calling forth or generating your intent needs to be more distinct. Your physics, as you call it, is a good example of this
'calling forth'. There have been men on your planet who have called for new domains of thinking that never existed. They invented it, and they didn't fantasize about it. They didn't pretend. They literally created a
new context for what you now call physics. Your humanity is strong with these kind of examples. No being, however, makes the distinction that this is what they are. I would like to give you an example. Your (concept of) human rights. It isn't so long ago that there was no such concept on your planet. It didn't exist. Your terrans did not have any rights. Only their kings and priest had their rights. But most of you terrans did not have any rights. So, you and other terrans created 'human rights' from nothing. You created the domain that created the "human rights' and then you called it forth. You created language for it. You communicated it.
And this communication that you gave had power, because it was full of intent. It has the power not only to
represent and to invoke, but also to literally bring it into being. This is what your races need to do in order to clearly know yourselves and transform the quality of your lives on your Earth."
Val: That's helpful.

Andromedan View of the "Astral Plane"

Alex: There is something else I wanted to share with you. When I first started talking with him in 1985, there were a lot of questions that I had regarding the astral plane, or "ghosts" and things like that. So, this is dealing with what most metaphysicians would understand as the "astral plane, and those who inhabit it:

"Their reality is one of collapsed consciousness and personal belief systems. They cannot any longer expand in consciousness. They believe they cannot awaken until they are worthy...
Val: This is interesting, because it dovetails a lot with what Robert Monroe had to say in his book Far Journeys (in fact R. Monroe didn't like to compare Journeys out-of-Body with Astral travelling, because of a big difference in them, LM).
"And this worthiness comes only from within, and it must be experienced in their own laws. They are stuck in consciousness. We would suggest to them, if they were to ask for assistance, that it be important to burn away all the religious images, otherwise truth becomes very filtered and squeezed, and you only get a little piece of that truth, and not all of it."

Andromedan View of "Truth" on Earth At This Time

"Truth, on your planet, is a filtered experience understood only through your personal belief systems or concepts. We have discovered that everyone on your world has a different truth, and there have been
cultures-of-truth in every society or civilization. It has kept a continuum of light here on your planet. The truth is not told to everyone because everyone, we feel, is not ready to hear it. There are some who have, and would take your truths and but them in a box, and then keep their lives detached from it. The problems is that much of your mankind is taking these truths personally instead of seeing it as an objective truth or reality. They would take this truth and make it very egotistical in order to glorify themselves and others, and as we perceive, and through our own experience, a truth is not meant for that at all. They would then create a religion or some kind of dogma again, something which they could remain detached from, yet glorify in the eyes of others. And a truth has nothing to do with your earth religions. The secret, wondrous nature of Spirit has nothing to do with your religions. You are all multi-dimensional. Think that way. In order to think that way, you Terns should turn the way you understand and perceive yourselves and life inside-out, and make all of your belief systems abstract, not personal. Because of your personal attachments, you have cut yourselves off from universal knowledge. You have to have an objective mind to gain true knowledge. You have all cultivated the attitude of a subjective self. The Is-nests does not live inside of all of you, and if you won't conceive of or believe in your own divinity, how are you going to make the leap into the next levels? How are you going to attract and magnetize true, unconditional respect and love, to you, without thinking in this way. If you do not participate, you will only be a spectator. You will not watch or participate in the plan for growth and evolution in our galaxy, and not truly experience it yourself."
Val: Could you define a non-personal belief system in terms of what was just said?
Alex: A belief system not based on personal experience. What I have learned is that personal experience is really the only true basis for knowledge that I have.
Val: So he's saying that belief systems, if they exist at all outside personal experience, should be considered to be only abstract in their nature.
Alex: Yes, that's right..."
(more on  Alex Collier's Info )

By the way according to 2 American physicists, D.Coin from the University of California in Santa Cruiz and D. Cheng from Almadeo IBM Research Centre in San Hose, came to a sensational conclusion:
All Known Elementary Particles Could Become Miniature Black Holes!
(Постоянное вращение всех Солнц/Звёзд, Планет, космической пыли и газа необходимо для постоянного Смешивания всех видов Энергий во Вселенной! ЛМ).


Fake Skies

2011. For the last 3 years I see not many stars in the sky at night in Elliott Heads, Queensland, Australia! Where are all they gone? The only explanation is that the skies have been covered by gray holographic layers, so we couldn't see how everything has been changing! What I see are a lot of moving and flickering spaceships and sometimes it seems that the whole sky is moving!
I would like you to have a look at the pictures of Solar Eclipses in different countries in different years and there are more in the book by Bayard Stockton "Catapult: The Biography of Robert A. Monroe"!

I found a lot of similarity between my pictures of our Sun and pictures of Solar Eclipses from Youtube, esp. for the last few years !

Solar Eclipse is not a Natural Phenomenon and became a big buisness! It is literally the Sun Activity's Cover Up, where the Sun is not just covered by the Moon, but also by the Holographic Black and other multicolored/multilayed shields, phony colored pentagons and fake frames of holographic white rays at the most revealing moments, at the time of the pulses! At that time the Blast of the highest vibrational Energy from the 11th Density in the form of White Beam is directed to the visible Sun goes through to the Earth's numerous Portals. It is done to raise the Consciousness of Earth, to make the Life on Earth vibrate faster and faster and to bring the Consciousness of Earth population close and close to higher Densities.
Now the Sun grew so huge that no Moon would be able to cover it, besides, Solar Eclipses can happen any time and anywhere as often as you can't even imagine these days! So 'you-know-who-they-are' have to show you a fake sun and cover it with as many clouds (Chem-Trails) as possible! Here is an official fake
Solar Eclipse and the Moon from the Internet (Bigpond, Australia):

Mismatched cover up of the Sun with white-black-red-yellow Holographic strips. 3 June 2010 Elliott Heads

Mismatched cover up of the Sun with white-black-red-yellow Holographic strips. 3 June 2010 Elliott Heads

Mismatched cover up of the Sun with white-black-red-yellow Holographic strips. 3 June 2010 Elliott Heads

I don't know what these Ghost round images are. Mismatched cover up of the Sun with fake white-black-red-yellow Holographic strips. 3 June 2010 Elliott Heads.
That's how you create pictures like a couple of them below!

Artificially colored Sun

 Gloomy artificially black-red-yellow colored Nature of Australia!

Artificially Colored Sunsets, Australia 2010

Artificially Colored Sunsets, Australia 2010

Beautiful, but Fake Colors of Sunrise!

Beautiful, but Fake Colors of Sunrise or Sunset!

3 Suns effect

All Solar and Moon eclipses have always been fake!

Solar Eclipse in Northern Canada

Solar Eclipse in Northern Canada

Solar Eclipse in Northern Canada



Solar Eclipse
  Look at the phony white Holographic frame of dull white rays and the Moon being superimposed on the Sun (criss-crossing the Sun) to cover it up!

Solar Eclipse

Solar Eclipse

There is always a visible white Beam coming vertically from the Sun to the Earth at that moment!  Look at the phony white/lilac Holographic frame of the white dull rays being superimposed on the Sun to cover that Beam!

Solar Eclipse

Look at the phony white Holographic frame of thefake  white dull rays being superimposed on the Sun at the time of Solar Eclipse (fancy word for
Cover - Up)! I have my doubts that it is the real Moon covering the up. It was always so easy for 'them' to create a Holographic Shield looking like the Moon to cover the Sun any time 'they' wanted! We need to stop behaving like naive children and grow out of it!

Solar Eclipse

Solar Eclipse

Solar Eclipse

Look at the phony white Holographic frame of dull white rays being superimposed on the Sun to cover the Violet Sun and the Violet Beam!

Solar Eclipse


If you stand up and look at the screen again in a dark room , you will see that this Sun is Violet!

Solar Eclipse

This is how 'they' mask the Sparkling Violet Beam, which is coming from invisible Sun on a higher level through our visible Sun. This Beam is connecting our Sun (the Higher Self of our Earth) with the Earth through all Portals the Earth has (as you can see on the above picture most of the upper part of the vertical Beam has been deliberately blackened, and only the small upper portion of is not)! The Earth's biggest Portals are the North Pole's Hole and the South Pole's Hole, which are 2000 miles in diameter !!!

Full Moon in Australia 2010

 What I thought was the moon, is not the moon! It is our New Earth of higher Level of Consciousness! If you stand up and look at the screen in dark room,
you will see Violet and Aqua colors of it! Moon has dull grey color, because it is not alive and was not created by us!  Australia, 2010


What I thought was the Moon, proved to be our New Holographic Earth

This "Moon" is, in fact, our New Earth (somehow distorted picture was taken opposite our Centre), 2010, Australia.

As a result of my research and life's general observations I came to the conclusion, that the skies we see every day are not what we are supposed to see by now and I can prove it with my pictures. I have more than 800 of them now, which need to be made smaller and distributed on all the Links on this website.
I can't do it in one day (I have to do other things for this website and physically I do this job practically alone). 

Today, 19 March, I watched Alex Collier's video on Youtube, where he mentioned about the Negative Holographic Controlling Structure over the Earth's population created by the Negatives, that we've been also creating a Holographic Structure of the Society, a New Earth, we want to be living in our future. And, of course, it is the opposite of Negatives' Holographic Structure! This is a good news and needs to be well known, researched and widely spread in our societies! Here is the address of the website where you can watch it and also pay attention on the questions given to Alex Collier by 3 women. Some of the content of this video (and it will be more) is on    Alex Collier's info

ALEX COLLIER at the Project Camelot Awake and Aware Conference, Los Angeles, Sept 2009
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uR46QjXjLH0&feature=youtu.be
UFO Hypotheses - Alex Collier Volume Three (05 of 12)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BaCmsNPwMHQ&feature=related
Alex Collier (volume 5)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gmMNIirsXS0&feature=related

We've been also creating the Holographic Storage of All the Knowledge we've gained diring this Planetary Game for our New Earth in non-physical 4th Density, which can be already seen by the naked eye.

Hexagon - Sun !

Faked Hexagon - Sun in Western Australia!

3 Suns and UFO in Puerto-Rico, Domenican Republic, 2010

Masked Solar "Eclipse" and a UFO (which is probably doing the shielding) in Puerto-Rico, Domenican Republic, another part of Haiti. Could it be that the Solar "Eclipse" on Haiti was/is much easier to observe without the Moon's shielding it up and being closer to Bermuda Triangle. And could it be the reason for creating an earthquake there (to deviate the attention of the public from unusual sights our Sun shows)? Dec. 2009

Triangle clouds in Ukraine, 2010
Faked Zig-Zag clouds in Ukraine, 2010


If you see colored Sunrise or Sunset, that means it's been faked, no matter how pretty it could look. Over the years I've seen many pictures of beautifully colored Sunsets and Sunrises in different countries.
We are like children, we like colors and fireworks, but when it comes to our Sun, it only can be White. White light includes all the colors and black doesn't have any color, if you studied Light theory, you would know it. When I look at the sky at night these days, Black is all I see, no stars at all! And that's been going on for years and it's not supposed to be this way. Look at what the Andromedans told Alex Collier, that by 2010 all our skies would be covered with stars at night and they are not! With the sophisticated Holographic Technology the Negatives got, they are not just capable to cover up our Sun and Moon, but the whole sky full of stars, day and night, in every place on Earth, in all our Solar System and beyond. And they've been doing it for hundreds of years esp. now. And this is the reason why we don't see often blue skies at daytime and skies full of stars at night,
but mostly clouds day and night, unless you go to some inaccessible places high in the mountains or wild far-way ocean shores. The changes in the skies are so great that you might not find what you are used to see there in terms of stars, planets and moons! All this is done holographically and you need to be more observant, vigilant as Alex Collier says!
What you really see at night are a few twinkling UFO's or nothing. Even the Moon is faked, I've posted a few pictures of the faked Moon on this site.
I also need to add an important information! Often, what I considered our Moon, was not the Moon at all!
It is our New Earth we are creating, the Holographic Structure of it ! What makes me think so? I was writing about the long White shiny line crossing the Sun vertically and getting into Earth. I see it constantly on the viewfinder when I am taking photos of the Sun and I see it also on my pictures and the pictures of Solar Eclipses taken by others. Some, so called, 'Moons' I've been pictured, had a similar white line on the viewfinder (only not that pronounced, faint, indistinct). But normal Moons wouldn't have this white line, crossing through them from above and getting to the Earth! Besides, normal Moons wouldn't have an Aura around them: only Suns and planets such as Earth (before the Planetary Shift of Consciousness) can have Auras. Our Moon is a dead Body (a spaceship with metal underneath), which doesn't have a Soul like our Sun and our Earth; that's why our Moon wouldn't have that white line, the stream of moving, sparkling Energy coming from 11th Density and crossing it! When you are taking pictures of the Moon day or night, watch whether this Moon has this white sparkling line across and an aura. That would give a clue of what is really in front of you!
Many times in the past I noticed the Moon was appearing twice a day in the same place: at daytime and at nightime. And I thought we had 2 Moons, when, in fact, the one at daytime was not the Moon, but our Creation: our New Earth ! Here are some pictures of what I feel is our New Earth:

2010, Moon opposite our Centre, Australia

What I considered a faked Moon is, in fact, our New Earth. It has an Aura and it is Violet in the Centre (stand up and look)!
Our Moon is always grey, doesn't have any life (a metal spaceship)! Picture was taken opposite our Centre in Australia, March 
2010

The old Moon and the New Earth !

The old Moon and the New Earth as pictured by someone and posted on Youtube!

It is impossible to take pictures of Sunrises over the ocean without an army of manufactured clouds where I live, and without Reptilian interference! They, the Sunsets and Sunrises over the ocean, are the most precise places to show you the real Sun: no solid obstacles in front of you, like mountains and trees! Even the white colored Stream of Energy from our Sun and from the Advanced Human Thoughts you-know-who are constantly colouring in nasty dark green, yellow and brown!
Yesterday, I was walking my dogs in the Elliott river's forest, taking pictures of the Sun (as usual). All over sudden my right eye started seeing everything in dark yellow, as if someone put yellow eye contact lens into my right eye; my left eye was not touched and could see like before. And I was walking and looking at everything like that, till I doubled with laughter: they were trying to do to me the same what they are doing to our Sun, cover my eye up! And then, everything went back to normal vision and I thought how many of us have holographically implanted colored eye contact lenses not to see the real things around, and don't know it!
I also found that the Moon and the Solar Eclipses are often not what they really look like and are the part of the same covering Holographic techniques done by the same gang! And when naive humans are so excited to watch Eclipses twice a year, 'they' are very pleased to give you a 'Show'. If you-know-who could, they would've used black shields on our Sun more often, but not on the Moon, because it's been used as the main Mind-Controlling weapon esp. at the time of the Full Moon we get the 'Full' dose of it!

fake blue colored picture with fake Moon
Strange blue colored picture at our place! I have no comment!

fake blue colored picture with fake Moon
Strange blue colored picture at our place! I have no comment! More on  Anomalous Events  ,  
Robert Monroe's info  , Parallel Universes and Time Travels  and 
The Truth about Remote Viewing

Our Sun 50 year old NASA's version of it
Our Sun, modified, with faked holographic colored shields, perhaps at the time of manufectured orange storms in Sydney. These are the best pictures of the Sun, Bigpond in Australia can give you!
'They' know how much we like different colors, so they are coloring our suns and moons and everything around us! See  Natural/Unnatural Disasters  link.

Unnatural sun in Australia (official version)

Unnatural fake colors of shields/pentagons superimposed on the Sun in Gold Coast, Queensland, Australia (the official version).


2010, Moon opposite our Centre, Australia
What I considered a faked Moon is, in fact, our New Earth. It has an Aura! Our Moon doesn't have it!
Picture is taken opposite our Centre in Australia, March 
2010

Artificial Yellow pictures of Sun

Artificial Yellow pictures of the Violet Sun. If 'they' can superimpose a colored transparent yellow shield over the Sun, they can successfully cover your camera with the same yellow (or other color) phony holographic filter. Then don't be surprised if you get yellow/blue/green/red/pink/violet etc. pictures,
like I do! And I have seen them a lot on the Internet and there it is hard to make the difference which one is real and which one is not. The reason 'they' cover our cameras with holographic colored filters is to hide true new colors, to make us confused, because the beautiful new for us colors of 4th and 5th levels are coming into our lives, which 'they' don't want us to see! 'They' have been constantly creating holographically our day skies and night skies, so don't always believe your eyes!

Creation of Portals

The start of the building up of another Portal in our lounge-room. Pay attention on the light on the ceiling: it is not always that bright and the brightness is growing, while the frequency/waveform of the place is changing! Robert's part of the soul is exiting the body through the Portal!

The start of the building up of another Portal in our lounge-room. Pay attention on the light on the ceiling: it is not always that bright and the brightness is growing!

All the surroundings become distorted and the brightness of the light on the ceiling had reached the peak. The body of Robert is here, but not the same part of his soul or even left with no soul at all (his clone). The change of frequencies in the room at the time of opening the Portal  in our lounge-room is shown below.

The Aquamarine and dark Blue-Violet boundaries of the Portal on the ceiling in our House-Centre!

The Aquamarine and dark Blue-Violet boundaries of the Portal on the ceiling in our House-Centre! You can see it if you get up and look closeabover at the picture


 
The boundaries of the Portal in our House-Centre, which could be seen from the photo on the computer screen if you get up and look again!


The boundaries of the Portal in our House-Centre, which could be seen from the photo on the computer screen!

The Aquamarine/Blue boundaries of the Portal in our House-Centre, which could be seen from the photo on the computer screen if you get up and look again! Often the body will stay, but the soul will be gone through the Portal for sometime and later usually replaced by the soul of another Alter/Personality of Robert !

The boundaries of the Portal in our House-Centre, which could be seen from the photo on the computer screen if you get up and look again!

The boundaries of the Portal in our House-Centre, which could be seen from the photo on the computer screen!

The boundaries of the Portal in our House-Centre, which could be seen from the photo on the computer screen if you get up and look again! The picture becomes foggy at the time of phasing, change of wavelengths and opening of Portals (see pictures below)! More about it on Home Page   and on  Mind Control info  

The change of frequencies in the room at the time of opening the Portal in our lounge-room is shown here.


Robert is Phasing

Robert is Phasing to another Level of Consciousness!

For many years I couldn't understand why I had to live with insane people for most of my life? Why was I, my son Robert or my mother often driven to the state of insanity or near insanity? Why did R. Monroe live with mentally disturbed sister in his childhood? Why do many talanted people are often show the signs of insanity (like Van Gogh) and have to be kept in asylims or live in families and torment other people?
Why our planet is flooded with violence?
Why these Councils on higher Densities are allowing that to happen to us? Why do we need these abnormal states and strong negative emotions (but we don't mind to have strong positive emotions)?
Till finally I found the answer
and the entire, clearer picture would slowly open up in front of my eyes:
the Creation of highly charged Emotions is also opening more Portals to higher or lower dimensions/
densities and pushing our souls through them into other worlds! These highly charged emotions are a prerequisite, a requirement for building a Portal!

My mother, since she was a child, was subjected to a lot of cruelty in the orphanage, then World War 2 added more cruelty to her life till she became insane (occasionally, when her insane Alter walked into her body). All her children (inc. me) had the same treatment.
Then, later, I would be reading in the books and seeing the movies about the same violence and insanity in the lives of those, who wrote those books, made movies or witnessed horrific emotions. Now I am able to post some of these writers' books on this site, so many people could read them and see the connection between violence/burst of negative
emotions and an opening of a Portal.
Portals can be opened anywhere, but the favorite places for them where Human Energy is gathering, especially negative energy, for instance: your bedrooms or huge human gatherings religious/musical/
New Age festivals; sports' events; public and private toilets (the older, the better), where discarded human waste (human energy) is collected. That attracts negatively charged elements like Low Astrals, flies, mosquitos, cockroaches esp. smell. Many people don't realise that they often are phasing (dissociating) and floating out of the physical bodies through a Portal in the ceiling, while sitting in a toilet at home (or in a public one)! My father was spending hours reading and smoking and flying out of the body in the only toilet we had, making my mother angry when I was very little. And now my son is doing the same thing: spending hours in the home toilet or in his bed, phasing out of his body through the Portal in the ceiling (he gets very angry if I interrupt this process). I remember a
case in Belgium, staged by you-know-who. George and I were in their capital's Central Park/Garden when I, all over sudden, became desperate for a toilet. We were running frantically around that huge Garden in the search of a toilet for half an hour till I nearly went crazy! 'They' wanted me to create a Portal (which I did) and the only way to do it was to make me insane (or nearly there)! 'They' did the same to me and George in Paris. Next time, instead of searching madly for a toilet for a half an hour, I would pee right on the spot, wherever it would be! These things are not happening just to me, that is happening to many inc. my son Robert.
The phasing and moving out through Portals to other Parallel Earths happened to me in airports of different countries as well. This is called 'bilocation' : when you still continue doing what you did before, but part of your soul temporarily leaves the body through a Portal to get to some other place (someone is conducting the whole thing and that is not always your Higher Self). Huge crowds are usually creating Portals esp. if they are fighting and building up negative emotions, like at the time of wars or coops or  demonstrations of protests. Some concerts which attract huge crowds can create a Portal (esp. Rock concerts and that is the reason for their popularity among youth).
Loud, unpleasant sounds and wild emotions are helping too. Football and other matches, races, sports competitions, as well as Olympic Games, which are gathering big crowds are creating Portals with the pain of the athlets (and sometimes with the pain of the viewers) and the wild emotions of the audience.  That's why they are so popular with the police force as well. So much emotions and money are created this way. And it's a feast for Low Astrals! Here you would have all the ingredients for that: Human Energy of huge crowds, wild emotions, pain and loud noises. I was writing about this subject in other articles before, that natural/unnatural disasters of all kinds are creating Portals, when huge crowds are expressing negative emotions (tears, pain, loss of everything and everyone, bewilderment, anger, frustration, hatred, sadness, hopelessness) for a long time. Feeling of Hopelessness is a very good indicator that you (or rather part of your soul) are moving out of your body through, freshly created by you and others, Portal).
Interesting information about Portals I found in the article, which was translated into Russian. It says that 2 American physicists D. Coin and D.Cheng came to the sensational conclusion: they found that all known elemental particles can become miniature Black Holes:  
http://www.inauka.ru/news/article95880.html

Portals can be created by the peak of Human emotions or manufactured with the help of technology and there is enough literature on the market and on the Internet to tell you about it. One of the best writers on this subject is Robert Monroe.
Carlos Castaneda is another special writer, who could portray this subject so well, because it was happening to him personally. And when you read his books next time, never forget that his teacher Don Juan was doing everything in his power to make Carlos (and other apprentices) to create a Portal and move through it to other dimensions/worlds/Parallel Universes! In this case that was Don Juan (and occasionally Low Astrals), who provoked all kind of situations to make Carlos to lose his ground and start expressing negative emotions. First few years Carlos didn't know why Don Juan was often insulting him or occasionally hitting his back so hard (that stars would twinkle in the eyes), why he had to go through such strenious exerceses, such hardships, such pain! Later, when he learnt these techniques and
became a nagual, he used the same techniques to teach other sorcerers. As a result he found, that the crazier the apprentice was (esp. females), the better was the ability to dissociate and move out of physical body to other Universes! Taisha Abelar, former Don Juan's apprentice too, wrote a book (it's on our site, in full), where she also described her own training as a sorceress.
When you start reading books about Montauk Experiment, then you will see the same picture: the violence done to young boys and girls, to build negative emotions in them, to make them to dissociate, to make their souls to vacate their bodies and move through, artificially created, Portals to higher vibrations of the future, which were
created with a help of technology or by tortured humans. It works this way:
torture - insanity - Portal - OOBE
. Most of the humans went or will go through this process without knowing it, and not necessarily in one Universe only. Al Bielek and his brother Duncan Cameron are experts on how Portals are created.

Some, especially sensetive, pictures are disappearing from our site and from our electronic storage (bank) and you will see empty squares instead!!!

Portal is on the ceiling in my bedroom!
Portal is on the ceiling in my bedroom, 3 Apr. 2010!

Cisco Wheeler and   Springmeier wrote a very good and detailed book about how a Mind-Controlled Slave, who is capable of building up a Portal, is created, which I advise you to read if you have strong nervous system (it's also on our site in full under the writers' names). Without prolonged pain and powerful emotions a human can't create a Portal (I don't mean ET's or clones)!

And now we are coming to 2 remarkable women-writers: Cathie O'Brian and Brice Taylor, who wrote their books, based on their personal experiences (which you can also find on this site in full). And there are thousands writers out there, who also went through pain, insanity and all kinds of hardships and didn't break. How much pain these 2 women went through, didn't break, but instead they acqiured the power to publish their books for us to read and they started giving lectures at the conferences! Cathie O'Brian described how she and other girls were made to run for their lives in the woods, to build up the emotions to the point of insanity (and to create Portals through which their souls would be often taken for good). Reminds me "Snowhite and 7 dwarfs", when Snowhite ran for her life through the woods, went through insanity, built enough emotions (and a Portal) to get her to another wavelength: the world of dwarfs. The same is happening in the movie "Avatar". As a result of the destruction of their part of Pandora and killing of Nabi-aliens, those, who was still alive, went through dreadful negative emotions, running like crazy through the forest!
Arizona Wilder, Andy Pero, Alex Collier and Credo Mutwa also went through their painful personal experiences and nearly went crazy. And now they can tell the world about it, touching the same subject.
All our Knowledge and our Experiences are creating the New Consciousness, the New Holographic Earth, New Domain of Knowledge!
R.Monroe portrayed the subject of insanity very well in his "Journeys Out-of-the-Body", p. 77- 80:

"For every known, there may be one million unknowns, but at least here (in Locale 2, where non-physical 4th Density the starts, LM) is a starting point.
In Locale II, reality is composed of deepest desires and most frantic fears. Thought is action, and no hiding layers of conditioning or inhibition shield the inner you from others, where honesty is the best policy because there can be nothing less. Under the basic standards described above, existence is indeed different. It is this difference that creates the great problems of adjustment even when attempting to visit there while in the Second Body
(Second Body is your non-physical body in which you travel in 4th Density. On higher Densities you mightn't need any body, physical or non-physical, and become just a Ball of Light, LM).

The raw emotion so carefully repressed in our physical civilization is unleashed in full force. To say that it is overwhelming at first is a massive understatement In conscious physical life, this condition would be considered psychotic.
My first visits to Locale II brought out all the repressed emotional patterns I even remotely considered
I had - plus many
I didn't know existed. They so dominated my actions that I returned completely abashed and embarrassed at their enormity and my inability to control them. Fear was the dominant theme - fear of the unknown, of strange beings (non-physical), of "death," of God, of rule-breaking, of discovery, and of pain, to name only a few. Such fears were stronger than the sexual drive for union, which, as noted elsewhere, was in itself a tremendous obstacle. One by one, painfully and laboriously, the exploding uncontrollable emotional patterns had to be harnessed. Until this was accomplished, no rational thought was possible. Without rigorous consistency, they begin to return. It is much like a slow learning from unsanity to calm objective reasoning. An infant learns to be "civilized" in its growth through childhood to adult status. I suspect the same thing occurs all over again in the adaptation to Locale II.
If it doesn't happen during physical life, it becomes the first order of business upon death. This implies that the areas of Locale II "nearest" the physical world
(in vibratory frequency) are peopled for the most part with insane or near-insane, emotionally driven beings. For the most part, this seems to be true. They include those alive but asleep or drugged and out in their Second Bodies, and quite probably those who are "dead" but still emotionally driven. There is evidence to support the former, and the latter seems probable. This near area, quite understandably, is not a pleasant place to be. It is a level or plane where you "belong" until you learn better. I don't know what happens to those who don't learn. Perhaps they stay there forever. The moment you disassociate from the physical via the Second Body, you are on the fringes of this close-by section of Locale II. It is here that one meets all sorts of disjointed personalities and animate beings. If there is some protective mechanism for the neophyte, it was not apparent to me. Only by cautious and sometimes terrifying experimentation was I able to learn the art or trick of passing through the area. I still am not precisely sure of all items in this learning process, and so have presented only the obvious. Whatever the process, I happily have not encountered trouble in these passages for several years. Aside from the tormentors and the several outright conflicts noted in the following reports, the principal motivation of these near inhabitants is sexual release in all forms. If considered as the product of recent civilizations-including those both "alive but sleeping" and "dead". It is quite simple to understand the need for release from repression of this basic need. The key is that all those in this near section attempt sexuality in terms of the physical body. There is no recognition or knowledge of the sex drive as it is manifested in more distant parts of Locale II. With the lingering conditioning of our own society, it was difficult to avoid participation at times, as response was automatic. Hopefully, one learns to control this factor. Like attracts like...
Only when you have passed the "raw emotion" stage do you move into the innumerable various but evidently organized activity clusters of Locale II. It is impossible to convey to another the "reality" of this nonphysical eternity. As stated by many in centuries past, it must be experienced. Most importantly, in many of the places visited, the inhabitants are "still" human. Different, in a changed environment, but still with human (understandable) attributes."

The creation of the smaller Portals through the entire Earth History will lead one day to the creation of one huge Portal, through which the Humanity of the same vibration 
would move to New Earth of the higher Density at the peak of mutual powerful emotions !!!


*************************

The Struggle of the Great Being

Visible Sun is growing ( a phony holographic pentagon is monitoring it)
Visible Sun is growing (a holographic pentagon is monitoring it). There is an invisible phony holographic frame with alien white symmetrical 'rays' of lower and slower frequency, which are superimposed on our Sun.

Live Great Being exists out there, whom we owe a great deal! Without this Being the life on Earth would be impossible.
All humans and animals have been using this Being's Energy. Some people never bothered to thank that Being for providing food, warmth and thriving animal/plant life around them. This generous Being is called our White Sun! But on the Internet I offen see it is represented as yellow colored ball (of much lower frequency), for instance, look at the Weather Clips on the right (could be left) side of the screen of your PC or at the entire websites full of drawings of phony yellow 'suns' or pictures of suns with yellow/orange/black/pink/red/green/blue visible holographic 'auras' around them or shields covering them!

Yellow Sun is still portrayed on Internet (Bigpond, Australia) in 2010

Phony Yellow sun with phone rays is still pictured on Internet, 11 March, 2010
Phony Yellow Sun with phony rays is still pictured on Internet (Bigpond, Australia), 11 March, 2010

Here is an extract from Alex Collier's "Defending Sacred Ground" :

Val: Do they (Andromedans) have blue blood?
AC: Yes, they do.
Val: So, that would mean their blood is copper-based?
AC: Correct. You are the first person to ask me that.
Val: So, they must come from a binary star system.
AC: Yes, they do. They say quite a few of them are binary systems.
Val: And our system here is binary, but on a different frequency where Jupiter is a Sun on the fifth density?
AC: Yes.
Val: So, on a different density, our Sun might not be a Sun, possibly?
AC: Possibly.
Val: Well, what is our Earth in the fifth density. It is already there on the fifth, or is it a transformative process from the third?
AC: Right now, the Earth in the fifth density consists of a huge blue halo.
Val: So, on the fifth density, Earth is a "budding creation" ready to manifest itself into physicality? 
AC: Yes."


Even when we stop eating physical food and get to the non-physical 4th Density completely, our Sun will still recharge our batteries and I am not talking about solar cars or solar panels, but about the Advanced Energy our Sun gives (and will be giving) us every day (if it is not covered by you-know-who).
R. Monroe gave us 2 examples in his books about how we are going to be recharged by our Great Being in 4th Density. You can read about it on  
New Earth and Old Earth  link.
Out White Sun (without you knowing it) is constantly making the vibration of your body faster and faster
(if you don't hide from it), in order we could move together with the Earth to the higher 4th and 5th Densities! I advise you to surround yourself with true pictures of our Sun (like posters in your room or some other way to constantly remind yourself about this Great Being) and load your computer with them. You can take these pictures from this or any other site you choose!

You-know-who did their best, to separate us from our Sun, to make us to avoid it and even hate it! Shadow Government! They created this 'Sun Conspiracy'! Paid medical authorities to make us to fear our Sun, because (they say) it causes cancer of all kinds and eye diseases (no wonder that 50% of the population is wearing dark/transparent glasses/contact lenses). Cancer is caused by lack of Sun exposure, vaccinations, rotten eating/drinking/smoking habits, lack of exercise and oxygen in the body, microchips/implants in any part of the body (same with eye diseases - Reptilian's invention). We, in Australia, if we are without Sun for a day, we don't feel good. But people in Scandinavian countries, Russia, England, Alaska or Canada are without Sun for days, even months (if they live behind the Arctic Circle or stationed in South/North Poles or jailed). These people have emotional problems if they are not exposed to the Sun for long periods. Because Reptilians can't operate at the broad daylight, they block our Sun with fog/rain/storms/clouds/dust/snow/sunglasses/contact lenses/holographic colored shields. That's why most people don't see the Sun for half of the year!
Reptillians love heat, but hate light coming from our Sun: this Great Being's Light waves destroys them, especially their eyes, because they themselves are of lower and slower vibration and Spiritually are not Advanced. They love dark places. They can't produce Loosh - Unconditional Love, that white Energy, but we can and we do that constantly.
This is the reason why they love to live underground and have civilizations like Agartha with their 'Shadow Government' : it's easier for them to watch us from the underground having such Holographic technology. Most of their negative operations on Earth are done from the underground. And now they are desperate, they are losing the grip on us: we are moving up, out of physicality to our Creation: the New Earth! Negatives invented and keep advertising thousands of reasons for humans to start avoiding Sun exposure. You can read more about it in the article "Fear of Sun" on this link. The dark glasses are for you not to see the changes in the Sun, sunblock creams (together with numerous other poisons) are for you to slow down the vibration of your body, instead of speeding it up. Hats and helmets (even for a child on a bike) are for you not to allow our Sun to act on your Crown Chakra at the highest point on your head, not to allow your Consciousness to wake up! Paid 'scientists' have been spreading Lies and Fears of Sun such as 'Sun Spots', 'Deadly Sun Radiation', 'Sun Flares' or 'Gamma Rays". These are not Human Fears: they are Reptillian Fears!!! Crown is Reptilian invention, they put it in visible and invisible form on everyone and everything, even on our Sun! And many people would like to be crowned esp. young girls!
If you examine carefully all the pictures I posted here, you will understand what an effort our Sun has to make and how much struggle with Negatives' holographic techniques our Sun (Heshe) has to go through in order to show up, so we all can see it in it's pure White Form!


Mind-Controlling non-Physical Device for Crown Chakra

Mind-Controlling non-Physical Device for Crown Chakra
These devices are invisible to the eye and this is what I often feel above my head blocking the Universal information coming to me through the Crown Chakra. This phony holographic device looks like a crown giving the name of the head chakra as "Crown Chakra" . As you can see they didn't just framed our Sun up, but they also framed our Chakras up with invisible crowns!

Our Sun is a piece of Creative Force! By looking at the Sun you know how Creative Force looks like, as well as how your Soul looks like, because our Sun and your Soul are made from the same Energy! When I see on my pictures how our Sun is sending us an invisible White Beam of Unconditional Love to support us morally, I become very emotional !!!
No wonder that Mayans worshipped our Sun! I am friends with Sun, this Great Being has been cheering me up at difficult times (like a human would) and I am so grateful, I would never forget it! And this is not a coincidence, that this Great Being appeared mainly on my pictures last 3 months.

I feel, that the pictures of our visible and our invisible Suns, as well as the pictures of invisible Energy of Advanced Human Thoughts, of our New Consciousness (which I've been allowed to take since 21st of  December 2009 and post them on this website), are the form of a Signal, a Trigger for the Humans of a certain vibration, to get ready for the Transition to the higher Density! Maybe other Signals have been given as well, but I am not aware of them!!! 

Visible Sun and invisible Energy of Advanced Thoughts are superimposing each other and a layer of phony pentagons and a phony frame of white rays is there too mixed together!
Visible Sun and invisible Energy of Advanced Thoughts are superimposing each other and a layer of phony pentagons and a phony frame of white rays is there too, mixed together!

Just look at the size of this sun through the open door of my room (compare to the roof of the house opposite us) !
Just look at the size of this sun through the open door of my room (compare to the roof of the house opposite us) !

Sunrise over the ocean seen through the open window of our Centre, March 2010
Sunrise over the ocean seen through the open door of our Centre, March 2010

**********************************

 Conscious and Moving White Light Energy Beam

To give you the idea of  what I find often in the viewfinder of my camera when I try to picture visible or invisible Sun from the place where I live, I had to put 2 pictures together (though they were not taken on the same day). This way you can see the Beam of White Energy going from the higher 11th Density to the Sun and then down to Earth. But if I turn the camera 90 degrees to have a vertical photo, everything changes and the Beam is moving sideway, which is wrong! The White Light Beam is usually crossing the Sun vertically all across the viewfinder of my camera and below you will find a couple of those pictures. 
I am trying to see if there is any connection between the pictures of Golden Beam seen by the author of "Matrix 5" out there in the Cosmos and my pictures of the Suns below (and all over this website). I find some similarities with "Matrix 5" pictures, as well as some differences. But the main thing is to combine the Knowledge to have a better picture of what is going on in our Universe, and not just our Earth or our Galaxy. What I found later was:

1. On pictures of "M 5" (below) there is no connection to our Sun. The Sun is not on the picture at all, but just the Earth ! The yellow ('Golden') beam is going through the Earth, but not through the Sun, like on the pictures posted on this website (inc. photos of Solar Eclipses). The color of the beam is Golden according to the author, but on my pictures and
photos of Solar Eclipses, posted on this site, the Beam from the Sun to Earth is White (if it is not faked with holographic colored patterns).

Energy Beam, which is coming through Earth and leading to higher Densities. Picture is from the book "Matrix 5".
Energy Beam, which is coming through Earth and leading to higher Densities. Picture is from the book "Matrix 5".

Energy Beam, which is coming through Earth and leading to higher Densities. Picture is from the book "Matrix 5".

Important Announcement!

I finally managed to video the moving New Aquamarine Energy and White Stream of Energy of Balance from 11th Density into the Earth (in our place) and one of them can be watched through Twitter  (twitvid)!
White Sun, Beam of Balance, Visible New Aquamarine Moving Energy from12 Density   http://twitvid.com/VAVQW

I also, for the first time, saw on my video today (18 Apr. 2010) a black railway pattern of some sort superimposed on White Beam of Balance to camouflage the movement of the Energy. First I thought it was a chain of some sort and maybe it was, but a phony pattern can be changed in no time.
I found that black railway-like pattern on White Beam was also fake and can be clearly observed on our video! The stream of Balance should flow naturally, without any 'Sacred Geometry' patterns at all and if there is something glued to the Beam, it is phony! I also found the fake layers of white and other colors are also superimposed on the stream of Balance to cover the Energy Beam's movement!


Aquamarine Layer is on many pictures and it is that New Energy Alex Collier was talking about on his lectures and in his book. Andromedans told him that on the 23rd March 1994 all the Black Holes of our Universe started emitting the New Frequency of Color and Sound into our Universe. That Color is Aquamarine and this is the reason why I chose it as a background for this site! Aquamarine I see everywhere: in and under water when I swim or walk along the beach; I see it in the Glow our Earth has;
I see it in the Sky and on many pictures of Space and Earth on this site!
Unfortunately, phony holographic black or colored chain-like layer is often superimposed on White stream of Balance, which is coming from the Sun, as well as other phony layers of gadgets. All this is done to cover the movement of Balance and movement of another (New for this Universe) aquamarine Energy into Earth! The same sabotage is done to our New, non-physical 4th Density Earth. It's been constantly covered with 
phony holographic black or colored disks, so we wouldn't know it exists and wouldn't see how it is progressing. Many of us have seen our New Earth, but took it for the Moon!
Aquamarine Energy is the color of the New Vibration, the Color of our future Universe !!!


Energy Beam, which is coming through Earth and leading to higher Densities. Picture is from the book "Matrix 5".

The author's book "Matrix5", volume 2, published in May, 2004
The author's book "Matrix5", volume 2, published in May, 2004

The cover of "Matrix 5" by the unknown author
The cover of Golden "Matrix 5" by the unknown author. The faults with this picture are discussed in the section "Hidden Defects of "Matrix 5" trilogy" (on this link below) and also on another link  
"Matrix 5" Book Analysis

There is an article from Internet, which seems appropriate to the subject of Portals and White Light Beam connecting Earth and Sun, which you can find below. I noticed that the author of this article is writing Earth from capital 'E', but sun from low case 's', making it look like Sun is less significant than Earth, when in fact it is the opposite: Sun is the Higher Self of Earth:

Strange Portal Connects Earth to Sun

Portals from Earth to Sun
Portal from Earth to Sun

(and I see the Light Beam of Sun on my pictures, which is going through the Earth Portals to the Sun).

http://www.space.com/scienceastronomy/081103-mm-magnetic-portals.html

Like giant, cosmic chutes between the Earth and sun, magnetic portals open up every eight minutes or so to connect our planet with its host star.
Once the portals open, loads of high-energy particles can travel the 93 million miles (150 million km) through the conduit during its brief opening, space scientists say.
Called a flux transfer event, or FTE, such cosmic connections not only exist, but are possibly twice as common as anyone ever imagined, according to space scientists who attended the 2008 Plasma Workshop in Huntsville, Ala., last week.
"Ten years ago I was pretty sure they didn't exist, but now the evidence is incontrovertible," said David Sibeck, an astrophysicist at the Goddard Space Flight Center in Maryland.
Dynamic bursts
Researchers have long known that the Earth and sun must be connected. For instance, particles from the sun are constantly whisked away via the solar wind and often follow magnetic field lines that connect the sun's atmosphere with terra firma. The field lines allow particles to penetrate Earth's magnetosphere, the magnetic bubble that surrounds our planet.
"We used to think the connection was permanent and that solar wind could trickle into the near-Earth environment anytime the wind was active," Sibeck said. "We were wrong. The connections are not steady at all. They are often brief, bursty and very dynamic."
Several speakers at the workshop outlined the formation of a flux transfer event. One idea is that on the side of Earth facing the sun, our magnetic field presses against the sun's magnetic field. And about every eight minutes, the two fields briefly reconnect, forming a portal through which particles can flow. The portal takes the form of a magnetic cylinder about as wide as Earth.
(This is how those of the faster and higher vibration are most likely going to be moving to the New Earth: through this magnetic cylinder the size of the Earth. It's almost like a tunnel, LM).

Sibeck said to think of the FTE as a giant rolling pin that lies flat along the boundary between the Earth's and sun's magnetic fields. (He noted the rolling pin would have to be malleable so it could pierce through both magnetic fields while lying flat.)
"These FTEs kind of look like roller pins, and they form as little blob roller pins at the tip of the magnetosphere facing the sun," Sibeck told SPACE.com. "They can't decide which way they're going to slide around the Earth, so they grow there into big roller pins and then they take off and sort of spirally roll along [Earth's magnetosphere] like you're pounding out dough."
More than one FTE can form at once, he said, and they stay open for about 15 to 20 minutes.
More to learn
In order to measure such FTEs, spacecraft must not only catch them forming but also be on either end of the magnetic structures (either lengthwise or widthwise). In fact, the European Space Agency's fleet of four Cluster spacecraft and NASA's five THEMIS probes have flown through and surrounded these cylinders, measuring their dimensions and sensing the particles that shoot through, Sibeck said. While these measurements have nailed down the width of an FTE, the length is still uncertain though one measurement put it at up to five Earth radii. One Earth radius is about 4,000 miles (6,400 kilometers).
Astrophysicist Jimmy Raeder of the University of New Hampshire used those measurements to develop computer simulations of the portals. He found the cylindrical portals tend to form above Earth's equator and then in December, the FTEs would roll over the North Pole. In July, they roll over the South Pole.
Sibeck thinks the events occur twice as often as previously thought, proposing two types of flux transfer events — active and passive.
When the magnetic cylinders are active, they allow particles to flow through rather easily, forming important conduits of energy for Earth's magnetosphere, Sibeck said. When passive, the cylinders have more resistance to transiting particles. The internal structure of a passive cylinder makes it tougher for particles and magnetic fields to flow through. Sibeck has calculated the properties of passive FTEs and hopes he and his colleagues will hunt for signs of them in data collected with THEMIS and Cluster.
The space scientists at the workshop still want to figure out why the portals form every eight minutes and how magnetic fields inside the cylinders twist and coil."
03 November 2008

Some people think that Helping Humans is the only 'Goal' and there are no other more noble and greater Goals in Life.
Robert Monroe had the same 'Goal' in 80's. But after meeting his non-physical Inspec Friend and talking to him while astral travelling, he found that, indeed, there are much Greater Goals, Universal Goals, which Earth Humanity is capable of performing! (Look it up in "Far Journeys", please).
And, right now, our Greatest Goal is the Creation of the New Earth, New Evolutionary Energy at the time of the Planetary Shift in 2012, 
then helping the Merging of all the Energies of our Universe at the time of the completion of the Universal Shift in December 2013. That's why it is such a rare Event and such a rare Show attracting so much attention! This New Energy is so much needed by our Universe for the Graduation out of Physical 3rd Density level of the whole Universe. That New Energy will be distributed all over our and other Universes. This Evolutionary Energy includes all the races ever to be connected to Earth: positive, negative, neutral, males, females, Androgynous combined with Original and Parallel Earths Energies like Animal/Plant Life and Nature Spirits of water/rocks/air/fire/wind etc. ! That creates a more Balanced Energy, because balance is not 100% of positive energy or Love and Light! It includes 50% positive and 50 % negative energy.
This Evolutionary Energy has started its Development in Elliott Heads, Australia, in our Monroe Research Centre for Raising the Consciousness of Humanity! And everyone is welcome to add their own Energy to this Flow!
Within the last month a considerable part of (Advanced) Humanity has bee taken a few steps up to a higher vibration (while we were all asleep) and this way making the gap between Old Earth and the New Earth wider. The best indicator for that is the brightness of our Suns (visible and non-visible), which I monitor and take pictures of almost every day.
Deluge of flash floods and heavy snow or fog (water as well) has been used for the transportation of the people, some with physical bodies, some without them. It was heavy snowing and fogging in USA, Canada, England and Europe, Russia and China, Japan and Korea, Mongolia and Kazahstan for the whole winter, but at the same time in the Southern Hemisphere, we had constant flash flooding in Australia (esp. coastal regions), in countries of South America and in South Africa etc.
I never read the Bible (never was religious), but from other books I've read, I know about 40 days of Deluge in the past and I feel, that it was similar situation then, that whoever was alive at that time was taken a few steps up to a level of a higher vibration with or without their physical bodies using water of Deluge (rain, floods, mudslides, heavy snowstorms, hail, fog etc.). Water is the best environment for these actions: the transition to higher vibrations is easier. The same as a waterbirth is easier, than a birth on dry land: the transition from the higher, lighter vibrations of non-physical level you were in before been born, to the lower and heavier vibrations of the physical level, physical Earth you ended up in after been born are made easier through the water. And don't forget that fetus develops inside woman's body in liquid. Water provides a cushioning effect in transitioning much like a step-up/step down transformer for electricity.  
Please, change your trivial Thoughts for Advanced ones, because your Thoughts are affecting the movement of our planet to Higher Vibrations and us moving to the New Earth!
                                                                                                                                                                             Lydia Monroe

Invisible to the eye (but not to the camera) Sun with a pink beam of conscious Energy, 2010

Invisible to the eye (but not to the camera) Sun with a pink beam of conscious Energy, 14 Jan, 2010
Invisible to the eye (but not to the camera) Sun with invisible WhiteEnergy Beam of Advanced Consciousness of 11th Density. Pictures are taken in Elliott Heads, (Australia) at different times in 2010.

Late Afternoon, Invisible Sun next to our Centre. Picture is taken by me, Feb. 2010.
Late Afternoon, Invisible Sun next to our Centre. Picture is taken by me, Feb. 2010. Pentagons are trying to cover it up.

White Light Energy is coming from the, Invisible to the eye, Sun, Feb. 2010.
This is not snow or fog, this is White Light Energy is coming from, Invisible to the eye, Sun, and covering the grass in front of our Centre, picture is taken in
February, summer month with 30+ Celsius mostly in Southern Hemisphere, 2010. I haven't seen snow for 3 years now, because I stopped travelling outside Australia.

White Light Energy Beam is coming from the Sun in both directions: up and down to Earth, Feb. 2010.
White (not Golden) Light Energy Beam of Balance is coming from Invisible Sun in both directions: up and down to Earth in front of our Centre, Feb. 2010. Pentagons are trying to cover it up.

White Light Energy Beam is coming from the Sun in both directions: up and down to Earth, Feb. 2010.
White Light Energy Beam seems like coming from the Sun in both directions: up and down to Earth.
The picture is taken in Elliott Heads, Australia, Feb. 2010.

The mixture of Sun and the Ball of Advanced Thoughts with clearly visible vertical white Beam of Balance (camouflaged by phony pink holographic tail pointing up) is in my room. Apr. 2010
The mixture of Sun and the Ball of Advanced Thoughts with clearly visible vertical white Beam of Balance (camouflaged by phony pink holographic tail pointing up) is in my room. Apr. 2010

Advanced Thoughts Ball, 10 Jan 2010

This is not the old Sun, this is New Higher Consciousness is gathering above our village of Elliott Heads and Elliott Heads rivermouth, Australia (Anomaly Place), where a crack in the Fabric of Time is allowing other Dimensions to seep through and also allowing this New Higher Consciousness to be distributed to other Parallel Universes. According to R.Monroe, this is a part of the White, Sparkling Ring of Energy around New Earth in non-physical 4th Density.
The picture made on the 10 Jan. 2010 (a bit out of focus). I finally managed to film it without blowing up my camera. I was really amazed. Again, I didn't see it: all it was just the blue sky, but my camera saw it and took pictures of it.
Pentagons (monitoring devices) are constantly pictured around this New Energy of the Higher Consciousness, above our house-Centre, above the village, above Elliott Heads rivermouth, around the old Sun, in my room. You can see them on my numerous photos, which I placed at the beginning and sometimes at the end of most of our links ; you can see them here too. More is on Home Page , also on  Sitemap,  on  Anomalous Events ,  on Schools for Future Humans +  , R.Monroe info  and others.

Pentagon Sun

Visible Sun in Anomaly place of Riverview village on Elliott Heads river

The Pentagon, Washington DC, USA

The Pentagon, Washington DC, USA. Can you see a connection?

"The Convoluted Universe", part 2, written by Dolores Cannon in 2005, p.638:

"The Earth will remain within this UV beam (this event has already happened, LM) for approximately 17 hours of your time, and it will interpenetrate every electron of precious Life energy. This beam is radiant fluorescent in nature, blue/magenta in color (magenta is dark pink, LM). Although it resonates in this frequency band, it is above the color frequency spectrum of your universe, so it will not be seen. However, due to the nature of your soul it will have an effect. The effect is that every thought and emotion will be amplified intensely one million-fold. Every thought, every emotion, every intent, every will, no matter if it is good, bad, ill, positive, negative, will be amplified one million times in strength (get ready for that: it is already taking place! Living in this 'hot spot' (Elliott Heads) is not a picnic. My son Robert has been going crazy from all normal sounds of our household, like running water from the tap, for instance. The feeling is like someone put sound amplifiers into his ears. He's been going crazy for a few years and been driving us crazy. That could be familiar to many people out there. I would like to add, that  
"one million-fold amplification of all the emotions/thoughts/intent/will is an extremely important support at the time of the Planetary/Universal Shifts and it is also caused by merging of thousands of Parallel Universes/Earths into the Original Universe/Earth", LM).
Since all matter manifest is due to your thoughts, i.e. what you focus on, this beam will accelerate these thoughts and solidify them at an accelerated rate, making them manifest a million times faster than they normally would. The ultraviolet Light will bathe every person on the planet. It has the potential of transforming the way Humanity thinks and feels. It will create a new, easier pathway for Earth’s Ascension into the next dimension (why not next Density, which is 4th? There is a big difference in vibration between dimension and density. I might be wrong, but as far as I know physical 3rd Density Universe has many physical dimensions, where Physical Parallel Universes/Earths are located, next level is non-physical 4th Density, which has non-physical dimensions,  LM). This is the beginning of awesome influxes of Light that will move this planet up the Spiral of Evolution by quantum leaps and bounds! So it appears that it has begun!"

**********************************

The Cause for the Shifts

If the merging of Energies between a woman and a man can cause such an explosion of Energies, can you imagine the Force of the Merging of different Energies of women, men, ET's, animals, all the different Energies of Earth/Sun and all the other different Energies of trillions of Planets and Suns and the whole Universe at the time of the Peak of the Universal Shift ?
I recommend to read a very powerful extract from "Far Journeys" by R.Monroe, which happened at The Monroe Institute, at the "Gateway" program:

2312-CF  (p. 33-36)
" . . . During one 'Rebal' breathing exercise I experienced what was the beginning of some rather puzzling happenings. For reasons unknown to me I was suddenly in a black box—a void of total blackness. It was
like being juggled from one extreme to the other—from total sensation to lack of sensation. Frustration began to invade me, for I found it was somewhat difficult finding a way out of this vast blackness. In my next tape I began to experience the blackness again, and that's when I started to worry. At our next meal I mentioned what was occurring to our trainer, hoping she might offer a solution. "During our discussion, my problem was overheard by a few males at the table who had apparently been listening in. Later one of the men took me aside to explain. He told me that a few of the men in our group had found themselves fantasizing about me during their own tape experiences— hence all the sexual thought vibrations I was picking up. He also told me that, having a hard time dealing with their sexual attraction, they were putting me in their 'energy conversion box' (a place to leave problems behind) before embarking into their other states of consciousness. They had all helped put me in my black void so as not to distract them! At first
I was annoyed at this. How dare they influence my experiences! How dare their sexual energy have that much control over me! I still marvel at how powerful thoughts are, and three men's directed at me was

overwhelming. At the same time I felt somewhat naive for not having picked up the signs earlier, but I was much too wrapped up in how the workshop was changing me to fully get into what others were thinking.
"But this was not the end. . . . I transformed my annoyance at being used as a 'sex object,' even if only consciously projected, and started wondering what growth could be gained from this experience. It started me thinking along other lines and what was to follow would change the course of my life.
"And it happened simply because I asked the divine forces in all sincerity for me to be able to experience spiritual love. I asked not for me to be the recipient of it but that I might learn how to give to others to my
fullest ability. My request was granted:

Check Unit
CHEC Unit at the Institute

"As I went into the next tape I kept that thought in mind — I wanted to feel what it would be like to feel a part of the love in the universe, to in a sense actually be making love to a part of me, a part of everyone.
I left my own CHEC Unit at that point (nonphysically; OOBE) and felt an urge to visit my other Gateway participants. Straying into one room, I called softly to one of the people. He seemed taken aback to see me and I told him not to be alarmed, that I was only there to send him love and then left after blowing him a quick goodbye kiss. (Later this person recalled that he heard a soft voice in his ear calling his name. He said that he had felt a surge of love upon hearing it but wasn't sure where it came from.) "Then quite unexpectedly I was suddenly drawn by a powerful force to one room in particular—to one CHEC Unit in particular. It took me by total surprise, for the man in that unit was someone I didn’t know very well. In fact, he was the only one at the workshop I had never really had a chance to talk to. He was a young, good-looking psychologist, yet for some reason we seemed to be purposely avoiding each other.

"All at once I had an all-knowing, as I seemed to float over him, that his vibrations were my vibrations.
I had an overwhelming desire to meld, to feel a part of him—to become one. It was truly one of the sharpest and clearest of experiences. "I gave to him both my body and soul until there was this tremendous energy surge that rocked and exploded in us. It was an experience that is beyond words, for love, total and absolute, surrounded us more strongly than can' be earthly experienced or imagined. The more I gave, the greater I received and I didn't want to let go. I wanted to give him even more. It was like two energies in perfect unison becoming one at last. (I can remember thinking how physical sex paled in comparison.) "Memories of past lives together came rushing in like flashes of light. We talked in this state and I came to realize this experience could only have happened at the end of the workshop as it did, for each of us would have been distracted had we 'met' earlier on—perhaps hampering other growth experiences that week. There was a meeting of both our minds with this experience and I knew our meeting had been more than coincidence—it was predestined. "I truly experienced everything I asked for and more, and when I came down to the meeting room after the tape there was an unusual heightened

energy where people seemed to be flying. I saw 'him' as I came down the stairs to join the group and he looked at me excitedly, ecstatically, as if something totally incredible had happened to him. I hadn’t
said a word yet, as he quietly repeated a number of times, 'Thank you. Thank you.' I felt elated—I had made contact. We compared our individual experiences, making sure each of us was not coloring the other's story. It didn't matter—our stories fit like puzzle pieces, matching perfectly and interlocking.
We both had also had the use of all our senses— the strongest being touch. "After this experience we were later reunited to share others together. We've been with each other for the past two years now—
growing and loving together..."


If a build up of negativity is happening in any physical Universe, which causes the Disbalance, the Creative Force has the ways of regulating it by creating off-shoots like Parallel Universes originating from  this Universe, like in our case. The Universal Shift happens when a phisical Universe is ripe for
graduating out of physicality to the next step up: non-physicality. It means a Universe has reached the right vibration. So it's not surprising that it happened in our Universe. The negativity Build-Up in the whole Universe is a natural thing for Building up Balance. I don't have to tell you about it: we all have been experiencing it for many years and it's still not over yet. We don't see or feel the Expansion of the Universe, which happens much faster at this particular period
and that is another reason for the Universal Shift.
We all, as observers, need to imagine ourselves as 12th Density Beings and step out of this Game for a moment. Then, as 12th Density Being, you would see, that to perfect the beings, who will be the Leading Force in the Universal Shift, you need to expose them to multidimensional pains, troubles and problems on all imaginable levels for very long time and in the most difficult places to exist: physical, 3rd Density level, where so much fight between polarities is taking place. Then you would get the product in it's finest distillation: the Beings, who overcame all the barriers and, if gathered together, would be that needed Force for the Universal Shift ! And that is exactly what is happening to all of us and why this Game is still continues with more and more of new, more complex barriers to overcome.  
The problem is that, apart from Alex Collier and myself, I don't see any other writer talking about Universal Shift in 2013, like it's none of their buisness or it is not taking place or they have no idea about it. 
Below, I give 5 extracts from 3 different writers and if you can connect the info from all of them, then you will see a clear picture of why thousands of Beings (volunteers) from the 11th Density needed to come to Earth at this critical time (and I'm one of them). Andromedan race call us Paa Tal (a Draconian word). You also will understand why in order to give the opportunity to graduate and to balance the Universe, the Universal Shift is needed. Universal Shift is created to get rid of the physical 3rd Density, if the negativity in the 3rd Density causing troubles everywhere (especially for human races, up to the point of complete wiping them out).   
Now, after the Universal Shift started destroying the 3rd Density and lifting all the Densities one step higher, most of the Negatives have to move out of here to another Universe, where 3rd Density still exist. There is a rule: when you start a new Universal Game in 3D (in another physical Universe), your previous memories will be blocked (but not of your Higher Self, which is not on 3D level, but much higher than that). Some books (inc. Dolores Cannon's) will tell you that. Some Beings are not very happy about this condition. They don't like to start everything from the scratch and they wouldn't leave this Universe without a fight. But, nevertheless, their days are numbered, the help has been pumped into our Earth from Creative Force itself in the form of Fast Moving White Stream of Sparkling Energy of Balance and that's a good news!
The Planetary Shift will be completed
and will give Birth to a New Energy for our and other Universes
by a combination of the Energies of millions of Earth Human Beings from 11th density (called Paa Tal), by all alien forms present on Earth and all Earth Energies!

So don't worry about the beloved pets you ever had: their energies will mix with your energy soon!


This excerpt is from Robert Monroe's "Far Journeys", called "Gathering" (the Shift) written in 1985, before the Universal Shift started in 1994; p.231-232:

(It is what we call the Gathering (the Shift, LM). These have manifested from other nearby energy systems only to witness the big show, as you call it, just as those within the physical spacecraft and your final-process humans. This big show which is about to occur is actually a very rare event—the conflux of several different and intense energy fields arriving at the same point in your time-space. It is this rarity that has attracted so much attention. In terms that you can perceive, it may occur once every eighty-seven million of your earth years.)
Very long odds, and a long time to wait.
(This does not warrant that it will be produced at that frequency. There are random elements and variables in the format which cannot be predicted.)
So random that the event might not take place, perhaps. There would be a lot of disappointed . . .
(It is long past such point. It will occur. The interest lies in the result. It is best symbolized to you as a convergence of a great number of possibilities which emerge as several probabilities and few possibilities. One of such probabilities may alter not only your time-space but all adjoining energy systems as well. Therefore the wide interest. In human terms, still symbolized, the gathering is here to observe the possible birth of a new energy. Will it survive the birth process, and if so, what are the potentials inherent in such energy that will predict accurately the same at maturity? Or will the energy arrive stillborn, and all the possibilities remain no more than that— weak uncoordinated possibilities?)
Running a bit of my exquisite H+ rote made it quite clear. But my still in-human self looked at earth and the human system.
(There is a human oriental symbol for crisis which is composed of two subsymbols indicating danger and opportunity. The event in human and physical earth terms is definitely a point of crisis. It is quite valid that as to human existence both danger and opportunity will be present in extreme degrees.)
Danger? Physical danger? Mental? The . . .
(Those are the possibilities, the exact nature of which will be determined by the event itself. Whatever your percept may be is one of the possibilities. One or several will occur.)
The other side, the opportunity.
(That is the key to the understanding of the event. It will offer human consciousness a rare potential to emerge rapidly into a unified intelligent energy system that will range far beyond your time-space illusion, creating, constructing, teaching as only a human-trained graduate energy is able to do.)
Our visit to earth in 3000 plus . . .
(A possibility that may become probable with the event. Your action is one of the minute random factors that may make it so.)
If the opportunity is missed . . .
(Humans will retreat as the dominant species on earth until they no longer survive as active consciousness, eventually in any form.)
I asked it directly. (And you, all of you, what will you do if that takes place?)
There was a beautiful warmth and a soft smile in the response. (We would just have to start up some action on some other planet in time-space with new humans.)"
(Noone knew at that time that the Event, everyone was waiting for, would be the Universal Shift, LM).

These 3 extracts about Multiple Personalities (we all have) are from "The Convoluted Universe" , book 3,
written in 2008 by Dolores Cannon. More about it on this website on  Psychology of Multiple Personalities :

p. 485:
"In some of my other sessions reported in this book, others have said the same thing. They normally remained with the Source, etc., and only came to Earth during the time of Major Shifts. These were the times when the most help was needed."

p. 417:
"Irene: (Smiling) Just being at home (the Source, LM). It's wonderful.
Dolores: Why do you call it home?
I: Because it is. It's my place of peace...
D: Are there others with you, or are you by yourself?
I: I feel others, but they don't have any form. I just know them. I feel them. It's good to be here again. I miss here. I miss this place.
D: Why did you leave that place if it was so beautiful?
I: It's my time to help. It's a time when Great Energies are needed, and Great Powers and Great Strength. So then I knew it is my time to come. There are many of us and we have talked of this. It is our time to go."


p. 429-432:
"D (Dolores): Well, let's move forward in time. When did you get to the point that you wanted to be a person, a human being instead of watching and guarding people? What happened to cause that?
I (Irene, the client) : Shift time. I'm here for the Shift. I'm here to help with the vibrations of Mother Earth. This is great work    that needs to be done, and many of us are called.
D: Had you been in a physical body before been called here?
I: Not seeing one. Strange, should be. Most people are.
D: So you were mostly doing this guardian work?
I: Seems that way.
D: That was a very valuable and important work. (Yes) Then, did someone tell you to come here at the time for the Shift?

I: I just knew. -  It's very difficult to be in the body. Quite confining. Also very difficult for my mother to birth me. Energies were so strong for her.
D: Is this what is happening? The normal human spirits that have been on Earth for many, many lifetimes... are leaving. And being replaced in one way or another by these more advanced spirits who will be able to handle the stresses of the Shift. Even those who were normally doing guardian... work are being called in, as well as the more advanced spirits. They are willing to leave their "home" in the astral to travel here and assist during this important time. The other humans who are staying are having their bodies adjusted to handle the increase in the vibrational frequency change. Those who cannot adjust, are leaving the planet.

I: I didn't stay in her much when she (her mother, LM) was carring me. I came in at birth and sort of knocked her out... 

D: Were you able to bring all of your energy into that infant body at the time?
I: No, no, no, no ,no. I would have exploded her.
D: So you just brought a part  of yourself into it?
I: I can draw more when I need it.

D: So this is the life of the being you are speaking through right now? (Yes) And this would be your first experience in the physical. Is that right?
I: That I can recall, yes. I have been here to help others.
D: Was it difficult growing up? Experiencing?
I: Never fit in. Never fit in.
D: Were't you afraid once you got in here, you might get stuck?
I: ... Not! Nah, can't get stuck. Got too much help, too much power...
D: What are you supposed to do about the shift?  
 
I: We  have many who are here to help Mother Earth with the Changes. To help awaken others by simply being. We do tend to escape from time to time, though.
D: How do you do that?
I: In what you call "sleep", or "meditation".

D: You are able to get out of the body?

I: Definitely... I mean, my challenge in being here is to be here. A part of me tends to take off a lot. Actually I have many parts of me going many places simultaneously, so this is only a very small part of me here.
D: So when Irene is either meditating or sleeping, you leave and go off somewhere else?
I: That, and - although it sounds very strange - I do it even when I'm doing everything else. I have many things I'm doing all at once.
D: So you're able to do that, and the body still functions?
I: For certain. I have other (cloned bodies with parts of her soul, LM) bodies functioning in other places too.
D: Why did you do that?
I: To gain as much as I could.

(this is about Multiple Personalities we all have, more about it on  this website on  Psychology of Multiple Personalities  link, LM).

This is very similar to what was reported in Chapter 21 where the woman remembered living in many bodies at the same time.

D: So all these other bodies are also here to experience the Shift?
I: In different time zones (of the Past, in Earth terms, LM), as it were. It's hard to explain. I can be everywhere all the time, and being aware of being here now. I'm not always aware of all the dimensions that I'm in... But I have the awareness of all of this going on simultaneously. It's like being in Best Buy (or Wal-Mart) and in the middle of all the TV sets. And then all the TVs are stacked a million stories up and a million down, all showing something different. And then you are in all of those screens and all of those places. That's what it's like. That's a pretty good description.
D: So when you decided to enter a physical body, you broke apart . If that's a good way to explain it?  
 
I: No, not breaking apart. Still one, bringing maybe a consciousness into that form. This is very difficult to explain, because in all the other forms, there's that consciousness.
D: So when you decided to be a human being, you decided to be in many different bodies all at the same time.
I: Right. And then also, in all the other forms, all of it at once. You know, the spirit form, the ET form has many of those. Those are fun! And all of those in different dimensions, it's really weird.
D: This happened after you decided not to be a guardian.
I: Yes, although parts of me are doing that now, too. Irene doesn't understand how all of this can be going on.
D: Yes, it's hard for many of us humans to understand these things.
I: This is quite confusing, but I know it's right.


There is more information about the splintering and shattering of the main soul body, and the fragments that go off to experience their own lives in Convoluted Universe, Book Two.

D: So what is Irene supposed to be doing with this?
I: She has great powers. Her mere presence shifts people. If she thinks of them, they shift.
D: What do you mean, they shift?

(There are many people like that on Earth these days and they are called Reality Shifters, LM).
I: They start to awaken. To remember who they are... But it is important...for Irene to do her work. That she remains steady, that she does not get lost in the emotions of those who are not awakening as fast as she would wish for them. Of those who don't seem to be awakening at all. And to honor them, and to love them, but to not get wrapped in that Earth emotion. For she is weakened when she feels sadness for them...
D: Yes, they're all learning their own lessons..."


 
This chapter is from Alex Collier's book "Defending Sacred Ground", written in 1997, p. 224. This info ties up with the other two extracts and with what I've written:

Creation of Our Universe


Q: Why would the group consciousness of the Paa Tal (Beings of the 11th Density, LM) come into third density?
A: The Draconian legends, according to the Andromedans, talk about wars with the Paa Tal, who created the human
form of physicality. Now, let's just pretend here that we (as the Paa Tal) knew as a race that there was no way we
were ever going to destroy this Reptilian race. This war would go on forever. Now, being the spiritual beings ... it could be that we realized that the only way to take care of the negative polarity in our universe was to come and incarnate at its lowest point, its lowest frequency, and alter that frequency so much that everything in its path would evolve. You could do this so none of the negativity could hide or defend itself. The transformation would be so fast, so instantaneous that suddenly they would be light. You've ended all wars. There's no more death and suddenly everybody is an enlightened being. There has only been a period of 200 years during the last 2000 years when there hasn't been a war on Earth.
Q: But isn't that "forcing" enlightenment?
A: Well, we hold a frequency of war, and this frequency emanates into space. Now, if this is truly us, then our minds
are creating, firing or triggering other like consciousness everywhere. We're the catalyst. It's not by force. They have a
choice. You change the catalyst and there's no more fuel for anything else. Everything else just burns out.
For example, look at what is going on in Bosnia, and who is giving both sides the weapons of war. You take away the
weapons and there is no war. Somebody is paying them to do this. So, you have to take away the fire. Right now, we
are the fuel, and the Draconians, Greys, the Orion Group and others are benefiting by this fuel. It starts right here,
and other galaxies are sending ambassadors to come and watch what is happening here - what is going to happen in
2013. We have one side saying 'no way' and one side cheering us on.
Q: Who's cheering us on?
A: The benevolence. Just in our galaxy alone there are 139 different races and planetary systems that want us to
evolve because they are sick and tired of war and defending themselves, and having to worry about us. Everything
affects everything else in the universe.
"

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

9 September 2009
by Mitch Battros - Earth Changes Media

https://www.earthchangesmedia.com/amember/member.php

Science and Ancient Wisdom Join Together as Never Before

It appears America is catching up to many parts of the world as she too, is recognizing and embracing the wisdom of our ancestors. Recent research studies produced by some of the most credible scientific institutions from America and around the world, are acknowledging a shift is occurring in both geological and geopolitical arenas. No, not just some tangible movement of land or politics, but in the way of ambiance, thought, vision, belief .....
I could hardly believe my eyes as I was reading this just released scientific study published in the science journal NATURE. For this writer/researcher it is a dream come true. I knew it would happen as I have stated in almost all of my publishings since 1997, but I mis-judged the direct head-on delivery it would take.
A timely and perfect example of what I am conveying occurred just yesterday (Sept. 9th). A scientific paper has outlined some of the changes we are in, and what form and outcomes it may produce -- now and in the near future. This study covers traumatic adjustments in geological shifts such as earthquakes and volcanoes; to geopolitical shifts in nations; to human distress all three of which are a result of "critical transition".
What you will find is a mirror prediction of Mayan prophecy spoken in scientistese (language). Actually there is no such word as 'scientistese', just a tongue-in-cheek way of saying - spoken in a language scientists can understand.
What do abrupt changes in ocean circulation and Earth's climate, shifts in wildlife populations and ecosystems, the global finance market and its system-wide crashes, and an increase in human respiratory ailments have in common? According to a paper published this week in the journal NATURE, all share generic early-warning signals that indicate a critical threshold of change dead ahead.
In the paper, Martin Scheffer of Wageningen University in The Netherlands and co-authors, including William Brock and Stephen Carpenter of the University of Wisconsin at Madison and George Sugihara of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla, Calif., found that similar symptoms occur in many systems as they approach a critical state of transition.
"It's increasingly clear that many complex systems have critical thresholds -- 'tipping points' -- at which these systems shift abruptly from one state to another," write the scientists in their paper. Especially relevant, they discovered, is that "catastrophic bifurcations (fork-in-the-road-decision)," propel a system toward a new state once a certain threshold is exceeded.
Like Robert Frost's well-known poem about two paths diverging in the forest, a system follows a trail for so long, then often comes to a switch-point at which it will strike out in a completely new direction.
"These are compelling insights into the transitions in human and natural systems," says Henry Gholz, program director in the National Science Foundation (NSF)'s Division of Environmental Biology, which supported the research along with NSF's Division of Ocean Sciences.
"The information comes at a critical time -- a time when Earth's and, our fragility, have been highlighted by global financial collapses, debates over health care reform, and concern about rapid change in climate and ecological systems."
It all comes down to what scientists call "variance amplification near critical points, when a system moves back and forth between two states. A system may shift permanently to an altered state if an underlying slow change in conditions persists, moving it to a new situation, or state of being.
Folks, I hope you can understand the significance and gravity of what this study entails. I would suggest this research in-and-of-itself, is a sign of a "critical threshold" or (transition). I encourage you to read Part - II along-side this article. It would be hard for one to miss the incredible enmeshment between the language of our elders, and the language of modern science. This truly is "good news".

************************************

Tricks of our Higher Selves

For many years I couldn't understand many things happening in my family till, after a lot of research and emotional ordeals, I got the message (the insight).
To make all the parts or the souls of the cluster of a Higher Self to evolve faster, especially at the time of the Shifts, Higher Selves use different tricks. One of these tricks is exchanging souls of the same Higher Self in the same physical body of its player and this way to change the partners without anyone noticing it. I've been writing about Multiple Personalities and Walk-ins and supplied enough info to support my views; that info is related to what I am about to say. For more info see  Psychology of Multiple Personalities

It is really a waste for a Higher Self to have one and only soul in the same body for all of the life of that body playing the same Planetary Game, particularly if this Higher Self already achieved 11th Density. Usually, by having quite a numerous group of parts of one soul inside one body (but one at a time) a Higher Self has a choice: when to exchange souls in the body of the player (this Higher Self's scout). It's often done many times during the lifetime of a physical body and only if the physical body reached suitable higher vibration as a result of traumas. Why does the swap needs to be done at all? There are 2 reasons.
The first reason I already mentioned: to make all souls (or parts of the souls) of this Higher Self to evolve faster and to mix their energies with the different energies of other humans/ET's/animals/environment of different Parallel Earths. The second reason is to have as many unusual experiences and knowledge as possible. How is it done?
 
I'll give you an example. Let's say you reach 10 years of age and can't take it anymore (extremely harsh childhood), but the vibration of the body is still lower to match the speed of the vibration of Earth. Then Your Higher Self (HS for short) is making a decision to exchange this soul for another one from the same cluster (the more evolved one with a faster frequency/vibration) after you experienced a lot of pain physical or emotional or both) at the time of serious disease/jail/psychiatric or other hospitalization/
accident/divorce/harsh travels to other countries etc., when people are taken from their usual enviroment and experience a lot of pain and confusion. Like it happened in the case of my mother, when she was jailed. A year after, another person came from the jail: much younger, prettier and with another character, but it doesn't mean it would stay that way. The older, familiar Alter of hers came back again later. This way I was observing a few of my mother's and my son's Alters (and not just human) and it was so confusing for me then, but not now. Sometimes HS from 11th Density chooses to create different Alters of different vibration at different age but having more than one physical body, using cloned bodies of different ages/genders to be exact. Such cases were described by Dolores Cannon in her "Convoluted Universe", part 2 and 3, which you find above in "Causes for the Shifts".

These things are allowed by the rules of the Game and done routinely everywhere in this universe, especially at the time like this.
The souls of all members of a family were usually exchanged, but not at once
(at different times)
: it would've been too obvious and the old Alters could be send to Parallel Earths. That creates a lot of confusion, friction and mixing energies together in many families to adjust and everyone is sensing something, but most of the time can't explain it. That also creates that desirable Blend of all different Energies of different people and aliens, animal and plants, the Energies of different Earths and Different Universes. Carlos Castaneda was constantly writing about their travels in Parallel Earths in a masked way, that is the reason why many people didn't worked it out.
The exchange of Alters gives the opportunity to other parts of HS to get to the new situation more frequenly and learn a few more vital lessons from the new (for them) players. This swaping of the souls is happening to all the players (scouts) of this and other HS's, taking part in the Game and this process could be repeated. This is the reason why you can't recognize a person who's been absent from you for some time: it's another Alter of that person (with another frequency).
Like, for instance, one spirit can leave one family in one country in order to be inserted in the physical body of the opposite gender (of the same HS) in another family and in another country. This way HS keeps all the souls pretty occupied: they wouldn't have much time to stay idle with nothing to do, unless they need some rest and treatment. You can imagine how much faster the spiritual progress is taking place under these circumstances!  To prepare another soul to replace the original soul a kind of a 'Holographic Life Imprint' (of all the previous years) is done. All kinds of discussions of all the parts of this HS are done inside of this HS, to make the new soul/spirit to be familiar with that life, otherwise the soul would become totally disoriented.
Let's say at the age of 10 (and usually under traumatic conditions), the new soul is entering your body and has a difficult time to adjust to the new life, to all the members of the family. It is a different personality in this body. Sometimes mothers/ grandmothers or other women in the family notice the change or even the person herself/himself. But it is not in the interests of their HS, because the knowledge of it can make the experiences biased and influence the results of life lessons. This person might start experiencing memory losses, change of character, new features (negative or positive) developing, new tastes and interests.
This swap is also done with the agreement of other Higher Selves, whose players (scouts) are living in the same family.
Often these changes of personalities of all the members of the family start driving everyone crazy and could lead to the ruining of the family with arguments and court actions (like divource, dividing children and properties and similar things).
Let's say at the age of 20 you got another soul and that soul happened to be of a crazy man/woman with some kind of mental disease. Then all over sudded, healthy you becoming an autistic or a wheel-chaired person. Then everyone in the family starts blaming doctors/vaccinations/accidents/germs/heritage etc. and nobody would know the real cause and that is: the decision of your HS to have for you that particular experience maybe to get rid of self-importance.
Then let's say after 10 years of a life of a disabled, you, one day, miraculously, getting off the wheelchair and your life taking another turn into the researching of spiritual matters. Most likely that happened as a result of another, more advanced soul from the same group exchanging places with the previous soul. And then later, if there is a need for that, your HS can swap souls again for you to become a lesbian/homosexual and to deliberately shake the foundations of hard Christians in your family: at Endgame Time that happens more than ever before. Quite often some of the other souls from your cluster can walk-into your body for a short visit (temporarily) and that always has a purpose: most souls-players are at the Game at various set ups. Your Higher Self (you) is playing with all the souls of the same cluster like a good card player with the cards.
When I said all of this to my family members, that caused shock and tears: they still didn't get the message that doesn't matter what soul is in your body as long as this soul is from your cluster! They didn't argue to my surprise, knowing from their experiences that what I told them was true! Other writers in their books are discussing other types of walk-ins done by aliens (both positive and negative). Every Walk-in has a goal!
There are rare cases when, inspite of the exchange of the souls in one body, a woman and a man don't stop loving each other and keep their families from falling apart. Here it could be a good indication of their Higher Selves being friends before the Game and who wants them be together till last.


Barack and Michell Obama

******************************


The Desire to be Individual

"Thought is action, and no hiding layers of conditioning or inhibition shield the inner you from others, where honesty is the best policy because there can be nothing less...
Locale II (worlds of 4th density, LM) is a state of being where that which we label thought is the wellspring (fountain, rich source) of existence. It is the vital creative force that produces energy, assembles "matter" into form, and provides channels of perception and communication. I suspect that the very self or soul in Locale II is no more than an organized vortex or warp in this fundamental. As you think, so you are."  Robert Monroe

There are times when we need to be individual, but there are also times when we need to unite all our thoughts, desires, intent and energies for the same Goal: the Earth Planetary and Universal Shifts in Consciousness!
 
For all these years I couldn't understand why I'm so unlucky? Why can't I have a teacher like others: like Dolores Cannon and many others who wrote their books? Why am I still isolated even in 2009? Why do I have to search for knowledge for myself and it's not given to me like to other writers? Why do I have to go through life lessons first, before I would be allowed to find what I'm looking for in numerous books? Why am I completely cut off from the readers who maybe reading this site? I don't even know how many people do: I can only believe the statistics given by my computer.
I remember R.Monroe was writing, that after his first book has been printed, they received thousands of exciting letters from the readers (this is not a case for me). I say my affirmation every day (asking for a teacher 
and still don't have one). I know this kind of teachers do exist, but seems like not for everyone. I know that Bob is behind me, but he is not in physical body anymore and I know that he achieved so much more than was written in his books. We work together only on different levels: he is on a higher non-physical level and I'm on the lower physical one.

This picture is meant for me!
granade

I've written in other articles on this link about 2 moments in your life when you become One (Andromedans call it 'Be at One':

1. One moment, when you gather and merge all your parts, lost in this and other Universes on different levels, densities, dimensions and become One with Yourself. A Total Self.
Or you live on a planet, which has One Mind, then you become One with the whole Planet.
R.Monroe illustrates it very well in his books.

2. Another moment, when you, as Total Self or as a planet with One Mind, merge with Creative Force after getting through the Aperture. You become One with Creative Force (Balance, Unconditional Love).
More info on this subject is on these links:  Robert Monroe info  ,    Home Page  


But it proves to be yet another time to become One and that is a very unusual time, which happens once in 87 millions years (in our case). This is the time when the Energy of the Planetary Shift of one planet (Earth for example) is influencing the results of the Universal Shift (our Original Universe for instance). The best result and the most needed by the Creative Force is when all different energies of beings, suns and planets merge into One Energy to become of the same vibration. Reminds me the merging of many streams into one huge river.
Robert Monroe depicted this moment in his books when he becomes One with himself. The rehearsal of merging different energies together for the future Shifts has been performed on Earth for thousands of years and especially for the last 200 years in countries like USA, Russia, Australia, Canada, Asian, African and Europian countries. Even our physical bodies have 22 or maybe more different races in our genetic make-up by now. It needed the effort of all the Beings of the whole Universe to create this Grand Experiment, an Energy, a race, who will combine all these different energies of the races and different energies of the planet Earth. The resulted New Energy would be able to participate in Planetary and Universal Shifts: race of humans/non-humans from Earth + plant/animal life and other Energies of Earth. This New Energy which will not only help the Shifts to be successfully completed, but also will penetrate other Universes. In order to create this New Energy, we had to be separated from knowing about Creative Force for the whole period of this Planetary Game, not to be biased!!!
 

We are not equal. We are different and that will help to create that New Energy.
Just imagine that we were/are all equal and we were/are all the same all the time. How boring! How Monotonous!
How can you create something new, something like a New Energy, being all the same, all equal?
Merging with Creative Force, the Source (our true Home we all originated from) can only be done under one condition:
if you part with your separatness (throw it out of the window, because you are mixing with others).
This New, Developing Earth Energy will eventually reach the Creative Force.
Many people are worried (even fearing) about being absorbed by the Creative Force and losing their identity. But how can you merge with the ocean of energy called Creative Force-Balance-Unconditional Love and become the same energy,
if you are separate and you would still want to be different and have your own personality/individuality after merging?
That's impossible! It's either one thing or another: you can't have both.
For those on this Earth, who doesn't want to lose their independence and merge with Creative Force, I have an advice:
don't worry about it, it's too early for you, you are not ready for it anyway and that shows. You have a free will to continue life having an identity till you'll get tired of it, till you become ripe enough to become One with Creative Force, the Source.

I am pretty sure "Matrix 5" author wouldn't like that idea! He is for separateness and individuality
till last and doesn't intend to mix with anyone, especially, females. Same with Val who likes to be an Emperor on the throne: he can't forget being an Emperor in one of his lives (or maybe that was a Holographic Life Imprint? Another Napoleon?)
It's practically impossible to see the difference between one of your other lives and a Holographic Life Imprint and it's no longer important.
There is a saying "It is not important what you've been yesterday, but what you are today"!
This is so true: I found it the hard way. It is also such a waste to spend your energy and time by helping somebody to quit smoking: they need to do it themselves and the pains we experience are there for the climbing to a higher vibration!

You sell yourself really cheap, because you are capable of so much more and by widening your horizons, your goals,
you would be capable to get out of the box you put yourself into.
Dolores Cannon writes about similar things in her books, but she and her daughters are still feverishly making money by teaching students hypnotic Cannon technique to get through past lives.  And you never know if that is the real past/other life or a Holographic Imprint of someone else's life (who is no longer on this Earth). When I asked Dolores the question about why she is still teaching her technique knowing well in advance that a past life of a client could be a fake and that past lives are no longer important (she was told that by Subconscious, whoever it is and diligently wrote it in her books).
I repeated this question twice in front of 49 students (because she couldn't understand my Russian accent first). Then her daughter shouted: "Imprints!" That word
covered her face with Fear and she said hurriedly, that she didn't want to talk about it. Why not?
All that happened in Parallel Earth and I still don't know if she teaches students her technique in the Original Earth. Perhaps she does.
Most of the participants (if not all) at the seminar didn't know what I was talking about, because they didn't read "The Convoluted Universe" trilogy or "Between Death and Life", p.204-213 (or if they did, they didn't give it much thought), where Dolores Cannon has written interesting things about Imprinting of Holographic Lives in us for having some foundation for creating our own lives, otherwise we would be lost. And that makes sense.
This info was given to her by her clients
for free, but not all her books are for free and in electronic form. For instance, her latest and more important info is in "The Convoluted Universe" trilogy and only part 3 is available in electronic form with great difficulties, the other two parts are not (and again you have to pay $10 bucks for part 3, if you manage to get this electronic version, which has severe restrictions). Two of her books in electronic form we managed to post on our website for people with tight budget or severe restrictions to get them in their countries and they are "Keepers of the Garden" and "Legend of Starcrash".
Why are R. Monroe's, Alex Collier's, George Green's, Cathy O'Brien's, Carlos Castaneda's, Brice Taylor's, William Buhlman's, Cisco Wheeler's and Fritz Springmeyer's, S&M Relfe's, Credo Mutwa's, Andy Pero's, Robert Morningsky's, Taisha Abelar's, Vladimir Putnik's and other writers' books are in electronic form and free for the taking from our website and other sites? I tell you why.
Because these people are not selfish and not interested in making money on the knowledge which was given to them: the knowledge belongs to everyone and needs to spread like a bushfire at the times like these!!!
But people like Dolores Cannon restrict the movement. Looks like Dolores Cannon didn't grow up to that level yet!

We write some material from her books for our website manually, which takes a lot of time and I wish this knowledge would be available in electronic form to do it faster. We don't have much time left and most of the people are still asleep!

I've written the article about Holographic Life Imprints for this link and advise you to read it. 

There are so many professions were power over people is involved: politicians, doctors/hypnotists, bankers/financiers, religious leaders, teachers/proffessors/scientists, buisnessmen, sorcerers/magicians, remote-viewers, performers of all kind,  policemen/military/intelligence, sales men/women etc.
What I witnessed at the seminar was a total admiration of Dolores Cannon on the part of the audience, like she was some kind of a Goddess and she is not. Dolores Cannon, behaves a bit like the English Queen and looks like an old, charming lady-mother-confessor (another prist), who enjoys hypnotising the public and she is not the only one! there are many out there and I am very much familiar with this kind of wor-sheeping. She seems to be addicted to Self-Importance.
I've seen the same in 3 seminars organized by  'Cleargreen' organization in 3 different countries: USA, Holland and Russia (thet are supposed to be following C.Castaneda teachings, he was already dead). I watched the worshiping of the instructors, who have been trying to imitate the ideas of C.Castaneda, but, in fact, they have been twisting them by teaching them rubbish and propagating the same idea of hypnotizing, manipulating people by encouraging them to become sorcerers (another manipulator). The same idea is promoted on TV for those who wants to become an Idol on the stage to be admired. Desire of having power over people has been driven masses of actors and actresses (wanna be movee stars) to Hollywood through the recent history of Humanity!!!
R.Monroe and Carlos Castaneda were against all kind of adoration on the part of the participants of their seminars, but that seems to continue even after their death. Skip Artwater and some instructors at the Monroe Institute like very much to be admired. And who is against it?
Those who are much higher in their vibration, who went through incredible pains to bring the Truth to Humanity, the real Warriors, and among them are R.Monroe, Alex Collier, Cathie O'Brien and Mark Philips, Brice Taylor, Carlos Castaneda, William Buhlman and many other known and unknown authors.
And when I read Dolores Cannon's books and compare them with these authors, I see not much pain or a deep emotion in them on the part of Dolores Cannon.
A reporter's description of an interesting info given to her for free (she calls herself a reporter), and on top of that, the clients even pay her $400 for a 4 hours session. So she gets the money and the info. Then she puts it in her numerous books (translated into 10-12 languages) and sell them. She doesn't have a habit to give knowledge back for free. Then she is paid for all her numerous interviews on the Radio/TV, for workshops and seminars all over the World for 40 years. And that is happening not just on the Original Earth, but also on numerous Parallel Earths. How much more money does this 'helper for humans' need?
This is called Greed and overwhelming desire for Power and Manipulation of the people.
And yet she is so widely worshiped, especially in USA (I was told). It shows me: how easy to fool people!
Alex Collier and R.Monroe told you that you are great, "there is no limit to what you can do" and you don't need to worship anybody, but you still don't trust them !!!
I like taking people off their pedestals. I don't want to be 100% positive, I want to be balanced!
I had no idea about hypnosis before and, frankly, after seeing how Dolores does her regression 'technique' I lost any desire to ever practice it. People are already being hypnotised by religions, doctors and politicians too much, then why to add more? Hypnotized people would not create the New Universal Energy!
Now I have no respect towards any hypnotist because their aim is to have power over people, not helping them!
That doesn't appeal to me, it's against my nature! 
I remember Stephanie Relfe was also against all kinds of hypnosis.

When will you all finally understand, that the time for personal goals is over and now is the time for one Goal for everyone: Earth Planetary Shift and Universal Shift, the creation of the New Evolutionary Energy, the Melding. It's not hard, you can do it. Why can't you concentrate your thoughts, your intent and energy on that?

Our Higher Selves deliberately exposing us to pain, because it is often the only way to shake us up spiritually and move to a higher vibration, to make us understand that our goals are much more expansive than just making money on Earth or having power over others! And if we interfere with the wishes of our Higher Selves, then the lessons of life wouldn't be learned.
I remember Duncan Cameron, Al Beilek's brother from "Philadelphia Experiment", was crying in the underground of Montauk at the presence of Hilda Morrow, the daughter of one of the Scientists participating in Philadelphia Experiment. After being present in the torture chambers, Duncan realized that he was a part of those who tortured young Montauk Boys and broke into tears. He never knew that: the memory of it was blocked till he got into the torture chamber again of his own accord.
The Philadelphia Experiment took place in many Parallel Earths/Parallel Timelines.
There will be a crying period for all of us when we would realize that we haven't been just victims, but also victimizers and not necessarily in the Original Earth, but that could've happened in Parallel Earths. Sometimes the crying period could happen without you consciously remembering your bad deeds or something extremly powerful happening in your life or a deep appreciation of a beauty or a powerful human emotion, and it is absolutely necessary cleaning experience. That already happened to my son and me. Well, those who think that they are 100% positive, might be unpleasantly surprised in the future. Why there is a need for us to become victimizers? 
But how else would you get negative energy/experience to become Balanced? There was so much stuff designed in this Planetary Game to make you to do what you didn't want to do without you suspecting anything, just to get this negative experiences for the Balance, otherwise we all would've been 100% positive.
I remind you again, that Balance/Unconditional Love is not 100% Positivity. It's 50% Positive Energy mixed with 50% Negative Energy. As a result, a Totally New Energy is born, which is called Balance/Unconditional Love !!!

Dolores Cannon was given the knowledge during regression sessions done to her clients. She did not personally went through the pain of personal experiences of all those adventures she illustrated in her books/lectures and that shows. Though her role in asking the right questions and collecting/publishing this knowledge was important and not an easy one. After meeting her personally for 5 days at her workshops I finally understood that if the knowledge is given to someone, who is not ready for it, then, sometimes, he/she can be easily manipulated by the negatives (in a form of a channeling), who pose as Love and Light. And that happens occasionally with Dolores Cannon. Dolores Cannon presenting an interesting info connected to what I wrote, but to fully understand what is given to you, you need to pass a series of difficult tests of life and obtain a required vibration and Dolores Cannon doesn't have that vibration. Dolores Cannon teaches hundreds of students her technique and is often transfered into Parallel Earths (without noticing it).
Do you know how much you will earn this way?
Her personal poor understanding of how our Higher Selves look like, their functions, their individuality, their separateness from each other and connection between them only if they choose it on the nearest level to us. Higher Selves exist on 5th Density and higher till 11th Density, from 5th to 11th, on every one of this levels.
Some of her views are very damaging to her students. Robert Monroe, Alex Collier and other writers gave a much clearer picture of it without involving 'gods', 'angels', 'ma
sters', 'avatars' , elders and all other low 4th Density level beings, hungry for power over us. There are many well-paid Lightsiders-'teachers' like Dolores Cannon out there. This kind of people are easily manipulated humans because of their own love for money, power and fame. There is another very good example I can give you: Jezy Knight, Ramtha's channelor and a long friend of Dolores Cannon. How do you think Jezy Knight got all her wealth? The same way as Dolores Cannon: through teaching what has been pumped into her by Ramtha and others. She didn't go through the pain of personal discovery of what was given to her, they are not her own experiences! So, please, don't worship anybody!
Dolores Cannon thinks (like some other writers) that her books are the most reliable and a must to read, but other writers' knowledge is not.

Dolores Cannon is not quite what she seems, she is in a way 'a second hand' channelor, she is passing what has been told her as a result of her hypnotic method and that could be anything false and true.
I asked her a question in the class of 50 students: "What is the most important goal in your life?" Her answer was: "To help people." And I said: "But there are other even more important goals in life!" She said to me and to 50 students: "There are no other goals in life!"
She didn't even bother to ask me about my most important goal in life and that is to create a New Evolutionary Energy, which will include all the races whoever have been connected to Earth (positive , negative, neutral, masculine/feminine/Androgynous) combined with all the Energies of Original Earth and all Parallel Earths !!!
In fact, this energy has already started developing in our Monro Research Centre in Elliott Heads, Australia.
Though I find a lot of useful info in her books, but if I were you, I would be more careful with what she presents in her books: not all of it might be true! 
Having Knowledge in the head does not always mean understanding it!

Andromedans told Alex Collier that most of us came from 11th density, the highest (at that time) level and he put this info in the book and talked about it at his lectures, which are available on Youtube on Internet and in his book on one of our links   Defending Sacred Ground  .
Just stop wor-sheeping anybody! 
Individuality is very useful on physical 3D level. It helped to create the multitude of different energies needed for the creation of this unique New Energy, but the higher you climb the more your idea of individuality would change and you would start behaving like 12th Density Beings would: your priority would be not yourself, but the Evolution of all the Universes and you would do what needs to be done without whining!
There is an interesting conversation between R.Monroe and his Inspec friend, when this friend mention about melding process
(It is difficult to assess due to the melding) which is taken place usually on higher levels and on lower ones, when there is a need for that ("far Journeys", p. 96-97):

"The essence that is you and others in the human process was not our creation. As we, you exist before time-space human earth pattern, just as you do at this point. The in-human experience is merely an addition to what you are.
However, it is an important addition.)
I tried to sort out what was so important in being human that it would . . .
(How do you state it? A drop of water in an ocean cannot understand the seas or the wave that casts it up on a sandy beach.)
Wait a minute! That came out very human. Maybe THEY (Inspec friends) are only superhuman graduates, after all.
(Some of us have passed through the in-human. I was selected because I am one of those few.)
Few . . . I wonder how many are few. Five, ten, a thousand . . . (It is difficult to assess due to the melding. More than the current inphysical human population, perhaps one hundred times as many.)
That would imply THEY have been involved since the very beginning of human life.
(That is correct. Before that, we are, just as you.)
And if several hundred billion are just a few, that must mean the total of THEM must be big numbers . . .
(We do not count the parts of the whole. It is not necessary.)
If there are that many parts of the whole, then there must be other important ways to learn, other non-earth human systems . . .
(No other precisely as you have found in-human physical earth. There are many other consciousness growth centers or schools, as you call them, throughout what you know as the physical universe.)"

Dolores Cannon came across with many positevely charged clients who came to help Earth at critical times, but found it unbearable to be here. They want to go back where they came from: the ocean of Unconditional Love. But it's not that difficult to be here for those humans, who has a lot of experience with negatives, acquired some of their energy without knowing it and still survived. To have part of their energy in you (if you are 100 % positive) is making you more balanced,
more likely to stay here in this ocean of Negativity till last and help the Universal Shift to be completed the way it must be completed from Evolutional point of view. There is an interesting feature in Reptillians: they do what's needed by their Empire without complain, (otherwise you'll be dead in no time). Thousands of years of that culture would teach you the discipline. Andromedans are in awe of what Reptillians achieved!
Dolores Cannon wouldn't like that idea. She is avoiding to write about Reptillian races and wants to stay unbalanced - 100% positive (wishful thinking). She doesn't believe in what David Icke, Credo Mutwa, Arizona Wilder, Alex Collier wrote/said about Reptillians. Dolores Cannon said to us at the seminar in Perth (Australia), that her goal in life is to 'help humans', but without $400 per Regression session she wouldn't 'help humanity' or without each one of us paying $1000 for 3 day seminar in Perth to learn her hypnotic Cannon technique she also wouldn't 'help humanity' (and there were 50 students there). To earn $50000 in 3 days is not bad, but she was still unhappy. "There were 140 students at the same seminar last year!" she was loudly complaining to us. They gave her $140000 profit in 3 days
(she calls students 'cows or sheep' jokingly, by the way)!  More details are on my new link    My Travels in Parallel Earths  .
Her Jesus Christ from the bible wasn't taking such money for his 'helping to people' as far as I know. And there are hundreds of such 'helpers' all over the Globe.
Don't understand me wrong: I like the info in some of Dolores Cannon's books, but some things she wrote about are not true. Many things she writes or talk about she doesn't follow, doesn't practice or live them. Someone's thoughts/ideas in her books stay only on the paper, but not in her life. She learned to become a good storyteller, but there is no depth of her own experience, no energy, no emotion.
When I criticize someone's action, it is for a good reason: to make people to pay attention on their love for money and power over other people and to stop the spread of some false ideas before such an important Event like Planetary Shift is about to happen.
Andromedans called the process of forgetting about yourself for much more important Goal "to reach the humility, humbleness". I repeat, what is desirable on a low level (some selfish individual features), might not always be desirable on a higher level. When you reach higher densities, you'll change, your goals will change, you'll forget about yourself, about your personal goals (it's almost like having a child). Your goals will become the same as goals of Creative Force you are part of.

I noticed from reading many sources that Beings from much higher densities don't even like having names. That would explain a lot.
The New Earth is moving higher with remaining people on it and they need to become one Mind and the same frequency to make it successful. Otherwise it's impossible to do it. Those, who doesn't want to join the New Earth, can go their separate ways.  If you are getting a lot of troubles, emotional and physical pain, it is a good indication that you are rising fast in your vibration towards higher densities.
Here is the extract from "Far Journey", p.120-123, describing Robert Monroe's experience of merging with other parts of his Total Self and the conversation between him and the other part of him. I find it very similar to the situation with those who are moving with the planet Earth to the higher vibrations.
There is a good explanation of the meaning of being "complete" :


"(I am in a bright white tunnel and moving rapidly. No, it is not a tunnel, but a tube, a transparent, radiating tube.
 Iam bathed in the radiation which courses through all of me, and the intensity and recognition of it envelop my consciousness and I laugh with the great joy. Something has changed, because the last time, they had to shield me from the random vibration of it.
121
Now I can tolerate it easily, the actual energy itself. The radiation flow is two-directional in the tube. The flow moving past me in the direction from which I
came is smooth, even, and undiluted (the flow of the energy coming to Earth is smooth, even, and undiluted, LM) .
The flow that I am is moving in the opposite direction and appears much different. It is organized in a more complex form. It is the same as the wave moving past me, but it contains a multitude of small waves
 impressed upon the basic. I am both the basic and the small waveforms, moving back to the Source. The movement is steady and unhurried, impelled by a desire I know but cannot express. I vibrate with joyous ecstasy just by the knowing (the flow of his energy going from Earth is the same basic wave with the multitude of small waves impressed upon it; LM) .
(The tube seems to become larger as another joins it from one side, and another waveform melds into me and we become one. I recognize the other immediately, as it does me, and there is a great excitement of reunion, this other I and I. How could I have forgotten this! We move along together, happily exploring the adventures, experience, and knowledge of the other. The tube widens again, and another I joins us, and the process repeats itself. Our waveforms are remarkably identical and our pattern grows stronger as they move in phase. There are variegations (marked irregularly with different color patches, LM) in each which, when combined with another related anomaly, create a new and important modification of the total that we are.
(The tube expands again and I am no longer concerned with its walls as still another I enters the waveform flow. This is particularly exciting, as it is the first I perceive as returning from a completely nonhuman sojourn. Yet the intermesh was near-perfect and we became so much more. Now we know that, somewhere, a consciously controlled physical tail, much like a monkey's, is useful in ways far more than balance and acting as a third hand for holding things. It can be a very efficient means of communication far beyond a super sign language just as eloquent as the spoken word.
(Steadily and surely, one I after another joins us. With each, we become more aware and remember more of the total. How many does not seem important. Our knowledge and ability is so great that we do not bother to contemplate it.
 It is not important. We are one.
(With this, we divert from the underlying waveform and move away from it. We watch motionless in unified respect as the action of it continues away from us into an infinity. We also perceive easily the smooth originating wave coming from such infinity and dissolving into the pattern from whence we came.
122
(Flowing through all of us is a coherent energy that is our creation, that displays immensely the reality of the whole as far greater than the sum of the parts. Our ability and knowledge seem without limit, yet we know at this point such is valid only within the energy systems of our experience. We can create time as we wish or the need arises, reshaping and modifying within the percept itself. We can create matter from other energy patterns, or change the structure thereof to any degree desired, including reversion to original form. We can create, enhance, alter, modulate, or eradicate any
percept within the energy fields of our experience. We can transform any such energy fields one into another or others except for that which we are.
We cannot create or comprehend our prime energy until we are complete.
(We can create physical patterns such as your sun and solar system, yet we do not. It has been done. We can adjust the environs of your planet Earth, yet we do not. It is not our design. We can and do monitor, supplement, and enhance the flow of the human learning experience, as well as other learning experiences of similar content throughout time-space. This we perform continuously at all levels of human awareness so as to prepare properly those entraining units of our prime energy for the entry and meld into the totality that we are becoming. It is the essence of our growth to do so. Such assistance and preparation is forthcoming from us only by request from one or more levels of consciousness
within the entraining unit. Thereafter, a bonding is in effect through which many forms of communication pass between us until the ultimate transformation occurs.
(We know who we are, and one  I  laughs and we all laugh at the name this  I  had given us. We are an INSPEC, just one. There are many others around us.)   (here is given a good explanation of the word "Inspec", LM)
(You are still incomplete. There are parts of you yet to be transformed, including that visiting portion so filled with curiosity. Each of us is incomplete. That is why we remain at this point, to reach back and gather additional and remaining parts of us until we are complete .) Our curiosity desires the effect of completion.
(We move into the creative return flow again, the waveform that brought you here. When we do so, we leave this reality.)
(Can this be demonstrated?)
(It is not possible. It is not within our knowledge to do so. When you have transformed and melded totally into your whole, you will comprehend.
123
That is why this point came into being. It is not possible to continue until completion.)

(Continue to what destination?)
(We believe it to be the source of the radiation, the creative emission and return, (The place of Creative Force, LM).
Communication is closed with those who have continued. The desire to continue occurs upon completion. It is more than your curiosity, as you call it, and difficult to transmit in a form we can understand. There have been attempts by those completed who are to continue, without success.)
(The ultimate home?)
(A good beginning concept. A design which unfolds as perception grows. It is necessary now that you terminate your visit and return.) (We will be with you, our curious I. ) Return where! (Your physical environs). . . Where is that! . . . (In-human, your physical body) . . . Oh, yes, I had forgotten ... Do I have to go back? (Reach for us and we will be with you in many ways. You have much to do..."
This description of merging parts of himself reminds me what R.Monroe experienced becoming an oak tree at the Super-Human School on higher density, where R.Monroe had experience as a cloud, an oak tree, a fish, a condor,
a panther, a monkey; there is also another example of a little dog, a future Minion, described by R.Monroe.
Taisha Abelar gave another example in her book "The Sorcerer's Crossing"of the sorcerer's pet, a dog with a soul of a human, not of an animal. Looks like not all animals have an animal soul and not all humans have a human soul: soul could be human or non human. I feel that this constant exchange of souls is related to the merging of Humanity on Earth at the time of moving with it to the higher densities. In other words, you will eventually mix your energy with all animal and plant life of Earth anyway, LM).

As an Oak Tree, p.223-224, "Far Journeys":

"I am waving gently up and down and bending, flexing . . . coursing into me from the smallest part of me, which is long and narrow with many tubes running through it, comes my share of the glorious life force, coming from the Whole, the family of which I am a part . . . and I know how much the Whole needs me and I gladly, joyously serve . . . as the energy that makes me waver and flex flows past my flat sides . . . (Wait, that's just air, wind!) . . . I take from it the parts needed by the Whole and send it back through the narrow tubes because it is needed . . . I do this so easily I don't think of it as work, it's breathing . . . it's what I'm for, to breathe for the Whole as I take ashes from the Whole and spread it out into the energy . . . my happy exchange . . . and the other, oh so important, my special shape . . . my profile, configuration . . . receives a special signal that the Whole understands, needs, and uses . . . all I do is receive it and send it on . . . and I'm happy, supremely happy . . . with a total knowledge of belonging, performing as I was designed to do . . . beautiful balance, giving . . . receiving . . . security and strength o f the Whole."


There is also a chapter in "The Convoluted Universe" by Dolores Cannon, called "The Absorbtion", p. 672- 693, which is discussing this question (90% of it is true) though sometimes such information can be overly religious or metaphysical. Here it is:

"As the session began, this was another example of someone not allowing me to complete the induction. Toni's subconscious (female-client) was so anxious to get started that it propelled her into it ... She immediately began describing what sounded like the Source. So many of my clients are going there now, instead of going to regular past lives, that I am no longer surprised. I always let the subject pick their own special place, and she could think of no better place, than to return to the Source. She became emotional immediately. She described it as "The Heart of the Sun"...
When I asked for a description, she seems to be experiencing total bliss... If you could imagine your body sinking or immersing itself into a body - a greater body - of water. That is so soothing and so calming to the senses and so reflective of light, that you see or feel or ... can experience nothing else. Then perhaps you have come only a fraction of the way...
It is difficult to explain or imagine. When you can align your beingness with a much vaster beingness than that which is known on this plane."
Her voice grew louder and thundered with authority. It was reverberating so much I didn't know if the microphone clipped on her would be able to handle it. It was a total reversal in personality from a quite, calm, almost shy Toni. I was curious were this was leading, but I knew she was never in any danger. It was as though something or someone had been pent up (fenced) for centuries, and was finally able to find release. I allowed it to express itself. It began an exultation (a triumph)
to what it perceived as God.
(There are no Gods. It could also be a Great Being Robert Monroe met during his Astral travels and who is only a part of the Creative Force. R.Monroe didn't worship, but admired
Heshe. Creative Force is not He: it has all kinds of energies: positive/negative/masculine/feminine and heaps of others. The Creative Force is so strong, that you would not be able to approach it on your own (coming from 3rd density). Robert Monroe asked an Inspec friend to show him the Creative Force. Being far away from the Creative Force and being shielded by the more evolved part of himself, he got a glimpse of it, and yet, nearly lost his life on Earth. When you become your Total Self, then it would be possible to approach the Source, LM).

She was completely consumed by feeling a strong emotion. The words blended into tones that took on a musical quality that fluctuated. The sounds were drawn out, and the microphone was being affected by the energy she released. She raised her arms and reached out in utter adoration for something unseen to me...The effect of this could only be experienced by hearing it. It was so moving...
T (Toni): ...It's beyond words.
D: Are others with you there?
T: At this point, you are not identifying with others. It is a return, and yet to say that you return, have you ever left? Here is the great paradox.
D: So you can be in both places?
(Andromedans, through Alex Collier, said the same thing, that the main part of us is not here, but on the 11th Density and it takes so much energy for that higher part of each of us to maintain this physical body on this low density from falling apart. And that this body is not created and maintained by Gods, but by the higher part of us and because of this ability to be "in both places" simultaneously (from 3rd to 11th densities), the Andromedans consider us 'Royalty'. And its not the individuals, who are going to merge with the Greater Awareness at the time of the Shift, but a United Force made out of these individuals. I don't have a problem with individuality. As for me: if there is a need to unite for a Greater Goal,
I will, LM).

 
T: You have your point of expression. Your point of expression is given to you so that you may become expressive of other possibilities that can be created. Possibilities that , in a sense, are part of a large dream state...
This was an incredible experience to be in the presence of an entity of such immense power. The written word can bearly
describe the emotion and intensity that the words conveyed...

p.674
As the dream unfolds - for you to see, there are no limits - as the dream unfolds, we are allowed to identify with but a spark of that greater spark, that greater light. And in turn, that spark can dream. Oh, it's infinite... And each dream is a part of the greater dream. And it is a Vast, Vast experience, and a play... You must not believe that the dream is that  which holds your reality. No, you see, you are but a part of the dream.
D: We all are?... But we are told we can control our lives, our dreams, and create what we want, if we believe in it.
T: In turn, yes, of course... It manifests... And at the point where the dreaming has reached the "twilight"... then you fall back out, and you are absorbed back into the dreamer (the Source, LM)..."

p.689-690:
D: During this session with Toni, I was confronted with a question that I have struggled with for a long time and one that my readers have asked me about. It was what she said about us being completely absorbed back into the Source when we return for the final time. This has always bothered me, because I didn't like the idea of losing my personality, my individuality, my identity.
After all, we work all our lives to create that very thing that makes us unique and different from everyone else. It takes a long time to create the person we have become, and I liked to think that personality remained and was not lost. When I asked this question during the session, the higher part that I was communicating with said that as long as I held to the belief that I was a distinct and separate individual, I would not be ready for the rest of the information they wanted to share with me. I would be stuck in my present mindset and be incapable of learning more. Of course, this has happened numerous times in my thirty years of exploring the Unknown. Every time I thought I had it all figured out, that I knew how all this crazy system worked, they would shake my foundations by presenting a new ... concept, a new way of thinking. So I suppose I should not have been so surprised that they thought it was now time to move forward another baby step. Who knows what else is waiting out there that they want me to know and write about it? Who knows what else waiting out there that they want me to know and write about?  
(I wish I had such priviledges, LM). But first I must attempt to understand this new concept ...
We do have an individuality! We do have a distinct and unique personality! But we also had these in all of our other livetimes...
p. 691:
... True, we can access those memories (of other lives) through past Life regressions, but for most of us, those lives no longer exist on the conscious level. So what am I fearing? Why the idea of being absorbed into a greater intelligence upset me? We have done this countless times before this life. We lived, we loved, we hated, we experienced. It was real. It did happen. And then the lesson or experience was completed and we moved on in our education. I suppose when we think of it like that, it has happened before and we survived intact...No knowledge is ever lost. Our life, our accomplishments become part of the greater whole. That is the purpose for us having the experiences in the first place, so that  the Source can grow.
We see ourselves as a complete entity, and our world, our life, is all that we know. But I have already been told that we are but a very small facet or splinter of a much greater soul, and that soul is the totality of who we are. That soul is the original spark that split off from the Source in the beginning.
(Robert Monroe is illustrating in his books, and I posted it on this website, how he split off the Source, how he felt confused and miserable, and how he started his way from the highest density (the Source) to the lower 3rd density of this Planetary Game. And then after graduating all the games of lower level he would go back to the Source, LM).
Even as a tiny spark, it still contained enough energy to create worlds on its own. Its power is so tremendous that it could never fully enter into a body or a room. The body or the location would be totally annihilated because it could not possibly contain it.
 (In one of the books Dolores found out that Epilepsy could be inability of a body to hold the energy of another, more advanced part of the soul trying to walk into the same body. This attempt is simply shakes the body and the person loses consciousness, LM).
So it had to split (the spark) or divide again, just as the original Source did. Our complete soul has been compared to a jewel with many facets, with each facet representing a separate lifetime. They are separate (in our eyes), yet they are ONE.
Our main soul then has to splinter (for want of a better word), and this pieces enter the various physical bodies that we are experiencing simultaneously. So, upon our death, we return again to the original soul and are absorbed. Then eventually, all of our lifetimes (which are now encased into the Oversoul (Higher Self) are absorbed again into the Source, the ONE...
p. 692 :
So if this has happened to us countless times already, that we have lived a human life and had the memories erased or absorbed upon our death, then there is nothing to fear... Our present personality and the records of its accomplishments and deeds (positive or negative) will be filed away in the Library on the spirit side, awaiting review by those interested in research. It is not totally lost. It is just not remembered as the soul juorneys onward. Progression is the key. To stand still is to become stagnant. There must always be movement. With movement comes creation of new wonderments. We are only limited by our imagination. Thus creation proceeds into infinity... I met Toni again, and this time she told me that more information has been revealed... She drew it for me in a form of a diagram to help clarify it. She saw three levels: the first (or lowest) represented duality, separate realities. This was were the individuals existed. The second level or aspect was the one I have been encountering in my work ... The Source with awareness of experience, the part that needs to learn...
It  needs information and experiences in order to create new things. Then the third level or ultimate Source, which we had not  encountered before. The part that was so huge, so vast ... It encompassed everything.
And yet, there was the hint that even that part was not the ultimate. That there is more beyond that. What that is, I do not know. And it is not given for me to know at this point. They stopped the information, because they said I had to first digest and understand what I had been given. If I was having problems accepting that much, then they would have to wait untill I was ready. They said they would never push... Yet when I was ready, more would be given. I have no idea what "more" there can be. It is beyond my comprehension at this point, just as the material at this last chapter was beyond my wildest expectations before the session. How can you anticipate something that you do not even know exist? But they are dangling the carrot, they are teasing and intriging me. They say there is "more", and I will just have to wait and see what that "more" might be. It will come when I'm ready, so I know there will be more books."

I advise you to watch an animated movie "Waking up".

*******************************

How We Create Universe

For many years I couldn't understand why every night before going to sleep in my bed I would get an electrical (or some other energy) blow into my Crown or Third Eye chakra in the forehead. I know that it is done electronically from somewhere by someone, but I didn't know the reason. If I have an air conditioner running at that moment, because of the heat outside, the airconditioner or my computer or light would stop for a moment , then would start running again.
My guess was: either to destroy my creative abilities or to use them somewhere else without my permission! Often I would resist to fall asleep in order to find out why it's been happening, and after a few hours of tossing and turning in the bed and getting up to 10 blows, I would give up and fall asleep. And in the morning I wouldn't remember what I was doing all night, I wouldn't remember any dreams. Reminded me situation with Andy Pero, Bruce Taylor and Cathy O'Brien when they were repeatedly electricuted into their head chakras with a device to send them to different worlds or to make them to create something physical like diamonds or gold.
I've been asking people to tell me if they were getting these blows, but nobody could tell me the Truth, even Dolores Cannon, when I asked her in Parallel Perth. 
So for me, life was pretty boring inside my physical body and outside of it too (while asleep). I started losing interest in life. I deeply disliked this situation and suicidal thoughts started coming to my head again, till this morning. A night before I asked the invisibles in my room to explain to me what was going on. Then in the morning I could remember a part of a dream, where a girl was showing me how she could create different things, different scenes around herself. And finally it dawned on me: I was taken to different Universes to change them, to create life there or to create different Universes, but physically, I don't remember that! I guess at the time like this, I mean at the time of total transformation of so many Universes, we are all taken out of our beds to change the Universes when the rapid change is needed. And still I can't answer this question: what kind of changes do we make? We are not doing very well when we are forced (and we often are), that's for sure, and I feel that I've been forced to create something! These created realities are not going to last even if I created them, because there was no desire on my part to create them, no love energy to support their life or fear or hatred. The energy of fear, of hatred, of lust, of love for power/money can support those worlds till that energy is no longer generated from us. Then these realities would start crumbling down and that's good! Well, it makes sense then not to supply food like hatred, fear, obsessions with power, sex and money to the negatively charged  worlds.
These are very appropriate Seth's thoughts on that:
"...Our vitality wants to express itself. The whole world of nature is an irrepressible, expressible area of expansion. Old ideas of the survival of the fittest, conventional evolutionary processes, gods and goddesses, cannot hope to explain the "mystery of the universe"—but when we use our own abilities gladly and freely, we come so close to being what we are that sometimes we come close to being what the universe is. Then even our most unfortunate escapades, our most sorrowful ventures, are not deadended, but serve as doorways into a deeper comprehension and a more meaningful relationship with the universe of which we are such a vital part...Much of this present manuscript ("Dreams,
Evolution, and Value Fulfillment")
deals with the development of the individual as it is primarily concerned with the development of the universe: the two are one."
The fact that you are reading this website is showing that you have a higher awareness than an average person and for you the subject of the Creation of Universes will be very interesting. For religious people that would be another hard blow.
To be able to create, you need constantly to experience something new, otherwise you wouldn't have enough imagination (energy).
We all have been wondering for many years: how  universes, suns, planets and life on them were created and now we have some explanation.

And again we need to thank Dolores Cannon, who included that fascinating topic in her book 3 of "The Convoluted Universe" trilogy, Chapter 25, called "A Different Law of Creation and Physics", p. 417- 426:


D (Dolores): What did you talk about?
I (Irene, the client): Universes, Multiverses. Much, much work to do. Much balancing, much creation.
D: You felt you couldn't create from the beautiful place, from home?
I: Oh, no. It's not the same. Creation starts from there, but simply to create is not enough. One must also experience, and that is what we have to do. Not only to create, but to then go and to experience to bring that back. It's not bad if you can take others with you. For some of us have chosen to go together, and others, apart. It's a learning. It is like starting in a large group, and as you build your strength, you can learn when it's time for you to branch off, and go into others, and do other creations. There are so many, so many. 
D: So in the beginning, it is easier to separate from the home if you have others go with you. (Yes, yes) Do you know where you have to go?
I: To the red planet first.
D: Why did you choose that planet?
I: The color red needed to be created first. It's the vibration, as it were, of a red planet, yes.
D: Was the planet already created or did you help create it?
I: We took the color red. We created that vibration for the color red. We made that.
D: And red was important to be the first one?
I: Yes, it was for our work. We had to do the red first. Others did the green and some did yellow. Each group created a different color.
D: Were there no colors before that?
I: There were all, all, all the white. All.
(That's how white Loosh/Love, that we creating on this planet, looks like and on  highest levels this white light is used to create differenly colored Universes. For more info, please, read R.Monroe information on his link on this website
 Robert Monroe info  , LM).

D: Oh, the light. (Yes) So you created colors out of the light.
I: Yes, we took them.
D: And each group decided they wanted to concentrate on a different color?
I: Oh, there are so many! It's quite beautiful!
D: Then what did you do once you created the color red?
I: Then we could create other things there; other creations. We could experiment. We could play.
D: I'm trying to understand. Each one did it with their own colors? (Yes) And you could play, you could create anything you want. (Yes) And you are given permission to do these things?
I: It's sort of an agreement thing that we all agree to do this work, so maybe permission is not the word.
D: But before that there was nothing there?   
 

I: There was all; all in potential, all that is. All always has been, it just was in another form: Light. It's not like there wasn't anything.
D: And light contained everything that could possibly be? Would that be a way to say it?
I: Yes.

- I don't like it over here on the red one. I'm leaving that one. It's a little dense. We were only creating with red, see? Red's not as fast a vibration. It was okay. I wanted to see what it would be like.
D: What did you create out of the red?
I: A universe.
D: Oh! A universe would be quite large, wouldn't it?
I: Pffft ! Not really. We all created our universes. You like that word here: "universe". Silly word. So we created one, and we could have what we wanted in it. The whole idea was to create all these different colors, like this universe is. And not just basic colors. It's iridescent (rainbow like, LM) and sparkly, with all colors, but yet not colors. It turns one way and it's one color, and it turns another way and it's another color. To create as many as we could out of this light. Oh, there is so, so many! But you know, I sort of get bored, so I don't stay too long in any of them. I like to start doing and then take off and go over to some of the other ones.
D: Does the group go with you?
I: Some did, and some liked that, so they stayed. This is when we started splitting off.
D: What do you put in the universe after you make it?
I: It's up to whoever is doing it. You can do all sorts of things. You can do like they do in this one, with the planets. But they don't have to be round like they are here. They can be anything. They can be all shapes and forms. And then they all have a vibration. So you have the vibration of the shape. And then they all have their sound.
D: Each one have a sound?
I: Oh, yes. Some have more than one. And if they get near one another, they make another sound. That's the fun part. 
 

It sounds like the theory of "music of the spheres".


D: So you never know what it's going to turn out like? It's a surprise.
I: Yes. It's fun. That's the fun part.
D: I thought  there were laws of the universes that things had to be shaped a certain way.    

I: Maybe in this universe, but not in those.
D: (Laugh) So they can be any shape you want.
I: Of course.
D: Do they make the sound by themselves, or do you create those?
I: Oh, of course, we create them, we're doing it all. So, yes, we do them. But see, when we make the shapes, we're not exactly positive how the sound's going to be. We put in sound. We play with it, tweak (twist, pinch) it ...It's because the two sounds come together and make a new sound.
D: It makes music then? (Yes) But you said you didn't like the red one after you created it ?
I: Well, I tend to get a little bored. It's not that there was anything wrong with it. I was just done with it. The color of the vibration was kind of dense. We did the sound to help with that. And that helped, it really helped. But you know, just all red? When you've been with it, it was a bit too much.
D: So after you make the planets, do you make anything on the planets? Or do you go that far?
I: It depends. In some of them, you create things; in some of them you don't. It depends. Like with the red one, helpedcreate the red, helped create the shapes, the sound, the movement patterns of the shapes within the universes. They are all different patterns because the different patterns can make different sounds.   
D: You mean the way they move and rotate?
I: Well, they don't exactly all rotate. That's here, this universe. In another one, they would do figure eight things, and spinning. It's not the same...
D: There is no law of physics? That things have to perform to a certain rule?
I: The red rule, yes. But the red rule isn't the same as the pink rule, or the orange rule, or the green rule, or the ... no. As long as they don't interfere or harm any others, each can have their own rules.

It seems as though the basic laws of free will and non-interference extend even to planets and universes.

D: So the planets can move and rotate any way they want. Is that what you mean?
I: No. The red planets have to follow the red rules, and the orange planets follow the orange rules, and the iridescent planets follow the iridescent rules. And then when they all come anywhere near each other - because you know they all kind of interact - and depending on their vibration, you can have them right overlapping one another. Just as long as they're not going to interfere with each other.
D: So there are some rules of creation anyway. But then, if you get tired of that and want to go somewhere else, does that universe just evaporate and collapse? Or does it remain?
I: Oh, no, It's there, because others stayed with it. Initially, there was a whole group of us that wanted to create, and different groups created different colors. And different groups could choose to stay with that color for a while and continue to develop that. And then experience life, as it were, there. Or they could split off and go other places. For some were meant to be strictly in that red realm and to experience that to its full extent. While others are meant to go around and experience some of each; or just some of some.
D: So as long as some of the group remains, then the universe remains? (Yes) It doesn't just dissipate. I thought maybe you created, and then it would evaporate again.

That was the way it was explained in another chapter, where the beings were allowed to practice creating, and if it didn't turn out the way they wanted, it would dissipate. This was done in a certain place especially reserved for doing this, the practicing, the playing with the energy, until it could be mastered. Then it wouldn't interfere with anything else. 

I: Some could if you so choose. But no, for the most part they all stay.
D: But then you can also put life and creatures on these planets if you want to?
I: Those that stayed could do that. Or you could go around and be a creator of the beginnings of all. And some would stay
 longer and create more, and then leave. Or some got so wrapped up in creation, they just stayed and stayed until they experienced all that they were to experience.
D: You mean, in the beginning, they created everything that was on the worlds?
I: They did it gradually, those that stayed. I didn't stay. I would go on.
D: But they do create everything that's on the planet: the plants, the waters?
I: Right. They would create everything that would make those planets, yes. And in some, everything was red. In the red, always red. The creatures were red. They didn't have plants in the red universes. It wasn't needed.
D: But if they created animals, or creatures, did they decide to experience those creatures? Or did they just take care of the creation of them?
I: They didn't look like you think of creatures.
D: Tell me about it.
I: On the reds, it was more...Okay, think of a stingray on Earth. Now make it transparent and elongated. And then put, like, an oval in the middle of it. There were some like that, that could roam the surface.
D: They just used their imagination to create anything they wanted too? (Yes) Then what kept these creatures alive after they were created?
I: In the red, it was simply the atmosphere. They had no ingestion. They didn't take in food and let out waste. They just were. They just existed. They just experienced.
D: So they didn't need a spark of life in them?
I: They were a spark of life. They were independent.
D: I am trying to understand and compare it with what we know on Earth. We think that they have to have a spark of life within them to keep them alive.
I: They are the spark.
D: Does this mean they did eventually die?
I: Yes. They didn't have a way of making more.
D: I see. They couldn't procreate. (no) Then the planet would be dead again, wouldn't it? (Yes) Then what happens after that?
I: I didn't stay there. I don't know. I left about then.
D: Where did you decide to go?
I: I'm roaming.
D: So you are not with that group anymore?
I: Right. I've always been the curious one. I like to see what's going on.
D: Where do you decide to go next?
I: Into a cilium.
I have no idea what that is. The closest the dictionary comes is: cilia in biology.
D: What is that?
I: I'm not quite sure. It looks like a pyramid in a pyramid with one corner of it leaking off and curving down.
424
D: You didn't have a desire to go into another color?
I: No, I was called to a cilium.
D: Who calls you?
I: A cilium called me. I was needed there.
D: I was wondering if someone tells you what to do.
I: No, you just know.

I am becoming more and more convinced that the soul (spirit) was a more of a free agent, if that's a correct term, in the beginning. It did, more or less, what it wanted to do, and went wherever it felt it needed to go without being instructed to do so...

D: What do you have to do there?
I: I am going to find out. It's a big, open chamber. They are doing something here. And, there is someting inside it, and it's like it's been abandoned.
D: This is inside this pyramid structure?
I: Yes. I don't see anyone, but there is light over in this corner. And the walls are like a metal! I feel that if I tapped on them, it would hurt my ears. 
D: A loud sound?
I: Yes. I'm looking to see what else is in this room. What this is over here - like a half of a pod with lights all around it, on the edge of it. And oh! There are windows all around here, but I can't see out them. But I have the feeling that someone's watching on the other side of those windows.
425
They are watching what's in that pod. I feel it, I don't see them. And I'm here to stop them from what's going on. This is not right. This will not continue. This must stop. It's against ... it's wrong.  It's wrong.
D: Why is it wrong?
I: It is causing pain, it's causing great pain. It's messing up this whole planet. What are these people doing? Who are these? What are they doing? It's terrible! (Deep sigh) (Several very deep breath, as though blowing.)
D: What are you doing?
I: I must get out of here, and fast. Now it's disintegrating over here. I have to get out.
D: What did you do?
I: I stopped it all.
D: It looked like you were blowing on it.
I: I did.
D: That caused it to disintegrate? (Yes) You have enough power to do that?
I: Of course.
D: To destroy the entire place? Or the entire planet?
I: The place first.
D: What were they doing that they weren't supposed to do?
I: I don't know who these are. Lost or stray ones? They are fascinated with pain. They will be sealed on this planet. This planet is now sealed.
D: These beings were creating pain for others on that planet?
I: Yes. They are sealed there. The others are gone.
D: The people they were trying to hurt?
I: Yes. I sort of disintegrated them. But it's okay. Not in a bad way disintegrated - returned them to spirit.
D: Because you can't destroy spirit, can you?
I: No. They are going back to be healed and rest. But the others, the ones that were causing the pain are sealed there.
D: They cannot leave that place?
426
I: No. They are sealed on that planet.
D: They can never die or reincarnate?
I: No. They must experience what they have done. I will come back and check on them from time to time. Once they can realize and undo what they have done, they will be free again. They will be given a chance to grow again.
D: But if the people in your group created all of these planets, why would they create something so negative?
I: Oh, they didn't. That was a long time ago. I did a big jump. That's why I was called there. It couldn't continue.
D: Couldn't the ones who created those planets and beings come back and do something about it?
I: Something got messed up. They needed a high power. They just needed it to stop. Over much time, they will progress. We're hoping. As I'm feeling them, that is my plan."

***************************
Artificial Separation

In order to create  this Earth Planetary Game all true Universal Laws had to be distorted and not just once, but many times over, otherwise this Game would've fallen apart very quickly. Polarities had to be created and the Players had to be included, which would strongly oppose each other and as a result a fine Energy would be born: The Energy of Balance our New Sun is full of ! It is in front of your eyes when you look at the Sun or when you look at the pictures of it I posted on this site.   
The first condition of this Game was to make everything separate from each other, when in reality, it is not!
The Creators of this Game artificially separated us from Creative Force, so we wouldn't know that it existed and that our souls were a part of the Creative Force.
Then the Creators of this Planetary Game separated Earth from the Sun: that was a part of the conditions we had to sign prior entering the Game. But in reality they are a part of each other: Sun is a Higher Self of Earth and other planets (visible/non-visible) in this Solar system. Then the Creators of the Game separated us mentally and spiritually from Earth and the Sun, but the Truth is that we are inseparable: huge Part of our Energies is concentrated in Earth and the Sun. The brighter, the bigger is the Sun, the more of Advanced
Human Energy is in it.
Then we all had to agree that Time and Space and Physical body existed, but, before starting the Game, most of us never experienced Time and Space and Human bodies. Time and Space do separate us from each other in many various ways. For example, if you stay in enclosed space, like room, prison cell, ship/spaceship, plane, airport, factory, hospital confinement etc. too long, you would feel separated from the whole World. But it is an illusion, it is the condition we had to sign prior entering the Game. In reality, above 3rd Density our Universe has no walls and we experience it each time we fly out of our bodies (almost every time we fall asleep)! 
Then the Creators of this Game separated us, humans, from ET's. Genetic experiments have been a part of it.
Soon after, we, humans, have been separated from each other. The process of Separation didn't stop there and Original Androginous Humans were separated internally, sexually, into a Man and a Woman to become like 2 different species.
After that, the Separation process of these 2 different species (Man/Woman) happened on so many levels like: territorial (countries, neighbours, areas), language, customs, beliefs, power, genetics and gender, financial, educational, nationality, profession/hobby, religion, health/disease (esp. contagious one or which confining you to a wheelchair), mental/physical state and level of Consciousness, weird habits and fears, hierarchy and cast systems, attitude to animal/plant life, sexual preferances, military actions (wars or service), jobs and buisnesses, children/old or sick people, moving and changing places, natural/
unnatural disasters, holidays and heaps more. The Separations are on all physical/spiritual/mental/
ethereal/emotional
levels imaginable.
Then the Creators of this Game separated members of the family.
Then the Separation in terms of frequencies/wavelength of different Parallel Earths/Universes followed and many of us left the Original Earth/Universe for one or more Parallel Earths/Universes with or without noticing it! In other words, after you get used to one vibration, you are entering another Universe/Earth of another vibration.
Then the Separation of the parts of your Soul in the form of creation of other Personalities/Alters, who doesn't know what the other Personalities/Alters are doing.
All these designed things can and do easily separate you from the others and from the Universe you live in.
But because of approaching Planetary and Universal Shifts of Consciousness, it is harder and harder to keep us separate from each other, from our Earth and our Sun, and from our Universe! Internet helps to make us connected. The Separation was needed to Create more Advanced Universal Energies, to Expand and to Mix them thoroughly.

The unusual pictures of the New Energy, of the New Consciousness, which I am taking and posting on this site, showed me interconnectness of all the different energies, which are surrounding us. All these different energies are on those pictures and just seeing this Power in front of my eyes for so many times deeply effected me!
There are so many similarities in terms of Energies between Human-Aliens-Animals-Earth-Sun-Universe: they are all separate Beings, separate Energies and yet they all are connected. The process of Mixing of Created Energies of all Beings is taking place constantly, whether we like it or not, whether we love each other or not! The Game is coming to an End with all the artificial rules of Separations you had to follow. Now, the whole New Non-physical Universe will be in front of you and you would have to say Good-Bye to the old Physical 3rd Density Earth/Universe!

The Time came to throw the Illusions of Separation out of the window and join our Forces for the approaching Shifts of Consciousness!!!

Visible Sun and a Pentagon, Elliott Heads Rivermouth, 20 Jan. 2010


*************************************


My New Affirmation

I'm more than my physical body, because I'm more than physical matter!
Therefore I deeply desire for the Universal SHIFTS of CONSCIOUSNESS to continue to manifest,
I deeply desire for the evolutionary energy of new Colour and Sound Frequency to continue to emerge from all the Black Holes of our Universe to help to uplift our Universe;
I deeply desire to help the evolution of all the Universes, to help the Creative Force and to create the, so needed by our Universe, New Evolutionary Energy, which include all human and non-human energies ever dealt with Earth combined with all the Earth Energies, which would include the Energies of Plant/Animal Life and the Energies of Nature Spirits like Water, Fire, Air, Rock and so on !
I deeply desire to Graduate to a Higher Density, to Expand, to Experience, to Know, to Understand, to Control, to Use Such Greater Energies and Energy Systems, which will be Beneficial and Constructive to me and to all the Universes!

Also I deeply desire for the Help and Cooperation, the Assistance, the  Understanding of  those individuals whose Wisdom, Development and Experience are Equal to or Greater than my own.
I ask my Total Self Guidance and Protection from any Influence or any Thought which сould be detrimental to my stated Desires !"


human power
human power

The number of women as political leaders in Australia is increasing, the only problem is that they all are religious (like female/male-leaders of other countries). The true leader must trust in herself/himself, her/his own power, not in someone fabricated to believe in! There is no need to worship anybody! If my word is not enough then maybe the opinions of other writers like R. Monroe and Andromedans (through Alex Collier) about the poison of religions would shake you more.
I posted quite a bit about it on their links and on this link. Even Dolores Cannon wrote quite a few thoughts about the poisonous nature of religions in her books (delivered to her by different alien races through her clients) and I will be gradually posting them on my site. 
If you have a little sun in you, called Soul/Spirit, this piece of Creative Force, then it makes you automatically a Creator!!!

Your Real Value is: How Much You Can Do For The Evolution Of Our Universe.
How Strong is Your Intent for Helping: the Universal Shift Out Of Physicality, helping the Earth Planetary Shift and helping the Creative Force Itself? 
The question is: What needs to be done for it?
The answer is: Your Thoughts,
Your Intent, Rejection of all the Religions and Your Constant Calming Energy, directed at the whole Earth Life and the Stability of this Planet. All that would help a lot!
Go with this flow and you'll never go wrong, otherwise you are wasting your time on this planet !


************************************

Moving to the New Earth and to the more Advanced Universe

End of Earth

Though I don't use metaphysical language, because I feel that everything could be explained without religious and metaphysical words much better and, usually, words like 'karma' I would avoid, because I don't believe in debts (karma) of any kind. But in the extract which I am posting below, the word 'karma' would be necessary to leave in text. This part of Dolores Cannon's "The Convoluted Universe", part 3, which you are about to read, is clarifying things like why we are moving to the New Earth in another, newly formed Universe and what we are going to do there. These Events would explain to many why we are having Earth Changes and all sorts of Crises and why there is no need to get angry. Why these Events are natural and why Noone and Nothing can stop this process, because It's a Process of Evolution of Our Universe. And why the Assemblage point of every suitable individual, who is moving with the New Earth, needs to be in the same position and that would probably be done by a higher force. There is a appropriate and encouraging info from
"The Convoluted Universe" by Dolores Cannon, p.613:
D-Dolores: You've been talking about the two levels of ether. Is this the equivalent of what I have been getting about the Old Earth and the New Earth? (Yes) That the Old Earth is the one with the figment (something imaginary, fabrication) of fear and all the disasters.
A (Ann- the client): The Old Earth is going. It's almost like a Black Hole. It is collapsing in on itself. It is dismal (dreary, gloomy). It is corrupted. It is the Old Earth. It is very pain-filled: the skies, the ethers, the atmosphere cries in the Old Earth.
...Some of the New Earth is modeled on the golden planet with the five suns. But there are many worlds that are contributing knowledge, images, resources to the New Earth... It is a jewel..."

Another excerpt is from the same book, p. 614:
"...she (Jeannie - Dolores' another client) went into a scene of destruction and chaos. "I see a sun, but it's bright orange.
It's clouded over with something bad. There's something boiling up from the (old) earth. Something covering the sun. It's really bad. It's so scary. I think it's going to kill people. It makes my heart race. A lot of confusion, and people dying, and the earth breaking and... and fear, power. All of these things caused a terrible cataclysmic...  
p.616:
D: Then what happened? You said you were up above watching everything down below.
J: ...There was red dust all over, and the sun was covered. It was even floating way up where we where.
D: What else did you see down there?
J: It looked like it was coming from the edges into the centre, and just going down into a hole (into its own Black Hole, LM). It was rolling like a donut in, from the outside to the inside. The planet folded up in itself.
D: That's kind of strange, isn't it?
J: No, ...it implodes.
D: What happens then? ...
J: I was given the mission to reach out to all the universes. And told that I would be gone a long, long time ..."
p.620:
D: So, right now you want to rest. Can you do it out there?
J: Yes. I just float. It's warm. It's just a New Universe. No responsibilities. - Resting even makes me feel dizzy. It's been a long time since I've rested...I have a new prospective on how to accomplish raising vibrational minds...I have great power that way...Now instead of teaching the people, we're changing their structures.

D: What do you mean?
J: We're going into their (physical) bodies, into their cells, and rechanging them all, and rewiring them all. This is like doing it all over again..."

This info coincides with what Andromedans are saying through Alex Collier, that our Earth (the Old one) will implode on itself pretty soon. This process is called "Nebula" and It happens at the end of the life of a planet. Supernovas and Nebulas are taking place at present in the whole Universe in great numbers. When a Sun finishes its life in 3rd Density, it blows up; this process is called Supernova.
More and more Black Hole energy is brought here by human females and other beings, and the Earth's Black Hole is becoming bigger and bigger, which pleases me. 

It would be only natural to assume that the Split of the Earth into two (the old one and the new one) will happen in those neighbouring Parallel Universes too. Earth does exist there too and where Universal Shifts took place after the Universal Shift in our Universe in 1994. There is some interesting connection to Alex Collier's material
from "Defending the Sacred Ground" by Alex Collier:
New Type of Souls Appearing in the Universe

New souls have also appeared that have an awareness beyond anything known in our universe.

(Seems like these new souls came directly from the Creative Force, which is now on 12th density. Sometimes Dolores Cannon mentioning about them in her books, LM).
My understanding is
that a lot of this information comes from beings in higher dimensions (densities) that are talking with the Andromedans about what they are going through. These new souls have not made contact with any being yet, but according to the
Andromedans these new souls are in an observational mode. There is no name given to them yet. Because nobody
knows what they are (they came directly from the Creative Force and are helping to organize the 12th density and everything connected to the Universal Shift of Consciousness in our Universe and in those neighbouring Parallel Universes where Universal Shifts took place after the Universal Shift in our Universe in 1994. Dolores Cannon depicted these kind of beings in her books, LM).

Consciousness Evolvement Rate Increased Tenfold

Because of this new frequency, evolvement of Consciousness has been sped up almost tenfold from its normal rate of

evolution. A lot of you, I'm sure, are experiencing things moving very quickly on all kinds of consciousness levels.

New Frequency Has Purpose and Direction

This new frequency does not carry a balance of positive and negative polarity, which also implies a specific purpose

and direction. What that is at present unknown.

Four Other Universes Are Experiencing The Same Thing

This frequency and density shifting is also happening in four other universes at the same time it is happening here.

My advice to all: please, get rid of all the fears: we are getting to a much better, newer and much higher place vibrationwise. The Transition most likely will happen while you are asleep and then you might wake up in another most pleasant World and then you would think:" All my worries were over nothing!"
I will be sending info on the physical changes, our bodies undergoing right now, to prepare us for the Shift, in my next article. I'm just about to open a new link devoted entirely to the New Earth and the New Universe, so all the appropriate material and a new data I'm about to move there. This is an exciting new info on pp. 558-562! Enjoy!


D-  Dolores Cannon
N- her client Nancy with whom she had a regression session.

"D: What about karma (a debt, LM)?
N: Karma is vitrually cancelled as we move to the new Universe.
D: Then that means she doesn't have karma to worry about?
N: ...It's not going to be important. He just says it's not necessary to fulfill the mission of this life or to move into the next life... 
D: Many people relate to things that happened in other lives so they can move forward.
N: But because we're in this pinnacle of - going to go this way (to the New Universe, LM) - all this doesn't matter anymore. Because there will no longer be reincarnating into the Earth the way that we know it.
(Actually many didn't reincarnate, didn't have other lives in newborn body for the last 20 years and that is because only One-Timers were allowed to to have at least one life on Earth at this unusual time. More info on that you can find on  Home Page link in R.Monroe's info.)
To look at other lives would only be more confusing, because ideas and tools that were necessary and helpful in the old world are not going to be needed in the new world (but your experiences here on Earth are stored in your Higher Self, LM).
D: I still get many people whose problems come from other lifetimes.
N: But all of that is discharged (to relieve of a burden). Your work is important because there are some energy tools that need to be released in this lifetime. Energy tools of more or less health issues. It's things of the now that are not related to moving forward, because the moment you move forward, that will all (your past experiences, LM) be discharged and relinquished (abandoned). We never know when the new Earth will appear, but it's coming. It's going to be here. It's just a question of when the vibration and energy will reach the level to almost .. pop and create the second world. So you help people with their physical ailments, so they don't have to be uncomfortable till whenever this is going to occur. It's important, because we don't know when it's going to occur - more sooner than not...
Nancy wanted to know her purpose (just as everyone else who comes to see me). The subconscious answered (the more advanced part of her Higher Self answered through Nancy), "This isn't the answer she wants, but her purpose is not revealed as yet, because the new Universe has not been created (there are a few new Universes, which are not completed, LM). Everything is still in planning, moving, facilitation stages, and it can still all change. We can see a plan, a big picture, but it still can change."
D: Can't you give her any idea of what she's supposed to do, because she wants to help plan.
N: Almost instanteniously, the thought will come.
D: Is there anything you want her to work on to get ready?
N: None of it 's necessary at this point. She's going to go to the new Earth, and will immediately know - because the new energy and vibration will be higher - what it is she will be doing. The effort is needed here, but it is already crossed the marker where you're either going or you're not going.
D: I've heard it's already been decided, because the vibrations can't change that quickly.
N: No. So once you've crossed the marker and you are going, then it's almost like a respite (period of rest) period. And when you get there, it will just be so different that all the things we think we need to do now, and were appropriate in the not so distant past, in the new world will not be needed.
(After moving to the new for you Universe permanently your experiences with the previous Universe will be erased not to interfere with the new experiences, but they will be retained in your Higher Self. Old and New Earth, both are leaving this old physical Universe and move into different directions: New Earth into newly-formed non-physical Universe with no Time and Space, no Universal or Planetary Timeline; Old Earth is moving into one of physical Parallel Universes with their previously established Universal Timeline. Earth Planetary Timeline is collapsing as well as the Universal Timeline of this Universe.
Andromedans through Alex Collier said in 90's that we are going through the Shifts and reach the 5th Density successfully and that they were proud of us. They have the ability to see the future, LM).

D: She said she wants to make a difference in other people's lives, and to help the world.
N: Which would have been necessary if the Earth had stayed in the same vibrational dimension that it is now, but it's almost  like you are waiting for it to happen. It's going to happen, but you won't know what it will look like until it happens, because it's a group participation and a joined effect. And all we can say is, it is going to happen.
D: I've heard that some people won't even realize that anything has happened.
N: I think that thought is even changing, and most definitely the ones that move forward will know what's happening...
everyone (on that frequency, LM) will have the same gifts (the ability to heal, LM) and tools and the new energy.
D: Everyone will be doing the same thing?
N: Well, not the same things, but it just will not be necessary. The reason why we do all these things is to bring the energy up to that level. But when you're immediately all on that level, there is no need for healing, because we'll all be healed. You can still continue working with people and helping them until the transition. But when everyone transitions, it's almost like you're all at the same rate...your veil is lifted, so it's the big "ah-hah!" moment.
D: There are still people out there that need her (Nancy), aren't there?
N: Right. There are people that, minute to minute, you're pulling over to the new world (New Earth). They're almost in a holding pattern, but they're pulled over and they're waiting. They'll be waiting there to move forward.
D: So she will never know among those she comes in contact with.
N: No, nor will they. She should always focus her energy on a sanction (agreement) of all the energies of everyone on Earth to move forward. (Not everyone, but those who matches the higher vibration, LM). And as each person increases their vibration, it's a chain reaction, and it resonates and bounces off the next person to the next. Until it's an entire huge crescendo that becomes the vibration of Earth in Total. If everyone stopped doing what they're doing, it would just become a dim hum. But because we all go and move forward and we're all working at our own pace, it just raises it higher and higher until it's just going to disperse (to spread out over a wide area) into the cosmos. So you can't really say not to do any work. Just keep doing what you're doing , but the focus is changed. To be bored is great, because it will just instantaneously create all knowledge, all the things we strive for here. But, "Give me Reiki, so I feel better"... it won't be necessary. Everyone (on the higher vibration, LM) will have the tools. And once you have the tools, you don't have the aches or the pains... But I think the best thing that anyone could do is have a good intent. Always express your willingness to help, never turn anyone away that comes to you ... Once your vibration gets to a certain level, you're beyond the, "Have to pay karma back." That's why it's not important to pursue questions about past lives... all the human minds having a curiosity about things. It's almost child-like. "Why? Why? Why? How come?"
p.563
"The taste buds are already changing. It's beginning to happen... Eventually, we will move into an all liquid diet. Then, after
we move to the New Earth, there is the possibility of not eating at all. At that point, we will be living off pure energy and light. The same as many of the ET's I have spoken to."

There is more on p.641-643, "The Convoluted Universe", book 2:

"More from another subject in Australia:
C: It’s like a car. Imagine a car that has an old body. It’s just the same old car you’ve been driving. And then you put a new engine in it. And suddenly that car begins to perform differently, even though it looks the same. And then you get another engine, and you replace it. And the car keeps getting faster and faster, and brighter and smarter. And then before you know it, the car is doing such good things, that
642
the body starts to change. It’s like the energy of the new engine starts to reform the body. And before you know it, the chap has turned into a sport’s car. A beautiful, glossy, attractive vehicle. And that’s what this is about. The energies that are coming in have the ability to transform the vehicle. And it will start to be different. It’s going to look different. It’s going to look ... well younger comes to mind. It’s going to look smarter and younger. The cells of the body, the vibration of the body is changing, and is matching the vibration of the incoming energy. And the physical changes will be next.
D: What will those physical changes be?
C: Oh! The body’s going to change to be lighter. And I’m getting that it will look taller. But the energy from within is somehow going to become visible on the outside. And it will make the body seem taller, elongated, slimmer. And more transparent.
D: Transparent?
C: Yes. It’s a pioneering thing.
D: Is this the way people on Earth will be evolving? (Yes) Will everyone make the changes?
C: Yes, because the people have all been given that choice. If they want to evolve with the Earth, and stay here, they will evolve into this new human being. It will look different. And that’s what this experiment is about. That’s why Christine and others are moving the ones who don’t want to evolve with Earth. They are going to leave. (Almost crying) And bring a lot of pain to their families. But the people who are staying must hold the light. That’s a big job. To get divorced and separated from these things that are happening now. And these things are going to continue to happen until the cleansing is complete. Those who are here to stay, are taking the race of people into a very new and different civilization. Those people are being tested now, to see if they can hold the light when there is disaster, and not be sucked in. They’re the people who will move ahead with this planet.
D: Almost like a last test, you mean?
C: Yes. The testing is going on right now. Whatever each
643
being needs to test them, to see what they’re capable of giving back to this program; how firm their commitment is. How willing they are to serve. That is all being tested now.
D: So each one is having their own individual test?
C: Yes. And the people who are finding it tough now are the ones who are staying. They’re the ones who are going through the tests. But some of them are not coming through.
D: They’re not passing the test.
C: No. There are some who are not.
D: This is what I was told by other people, that some would be left behind. (Yes) And I thought that sounded cruel.
(Alex Collier also thought that it wasn't fair in 90's, but maybe he changed his opinion, LM).
C: No, it’s not cruel, because each soul is given the choice. And if they are not moving and evolving, it’s because they are choosing not to. And they will reincarnate into another place of their choice. And it’s all right. Because it’s only a Game.
D: That’s what I was told, that they would be sent where there was still negative ... to be worked out. And this planet would no longer have negativity at that point. Is that what you’re are seeing? (100% positive is not Balance. But would it be balanced? LM)
C: Yes. They will stay in the old Earth. The new Earth is so beautiful. You will see colors and animals and flowers you never imagined possible..."

p.644:
You see, the new Earth is not this dimension. The new Earth is another dimension. And we will move into that dimension. And in that new dimension, there’ll be these trees that have purple and orange in their trunks...
p.645:
C: No, they won’t show me that. What they’re showing me is ... an opening? And we step through. We step into, what looks like this Earth, but it’s different colors. It’s different textures. At first it looks the same. At first only. And then as we look around, we start to see that it’s not. It’s changing before our eyes. And it’s so beautiful...

C: ... (Startled) I just saw the whole planet explode
(the Old Earth, LM). That’s horrible isn’t it?
D: What do you think that means?
C: I don’t know. I just saw it explode. But I saw the new Earth. There’s this beautiful fifth dimensional place with harmony and peace.
D: When they showed you the planet exploding, is that just symbolic? As though that Earth will no longer exist for the ones who cross over?
C: Well, the people who have crossed over are watching what’s happening. They can see. Now, is it going to explode? They’re saying to me, “Don’t get caught up with what’s going to happen, because you’ve got to focus on the light.” And that’s the challenge for these people who are going to be in the new Earth. The challenge for them is to not get caught up in anything that’s going to happen, because that’s what pulls us back into the third dimension. And that’s what happened to many people who were on a path forward. They’ve been pulled back because they got caught
up in fear ...
646
It’s so hard with so many- I want to say “ordinary” - people out there who have no idea of anything except the religion they’ve been taught. They don’t know that this other (Earth) is possible.
C: Yes, but they’re not ordinary. They only seem ordinary. It’s a mask they’re wearing. They’re changing.
D: But there still are a lot of people who haven’t even thought about these things...


But do you see a majority of people evolving to the next dimension?
C: No. Not the majority. And the numbers, to some extent, are not important, because what will be, will be. And the more people that can awaken and take that journey, the more people there’ll be. And that’s why so many of you are doing this work. To help people open up to the journey, and let go of the fear. And step into that void where anything is possible. Where the blackness is residing. And that’s what you
people are all doing.
647
 And you need to do it. And everybody you speak to then goes out and does it as well. ... Everyone you speak ... they go out, and they in turn awaken other people. So it’s working. And it’s soon. It’s all happening soon.
D: Do you have any idea of a time period?
C: The next years will be the- I’m getting the word “decision point”. It will be the “cut-off” point. I think it means that those who have not decided by then, will be left behind. It’s critical.
D: But there are some entire countries in the world that are not ready for this. That’s why I am thinking there are many people that won’t make the crossover.

C: There’s more happening than people know about. I’m seeing some countries where people are being persecuted. The reason that’s happening is to awaken spirituality, because persecution causes it. When people are persecuted or when they’re facing death, or when they’re facing huge human feats. That is a trigger that awakens people. And that’s the purpose of much of the persecution that’s occurring at the moment, to make sure that these people are awakened. So that’s the positive side of it.
D: Is there something that triggers it or precipitates it?
C: It’s like the curtain drops. And I’m not allowed to see. I’m just being told that it will be the end of one and the beginning of another.
D: They’re trying to lead us into war at this time. (2002) Do you think it has something to do with that?
C: (Big sigh) I’m afraid that’s the test. I said that many people were being tested. And I didn’t realize it then, but I do now, that that’s all part of the test, if we can keep ourselves separated from that. It’s like we have to create our own ... it’s like each one of us is the universe. All parts of the universe are held here (placed her hand on her body). And if we keep this, this universe here ...
D: This body?
648
C: Yes. If we keep it at peace, and we keep it in balance, then we are passing the test. Then we can withstand anything. And those things that are happening in the world are really to test the whole; all of us.
D: You mean not to get caught up into the fear.
C: Yeah. Turn the TV off. Don’t listen to it. Don’t read the paper. Don’t get caught up in it. Your world is what you create here. (Touches her body again.)
D: In your own body.
C: Yes. In your own space here. This is your own universe here. If every person creates peace and harmony in their own universe, then that’s the universe they’re creating in that fifth dimensional Earth. The more people who can create peace and harmony in this body universe, the more people who will be in that fifth dimensional new Earth. The ones who can’t create peace and harmony in this body universe, are not passing the test. That’s the test.
D: We’re trying to do this to keep the war from happening, or to lessen it anyway.
C: I’m being told that it doesn’t matter what happens, because it’s all a game. It’s all a play. And the things that are happening are there for a reason. And the reason at the moment is to test each human being to find out where they’re at in their own evolution. And so if we hold peace and light here (the body), we don’t have to worry about whether there’s war or not. It’s only an illusion anyway.

D: But right now it seems very real, and it could have some very disastrous consequences.
C: Yes, but that’s fear for each individual. Our job is to help each individual find peace here (the body). And then, of course, as you bring more people together, who have peace and harmony within their own body universe, then instead of the blackness spreading... And that creates this whole new world. If you’d been given all that information back then you would have been overloaded. It’s the same reason why they’re saying, “We’re not going to tell you exactly what’s going to happen. We don’t know exactly what’s going to happen. But we’re not going to tell you what
649
we know, because you don’t need to know. All you need to do is focus here (the body)... Each human being creating their own heaven on Earth. That’s all you have to do. And coming together with others... And then expanding that energy out. And before you know it, you’ve changed the world. You don’t even think about the world. What you focus on is what you create. Think about peace. The main thing people have to understand is that, what they focus on expands. So if they focus on, if they can replace predictions with something that is wonderful that they want, and expand that...

And I’m being shown in your book The Convoluted Universe (book One) you give a description of thought. I’m being told to remind you about this. You talk about an energy ball the size of a grapefruit. And that ball has energy strands. And I’m changing this as I go. Energy strands which go over each other and transverse each other. And those energy strands can do anything they like. They can split, and they can become four energy strands. They can weave. They can multiply. They can go backwards. They can zip up. They can do absolutely anything. And this is the ball of possibility. When you think a thought it doesn’t just disappear. It becomes an energy strand. It becomes energy. It moves into that ball of possibility. So imagine your thought becoming energy. And the more energy you give it, the stronger that becomes. And then it manifests, and it becomes real. It becomes physical. If you send a thought out that there’s going to be peace. And then you follow it with, “Oh, but that war is getting worse”, or “Those politicians are making a mistake.” You weaken the energy: the positive strands you brought out. So we have to teach people to send out the positive thought, and then to reinforce it with more positive thoughts, and more positive thoughts. And we have to teach them that when one of those negative thoughts comes into their mind, not to just let it go, but to replace it with a positive thought. So they’re adding to that energy ball of possibility. They’re contributing to it.
650
And everybody must let go of any greed, any domination, materialism.  Any of those issues that are stopping them from doing this work must be let go. Because these issues are not going to serve anybody in the new Earth. There’s not going to be the need for money, as such. So why would you bother about it? Those who are working for the Earth, for the universe, are being provided for, and will continue to be. What you need will come to you. So it’s time now to let go of that ethic of working to get the money. You’re are working to change the Earth. You’re working to save this situation. That’s where the driving force must be. It must come from love and service. And that’s the only way we will maximize this effort. It must come from love and service, not from greed.
D: I’ve been told love is the most powerful emotion.
C: Yes, love heals.


One final piece of information came through a client at my office in 2004. I believed one part of all this was still unclear:
How could some people be aware that they had made the shift into the New Earth, and others would not be? How would it be possible to move an entire population with only a minority knowing anything had happened? “They” must have been aware that I was struggling with  this lingering thought, so they supplied it. After all, how could I write about it, and lecture about it if I didn’t  have all the pieces?
Bob: Most planets, but especially this one was only designed originally for five hundred and fifty thousand people. Half a
651
million people. That was as large as it was supposed to go. More people are reincarnating here to experience all these major changes. And the Earth has been damaged and changed beyond the capability to repair it. This planet has been unfortunately changed in such ways that there’s no sense of return whatsoever to its original pristine condition. But now because  of the prime directive from the Creator (rather from Creative Force, LM), this has to accelerate. Because it’s been too long. There are two ways to do with this. You can cause the planet to rotate and the Earth crust to shift. And you literally, when that happens, you start all over again from ground zero. That’s what touched off the Ice Age and killed the dinosaurs. It doesn’t matter how it happened, but basically it did the same thing. A civilization disappears, and you start off with the Ice age and Neanderthal Man and all that kind of good stuff all happens again. You lose control of your entire civilization, and you end up as a legend like Atlantis and Lemuria did. This has all happened many times before. But that’s not  what’s going to happen this time. This time you shift as a planet. And basically as a universe. You shift the whole dimension. The dimension changes. You go from 3 point 6 (3.6) which we are now, to five. And you say, “Well, what happened to four?” Well, four is sort of here in a way, but it’s just going to jump it. You’re going to end up as a five. When the dimensional change comes, you will literally jump that. There’s a lot of complications with this. This is why it’s being watched so carefully. Many people who are spiritually ready will be able to make the transition very easily. Others are literally going to be taken off the planet. In the flick of an eyelid they won’t even know it’s happened, most of them. And they will end up on another planet that’s pristine, ready and waiting for this to happen. And your capabilities will be far beyond what they are now. You have basically five senses. You’ll have many more than that when the transition goes through. You will become automatically telepathic. They’ll wake up in their little lives the next day- or what can be done, depending on how it’s shifted. - It has happened before, by the way. 
652
- We will simply shut down. It’s like going into suspended animation. We suspend it. It may be two or three days to transfer the populace.
D: The entire world, or just the ...
B: Yes. All the people that are spiritually ready to make this transition. They’ll all be shifted off. And when they wake up on this other planet, they won’t even realize it’s happened. There was a shift like this a few years ago on this planet, with all of us. And not many people knew about it. It just was. It was like a whole week passed by in the course of a night. It has happened that way.
D: Why did that happen at that time?
B: We needed to shift the sun, technically, and we needed to be able to adjust it. And if anybody could see it, they would all know what happened. That wasn’t a very practical way of doing it. So we just kind of shut everything down.
D: So they wouldn’t know it?
B: Yes. You went to sleep that night, and you slept like you thought it was a twelve hour period. And you woke up. And your watch was still running the same. But in fact you had literally gone through a whole week.
D: Everyone was put into suspended animation?
B: Yes. You shut down the whole thing all at the same time.
D: While the world moved?
B: Oh, yes. The planet moves. You have the so-called “night and day”. But we actually adjusted it. It was a really interesting trick to do it. But it does work.  This planetary adjustment that’s coming up. This frequency change thing that is coming up. You can’t merely do this with everybody awake. Because you’re going to have all sorts of strange reactions in people. So they think they’re all awake. But yet we can shut them down. It’s a bit of a trick. It’s very technically involved.
D: So they would think they were having dreams if they did see anything.
B: Yes, yes, precisely. But they might not have conscious remembrance of it, because don’t forget, most people don’t have conscious remembrance of what they dream anyway.
653
And you can change things in dreams very easily too.
D: You said this was done a few years ago.
B: Yes, it was. We had to make an adjustment in the sun’s frequency.

So apparently that would be the answer. The entire population of the world would be shut down and put into suspended animation while the transfer was made. As Annie Kirkwood showed in her vision, as the Earth split or divided into two Earths, the people on each were unaware of what had happened to the others...
I have been asked many times about the Mayan calendar ending at 2012. People think that this is the date for the end of the world if the Mayans could not see beyond that. I have been told that the Mayans evolved spiritually to this point where their civilization shifted en masse to the next dimension. They stopped the calendar at 2012 because they could see this would be the time of the next major event: the shifting of the entire world into the next dimension.
                **********************
We will ascend to the other dimension by raising our consciousness, the vibration and frequency of our body. At first you can continue in a physical body for a while. Then as you
654
gradually discover it is no longer necessary, the physical body dissolves into Light, and you live with a body made of light or pure energy. This sounds very similar to several cases in this book where the subject saw a being that glowed and was composed of pure energy. They have evolved beyond the need for a physical limiting body, and we will do this also when we reach that stage. So in many cases, when the being ascends, they take the physical body with them.
(That's been described in C.Castaneda books and I posted it on his link; that happened to Alex Collier when he visited  Anromedan friends on a higher density; that happens often to my son and millions of others: they are often taken with their physical bodies to higher densities and after a while, they are brought back to Earth, LM).
But this is only a temporary situation and the shedding and letting go of the body depends on the level of understanding the being has reached. We do tend to hold on to the familiar, but eventually see that even though we were able to take it with us, the body is too limiting and confining for the new reality in the new dimension. When we reach this new dimension, the new body of light or energy will never die...
The spirit side or the in-between lives state, where I have found that we go when we die in this lifetime, is like a recycling center. It leads back to another life on Earth (according to R.Monroe, the recycling has not been happening for many years now, making room for beings from 11th Density and the Creative Force, to participate in the Shift, LM).



********************************************


Separate From the Creative Force


This is a very curious phenomenon! Why the population of the whole Universe is watching for one little planet Earth
(out of trillions of others) with such an attention? And not just our Universe, but a few other neighbouring Parallel Universes are monitoring the Evolution of our planet. What makes us and our planet so special and known to the Multiverse?
Alex Collier and Dolores Cannon in their books gave us the answer.
The plan was to create a planet and life on it, which would not experience the connection to the Source (Creative Force), the population of Earth never knew that it is a part of Creative Force. Other races on other planets (inc. Andromedans) know that they are a part of the Source, but we didn't know about it and had to discover it ourselves.
"Where else could there be more growth than being/feeling separate from the Source?" this frase is the Key-frase from "Convoluted Universe", book 3, by Dolores Cannon. There is so much more you can find about this subject on
p.p. 540- 544.

As a result of this separateness from the Source for thousands of years and the stopping of the Earth from evolving to the higher 4th Density by Draconians (and other negatives) for a few times in the past, we acquired/created an unusual Energy, which is needed at the time of the Universal and Earth Planetary Shifts. The Universal Shift takes more time to be completed: the beginning was in 1994, the end will be in 2013 (roughly 19 years), the culmination of which is very close to the Planetary Shift in 2012. That was deliberately planned in advance! The stopping of our planet from evolving in the past has been monitored and allowed by the higher Councils on higher Densities for the same reason: to allow Earth to reach enough of that unusual Energy for the future "Event" and that "Event" is to create non-physical Universe out of our old physical Universe. Robert Monroe, Dolores Cannon and other writers mentioned this "Event" in their books and I've written about it somewhere on this site.
Special are the people (both females/males), who worked or lived with with disabled or mentally retarded adults/children or lived (cared for) negatively charged people/aliens willingly or unwillingly. These kind of people have more stability and are helping the stability of Earth and its population without knowing it. They have more ability to stabilize the future situation (what is coming), than anyone else. That's why they are going to be here till last! The Shifts like this should not be taken lightly!
Before the Planetary Shift we are having the separation/split of our Earth into two: the Old one and the New one, when people of the right wavelength/vibration will go with their physical bodies with the New Earth to a higher level (those who wants to evolve). I've written about it in the articles below.
Some attempts of taking people with their physical bodies to another dimension were depicted in the history of Earth
(like, for instance, some tribes of American Indians, Atlantians, Mayans etc.) and then a well known "Philadelphia Experiment" in 1943 with Duncan Cameron and Al Beilek, the survivours of this experiment. Then the Space exploration programm which started in 50's and continues to this day. This program is directed into taking the Earth people with their physical bodies to different moons and planets in higher dimensions (Sun, Moon, Mars and other planets exist in higher dimensions too). "Philadelphia Experiment" caused a lot of emotional and physical problems to the sailors of the ship.
To eliminate these problems as much as possible, millions of people have been trained to stabilize the planet and the people at difficult times before the Shift, because many people can't cope with such a speed the Earth's vibrations changes (especially men). They are having strokes, heart attacks (not even once), nervous breakdowns, mental/physical problems, suicidal tendencies etc. The people have been trained in hospitals, psychiatric institutions, retirement villages, nursing homes etc., as carers for disabled/sick adults/children at homes or just living with these kind of adults/children.
We are living in unusual times and many beings would like to experience at least a few hours on Earth at this time!


***************************************

New videos of R.Monroe on Youtube


Out of Body Experiences Art Bell interviews Robert Monroe on Coast to Coast Am 17th of July, 1994
December 12, 2008

Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 1 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kRDCaSBPkss&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 2 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vk_BXQaZni4&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 3 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YUkh1gIBl08&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 4 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tAmUpU7cuHQ&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 5 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WqK_ChOlaQU&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 6 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B_KxwAc-ajY&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 7 of 10 (human mind is the creator of carbon life)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3_FhfHoqiPw&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 8 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=82kJQIzzvOU&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 9 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a659NMai0Os&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Coast to Coast with Art Bell - 17 of July 1994 - 10 of 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VKQecwWOhQ8&feature=related

Sometimes you'll find the sound of Bob's voice was delibarately diminished or distorted or some music superimposed on his voice or Bob couldn't get through to the radio station inspite of all his efforts. All this was to make Robert's voice hard to hear for the listeners.

December 11, 2008
Open Mind (OM) hosted by Bill Jenkins, an old radio show similar to C2C AM.
An interview with Robert Monroe on everything OBE


Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 1
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ygWOrMdLOvE&feature=related
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 2
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0eFNPSFltrc&feature=related
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 3
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zbXuRufXw3o&NR=1
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hZlx8LnDonk&NR=1
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 5
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T24YECl68Sw&NR=1
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MKwcKHZ3ZoM&NR=1
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 7
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XpfZjaoUcvQ&NR=1
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 8
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UiYvvGXzxEg&NR=1
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=areFXUfbmdo&NR=1
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QLaEHc10UDs&feature=related
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 11
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w5VqM6qQUjM&feature=related
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 12
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cCfvAEesUsg&feature=related
Open Mind with Robert Monroe - Far Journeys (OBEs) - Part 13
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aAiF8kLdOEs&NR=1


***********************************

February 24, 2009
In the 1980s, radio station KABC carried the ground-breaking radio program "OPEN MIND" with host Bill Jenkins. The subject matter covered included UFOs, alternative energy, spirituality, ancient re...

Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 1 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VJAt4iLN7oU&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 2 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kq18379YeXM&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 3 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4GjhQsCGEIk&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 4 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2zDPXqmWowU&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 5 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9u8E2e4BY0&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 6 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9u8E2e4BY0&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 7 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y79tOaC0Hhk&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 8 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CTQKzgyPpx0&feature=related
Robert Monroe - Out of Body Travel - KABC 1980's 9 of 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DaxjAlpvgm0&feature=related

Lifeline residential program
http://www.youtube.com/watch

***************************************

My Wishes to Human Males-Earthers

It seems that when we are able to control our emotions, then we are able to pass through the wild lower vibrations of the 4th Density to get to the higher vibrations. We have to leave our raw emotions behind (especially males). And if some males are so much against the policy of not physically hurting women and children, then they are not ready for the 4th Density yet.
R.Monroe portrayed this subject very well in his "Journeys Out-of-the-Body", p. 77- 80:


"For every known, there may be one million unknowns, but at least here (in Locale 2, the start of non-physical 4th Density, LM) is a starting point.
In Locale II, reality is composed of deepest desires and most frantic fears. Thought is action, and no hiding layers of conditioning or inhibition shield the inner you from others, where honesty is the best policy because there can be nothing less. Under the basic standards described above, existence is indeed different. It is this difference that creates the great problems of adjustment even when attempting to visit there while in the Second Body (non-physical body in which you travel in 4th Density. On higher Densities you mightn't need any body, physical or non-physical, LM).
The raw emotion so carefully repressed in our physical civilization is unleashed in full force. To say that it is overwhelming at first is a massive understatement In conscious physical life, this condition would be considered psychotic.
My first visits to Locale II brought out all the repressed emotional patterns I even remotely considered
I had - plus many
I didn't know existed. They so dominated my actions that I returned completely abashed and embarrassed at their enormity and my inability to control them. Fear was the dominant theme - fear of the unknown, of strange beings (non-physical), of "death," of God, of rule-breaking, of discovery, and of pain, to name only a few. Such fears were stronger than the sexual drive for union, which, as noted elsewhere, was in itself a tremendous obstacle. One by one, painfully and laboriously, the exploding uncontrollable emotional patterns had to be harnessed. Until this was accomplished, no rational thought was possible. Without rigorous consistency, they begin to return. It is much like a slow learning from unsanity to calm objective reasoning. An infant learns to be "civilized" in its growth through childhood to adult status. I suspect the same thing occurs all over again in the adaptation to Locale II.
If it doesn't happen during physical life, it becomes the first order of business upon death. This implies that the areas of Locale II "nearest" the physical world
(in vibratory frequency) are peopled for the most part with insane or near-insane, emotionally driven beings. For the most part, this seems to be true. They include those alive but asleep or drugged and out in their Second Bodies, and quite probably those who are "dead" but still emotionally driven. There is evidence to support the former, and the latter seems probable. This near area, quite understandably, is not a pleasant place to be. It is a level or plane where you "belong" until you learn better. I don't know what happens to those who don't learn. Perhaps they stay there forever. The moment you disassociate from the physical via the Second Body, you are on the fringes of this close-by section of Locale II. It is here that one meets all sorts of disjointed personalities and animate beings. If there is some protective mechanism for the neophyte, it was not apparent to me. Only by cautious and sometimes terrifying experimentation was I able to learn the art or trick of passing through the area. I still am not precisely sure of all items in this learning process, and so have presented only the obvious. Whatever the process, I happily have not encountered trouble in these passages for several years. Aside from the tormentors and the several outright conflicts noted in the following reports, the principal motivation of these near inhabitants is sexual release in all forms. If considered as the product of recent civilizations-including those both "alive but sleeping" and "dead". It is quite simple to understand the need for release from repression of this basic need. The key is that all those in this near section attempt sexuality in terms of the physical body. There is no recognition or knowledge of the sex drive as it is manifested in more distant parts of Locale II. With the lingering conditioning of our own society, it was difficult to avoid participation at times, as response was automatic. Hopefully, one learns to control this factor. Like attracts like...
Only when you have passed the "raw emotion" stage do you move into the innumerable various but evidently organized activity clusters of Locale II. It is impossible to convey to another the "reality" of this nonphysical eternity. As stated by many in centuries past, it must be experienced. Most importantly, in many of the places visited, the inhabitants are "still" human. Different, in a changed environment, but still with human (understandable) attributes."
Whatever I wrote or posted on this website about some males are true facts and might not be pleasant to digest, the Truth is often hard to put up with. And if I did hurt someone, I appologize, I didn't mean to. There were/are no negative emotions behind it like: wrath, rage, disgust, fear, anger, dread. I look at everything from much wider angle, philosophically or just have fun: never forget that we all are playing The Planetary Game!
The true purpose behind my messages is to make some men to pay attention to their own behaviour instead of constantly complaining about females' behaviour. Most of females like men as gentlemen
(that shows female's features in males), but most of men don't like masculine females (that shows male's features in them). But how else would you become Androgynous Being again if you don't show both sides: feminine and masculine in one body?
I wish to see men full of fun, passion and understanding that men are not the only ones who is having tough lessons and hardships on this Earth. Women are in the same situation. I would like to see men intelligent, spiritually advanced, gentle, sympathizing, calm, easy going, having sense of humour,
loving and treasuring their women and women treasuring their men. I want to see men full of Laughter, not Fear of women! You see a lot of respect towards women in positive alien races in our Universe. And because we are just about to mix with the whole Universe by moving into 4th and 5th Densities, the behavior of many men needs to change. Like Alex Collier said: "Males need to develop their feminine side". I would like to give you a few final lines outlining the importance of Balancing Yourself from Carlos Castaneda "Journey to Ixtlan":

"Only as a warrior can one survive the path of knowledge," he said. "Because the art of a warrior is to balance the terror of being a man with the wonder of being a man."
I gazed at the two of them, each in turn. Their eyes were clear and peaceful. They had summoned a wave of overwhelming nostalgia, and when they seemed to be on the verge of exploding into passionate tears, they held back the tidal wave. For an instant I think I saw. I saw  the loneliness of man as a gigantic wave which had been frozen in front of me, held back by the invisible wall of a metaphor. My sadness was so overwhelming that I felt euphoric. I embraced them."
I would like to see everyone not to be so Self-Important, so heavily focused on their personal physical lives and forgetting that they are only playing the Game and it soon will be over. I would like to see men start planning their lives on non-physical level, after the Earth experience, I would like to see men accepting their internal feminine energy and also accepting masculine energy of females: one without another can't go far.
I couldn't understand for a long time why majority of doctors in the world were/are men? Finally, it dawned on me! Instead of their usual occupation as being hunters for thousands of years and kill all the time, some of them took the professions of doctors (to save lives, but often killing life) and researchers for the last 100 years, not just to take lives (kill humans/animals, like hunters or soldiers do), but to do something for Humanity. Though not all of them learned how to become Givers, like most of the women.
Men!  Women love, stabilize and help you in many invisible ways, which you only recognize after the transition. Life on Earth is unthinkable without each other. Women are playing their not an easy role in this life as well as men. Many women and men helped a great deal the evolution of this planet and of this Universe by writing their wonderful books and articles, giving lectures, making unforgettable movies, writing and playing beautiful music, poetry, books and we should not forget that all these ideas came to us from the higher non-physical level. Even after the transition to a higher level former human beings will still continue the same work from the higher levels to help Earth Planetary Shift to come true.
I met a few exceptional men in my life and I'm so grateful to them for their help when I needed it. I will never forget them and my energy will go with them. One of those men is my former husband, my helper and my friend George!
And here is the info about one man trip to North Pole (if it really takes place, which I doubt very much).
I wish he could send pictures of the Sun without distortions from outhere.  More about it on  
Schools for Future Humans +

Non-existing North Pole marker!

This is a photo of a faked North Pole! Neither North Pole, nor South Pole ever existed, because the Earth (like all other planets) is Hollow and has 2 (South and North) 2000 miles
openings in diameter instead: South Hole and North Hole. If you move further and further towards the Centre you will curve right into the Inner Earth with much better landscapes and richer animal/plant life, than on the outer surface, but don't be surprised to see a lot of Reptillians there in their real form. I've just watched Russian News and they showed Ukranian villages, where 2 legged small dinosaurs are attacking people and chicken and cattle. For more information see  Hollow Earth and Hollow Sun  . There is also some info in Alex Collier' "Defending Sacred Ground" and in other books. Any kind of trip could also be manufactured with special effects like a movie, if money are invoved! Please, Grow up, people!

"On the 26th of February 2010, Australian Tom Smitheringale will set out from McClintock Inlet at the northernmost edge of Canada with the aim of reaching the geographic North Pole solo and unsupported. A feat described by the world's greatest climber Reinhold Messner as '10 times more difficult than climbing Mt Everest' and one that has only been achieved by 2 people in the history of polar exploration. An epic battle by one man against blizzards, bears and broken ice, covering 800km in under 60 days on the ice. By every measure that defines an outdoor challenge as epic – scenery, physical demand, and sense of accomplishment – this solo expedition to the North Pole qualifies."

Australian Tom Smithering

Australian Tom Smitheringale, on the way to North Pole
Australian (a Jew?) Tom Smitheringale 'on the way to North Pole', but why can't I see his face, is that the same Tom? Everything these days can be fabricated easily, when money are involved.

Fall ends North Pole adventurer's trek
 
http://bigpondnews.com/articles/TopStories/2010/04/17/Fall_ends_North_Pole_adventurers_trek_452117.html

Perth adventurer Tom Smitheringale's bid to be the first Australian to ski solo to the North Pole has ended after he fell into freezing water.
Smitheringale, 39, was rescued by a Canadian military aircraft at 9am (WST) on Friday and airlifted to northern Canada, where he is receiving treatment for hypothermia, friends of the adventurer said.
The fitness trainer had set off an emergency locator beacon about eight hours earlier. He was a little over halfway to his destination.
Smitheringale, who left the Canadian arctic base of Ward Hunt Island on February 26, had battled inclement weather and frostbite during the past six weeks.
He was expected to take almost three months to complete the perilous 800km journey, braving blizzards, broken ice and polar bears, and towing a 160kg sled across some of the most inhospitable terrain on earth.
Only two others have successfully completed the solo journey to the geographic North Pole. All five attempts in the past five years have failed, with two adventurers dying.
Perth-based blogger Jim Pizzey, who has been documenting Smitheringale's journey online at www.onemanepic.com, wrote earlier on Friday that two Twin Otter fixed-wing aircraft and a helicopter had been dispatched from the Canadian military base of Alert to rescue him.
'I have very little information at present other than that he appears to have fallen through the ice and has become hypothermic,' Mr Pizzey wrote.
'He is currently in the back of an aircraft on his way to the medical centre at Alert.
'I expect him to arrive at 1200 WST. I'll update this with more information as I get it.'
Smitheringale was in a race against time to reach the North Pole before April 26, when the last Russians are due to leave Barneo ice station and take any remaining Arctic expedition members with them.
Saturday, April 17, 2010 07:36am

I repeat. Noone ever reached North or South Pole (inc. Attenborough), because it's impossible: they never existed !   

Attenborough reaches North Pole (another Bullshit! LM)
 
http://bigpondnews.com/articles/Entertainment/2010/04/17/Attenborough_reaches_North_Pole_452310.html

Veteran British wildlife broadcaster Sir David Attenborough has reached the North Pole for the first time at the age of 83, the BBC said on Saturday.
The naturalist and presenter made it to the top of the world while filming in the Arctic Circle for a new BBC nature series highlighting the impact of global warming on the Earth's extreme regions.
Attenborough, who also recently visited the South Pole, said: 'The poles - North and South - look superficially very similar.
'But when you visit them within a few weeks of one another, as I have just done, you realise how profoundly different they are and how what is happening to them is going to affect the entire planet,' he added.
'A century ago, the poles were just about the most inaccessible place on Earth. Today that has changed. Nonetheless, to have visited them both within a few weeks of one another is a huge privilege.'
The BBC presenter, the brother of acclaimed actor Richard Attenborough, is famous for acclaimed nature programs including Life on Earth, The Living Planet and The Trials of Life.
Until now, most of his previous programs have focused on tropical parts of the world, he noted.
'Having seen what I've just seen, from penguins to polar bears, from the frozen ocean to snow-covered volcanoes, I can't imagine why I've left visiting these marvellous, astonishing and beautiful places until so late in my life.'
His new series, Frozen Planet, will be broadcast in late 2011.
 Saturday, April 17, 2010 11:19pm



***********************************

We Are All Walk-Ins (or Extraterrestrials, like George Green says) !

There are so many varieties of walking into the physical body, depending on the purpose of the being who is going to occupy this body, depending on the agreement between both Higher Selves, depending on the level of Awareness and Polarity of the being walking into a physical body and many other reasons. One of the other reasons have been discovered by Dolores Cannon during regression of her clients.

There is an interesting information about the exchange of the souls in our bodies, coming from our own Higher Selves.
Gradually from to the old age some parts of your Higher Self would walk into your physical body, starting from less evolved parts till more evolved ones (when there is a need). Less evolved parts of your Higher Self in your body would feel lonely, longing for the joining the Higher Self again, but more evolved parts wouldn't feel lonely, being too busy doing their jobs involving raising the Consciousness!
 At the time when the old soul can't take it any more, the more advanced soul from the same Higher Self would come to the rescue and walk-into the same body, releasing the old soul and that is happening a few times in your lifetime. The same happened in my life: the part soul, which is occupying my body now is not the same I was born with. The change of parts of my Soul is happening constantly.
As a results of my observations I came to conclusion, that mentally retarded or mentally unstable people (their Alters) making excellent subjects for travelling to other Universes, especially, the Universes, which are not related to our Original Universe (like Parallel ones do). These people and animals are able to get to such distant Universes, on such exotic frequencies, that normal people are not able to reach. Some of these Universes are so negative that 100% Lightsiders wouldn't be able to coop with it for one minute. The treatments of mental (and other diseases) can interfere with Cosmic Travels, that's why they are left untreated and instead powerful medications/drugs are given to help the process of Space exploration and process of blending of different energies. It could be the other side to all of this and it could be the reason why there are so many untreated cases and millions of patients are still kept in psychiatric institutions globalwise, inspite of the known and successful methods of curing these diseases. One of these methods is Hemi-Sync, developed and tested (on himself) by Robert Monroe. More about it is on the link  Multiple Personalities
Sometimes we walk into our Higher Selves, who looks like a jelly-fish, an egg-shaped container of Energy floating around Earth and there are millions of them. R.Monroe gave a good description of them in his books. A good sign that you visited your Higher Self is when you have a dream that you were naked and felt ashamed of it. It is because you are getting inside there without your physical body (your 'coat' so to speak) and all your other parts/personalities can see you for what you really are. There you can't hide anything anymore and often feel ashamed. When you have a dream that you lost you wallet with money/bankcards/keys or you are trying to locate your car in a carpark with great difficulty or you are in the lift waiting to come out of it, that would often mean that you are searching for your physical body to enter it after your astral travels to other universes.
We didn't have a physical body on non-physical level before (4th Density) where we've been trained at non-physical school just before starting the Planetary Game on the lower 3rd Density. But we wanted to play this Game. So when there was a time for us to start it, we got the signal to move through what seemed like a tunnel with the light at the end to walk-into a physical 3rd Density body at the time of birth (you are doing the same at the time of death, only in the opposite direction and the light is a Barrier separating 4th Density from 3rd one).
A fascinating information about Rosalind's own birth (her walking-into the physical body at the time of birth) from her book "Cosmic Journeys", which I posted a while ago is on the link:    Rosalind McKnight  .
There is also more evidence now which proves that most of the time it would be another part of you (higher evolved one) walking-into your body and forcing you out of it when there is a need for it.
Robert Monroe, Ruth Montgomery, Alex Collier and other writers were writing in their books about the process of walking-in.
R.Monroe was told by the entities on higher level that "walking-in" is such an ordinary procedure, it's not a big deal and it had been used by them many times.
Another writer gives even more exciting info about our "walking" into a physical body at the time of birth and on other occasions in her books.
Her name is
Dolores Cannon. Here is an extract from one of her books "Between Death and Life", from Chapter 15, Walk-Ins, p. 218-219:
"Does this mean we can never really know a person? Does it mean we can never really know ourselves? This situation impressed upon me quite strongly for the first time the separateness of the different parts of the human being and how little control we truly have over these other parts...
D: You said this occurence (walk-in) is becoming more frequent. Why? Are the pressures of living on Earth are becoming too great?
S: Yes. Plus the fact that those who are walking-in have not gone through the trauma of childhood or birth and they are more open to the influences from this side."
(They don't have to go through birth and childhood, because they are often much higher evolved parts of the same Higher Self. In addition to that, we should never forget that we don't really part with the 4th Density: we are coming back to it every night in our astral body while asleep to attend a school and return back to physical body of the 3rd Density also every day).

"At present and in the future there is a great need for this openness. There are people who shall guide others into the times to come. One of the reasons for the "walking-in" is that there is a shortage of time and a shortage of vehicles.
There must be those who has an open ear, as it were, to the other side. And what better way then if they didn't have to go

through birthing and childhood and forget all of the memories of before? Therefore much good can be done through them. The energy that we bring with us when we are walking-in influences those around us - in many ways that are not always noticeable on the surface. Much important work is being done...
p.221- 223:
When they were cut off from the other side, the knowledge was also cut off. They were no longer thinking in spiritual terms but were becoming involved in the physical...
S: As we mentioned earlier, there are more souls waiting to incarnate than there are bodies to accomodate them. Sometimes there comes a time in an individual's life when he (she) finds that he (she) truly no longer wishes to be in the physical. He (she) has reached a point where the physical weights and cares have dragged the soul to a level from which it cannot sustain itself. And so the individual is given an option to pass over to the other side. There is then made available
the opportunity for an individual on the spirit side to come and inhabit that body. So there would be a mutual exchange of places, so to say. This is very beneficial for both. For you can see the original soul is released to his (her) true home. And that individual on the spirit side is then allowed a vehicle in which to work...(It depends on) whether or not the person is advanced enough to not need the lessons of childhood and birth and to enter into an entity with full memory...
p.225-226
D: Under normal circumstances, can you tell me at what point  or at what time in the progress of the human physical development  does the soul or spirit inhabit the body?
S: ...It could be at the precise moment of fertilization or conception, or perhaps some time removed from the birth experience, so as not to have to experience the trauma of birth. It's entirely up to that individual spirit's choice. It is also determined by what lesson the spirit needs to learn... the life force (for a baby) would perhaps emanate from the mother...
p.215
I have discovered with my work at least two main ways that the entity (you) is born. They may enter the body while it is still in the worm and go through the actual birth if they wish to experience this. They may also remain outside of the baby's body but in close proximity to the mother and merely watch. They have freedom during this time to still go back and forth to the spirit planes (4th Density) as they are not totally tied to the baby yet. The main requirement, no matter which way they choose to do it, is that they enter the baby's body at the first breath. Failure to so can result in stillbirths."

****************************

The Mum 'locked' in Her Own Body

 (This is a very good example of walking-in and it should really be 'walked in' her own body, not 'locked in', LM)

Friday, August 07, 2009 11:20am
http://bigpondnews.com/articles/World/2009/08/07/The_mum_locked_in_her_own_body_360065.html

A 26-year-old British mother-of-two has been left 'locked' in her own body - only able to communicate by blinking.
Michelle's only way to communicate with the outside world is by being read the alphabet and spelling out words by looking up for 'yes' and blinking for 'no'.
Michelle Wheatley, of Stockport, Greater Manchester, suffered a devastating stroke a year ago while bathing her baby daughter, Holly.
She was left paralysed, with her mind intact but unable to move anything apart from her eyes.
Doctors call the condition 'Locked-in Syndrome', which is sometimes described as 'the closest thing to being buried alive'.
Her partner Rick Blease, 25, told Sky News: 'You have just got to get by for Michelle's sake, the kids keep her strong.'
Friends and family have raised 17,000 pounds to better Michelle's situation.
'We're now on a waiting list for the right house in the right area, the money we have raised will go towards making life easier for Michelle and paying for a physio.'
The doctors told us parts of the brain can die or be damaged, we're hoping it is damage that over time can improve.'
The extremely rare condition is typically caused by a stroke in the high part of the brain stem.
The syndrome affects about one in a million people per year.
Professor Mike Barnes, chairman of the United Kingdom Acquired Brain Injury Forum, told Sky News Online:
'It's as if you're chopped off at the brain stem. Everything below ceases to work.'
Locked-in Syndrome was brought to public attention in the award-winning film The Diving Bell and the Butterfly.
This was based on the best-seller by sufferer Jean Dominique-Bauby, who dictated the entire book by blinking."

Man Conscious Throughout 23-year Coma (this is another good example of Walk-in case of either positive or negative ET living in that body, LM).
 
http://bigpondnews.com/articles/OddSpot/2009/11/24/Man_conscious_throughout_23-year_coma_397640.html

An engineering student thought to be in a coma for 23 years was actually conscious the whole time, it has emerged.
Rom Houben was misdiagnosed as being in a vegetative state after a car crash left him totally paralysed.
For the whole time, he was trapped in his own body with no way of letting friends and family know he could hear every word they were saying.
The 46-year-old, who can now tap out computerised messages and read books on a device above his hospital bed, has revealed: 'I screamed, but there was nothing to hear.
'All that time I literally dreamed of a better life. Frustration is too small a word to describe what I felt.
'I shall never forget the day when they discovered what was truly wrong with me - it was my second birth.
'I want to read, talk with my friends via the computer and enjoy life now people know I am not dead.'
His misdiagnosis was discovered by neurological expert Dr Steven Laureys, who fears there may be similar cases all over the world.
He looked at Mr Houben's case again at the University of Liege, Belgium, using state-of-the-art imaging that showed the patient was aware of what was happening around him even though he had lost control of his body.
Dr Laureys, who leads the Coma Science Group, was unavailable for comment when contacted by Sky News Online.
He told the Daily Telegraph: 'In Germany alone each year some 100,000 people suffer from severe traumatic brain injury.
'About 20,000 are followed by a coma of three weeks or longer. Some of them die, others regain health.
'But an estimated 3,000 to 5,000 people a year, remain trapped in an intermediate stage: they go on living without ever come back again.'
Rom, a martial arts enthusiast who remains in constant care at a facility near Brussels, was repeatedly wrongly assessed in Zolder, Belgium, by doctors using technology available at the time.
They used the internationally accepted Glasgow Coma Scale to assess his eye, verbal and motor responses. But each time he was graded incorrectly.
The disclosure is likely to renew the right-to-die debate over whether people in comas are truly unconscious.
There have been several cases where people in deep comas have recovered.
Carrie Coons, 86, from New York, regained consciousness 20 years ago.
Days before her recovery, a judge had granted a request for the removal of her feeding tube which had been keeping her alive.
Tuesday, November 24, 2009 04:52am


**********************************

Connection between Holographic Life Imprints and Multiple Personalities

To compensate for the lack of lives on Earth, One-Timers (and not just them) have to have Imprinted Holographically Lives of other people to be able to play this difficult Planetary Game, to withdraw some ideas from these lives to create their own life.
We all inc. One-Timers remind actors on the stage playing certain roles (in our lives). The Imprinted Lives are taken from Monroe's Library on Focus 27 (or in metaphysical jargon from 'Akashic Records').
I have written before that often other personalities are created with the use of all kinds of pain in an actress/actor for certain roles in Hollywood movies to give a more real performance. In fact, the same is happening to all of us only we don't know about it. Our multiple personalities have been used not just in our real lives, but also in our Holographically Imprinted Lives.
We all have Holographic Life Imprints (not just One-Timers) and we all playing roles on the stage of our own lives as well as, automatically, playing roles of different people in lives which have been holographically imprinted into us. Knowing that we "can have memories of 500 lives, but virtually lived only 5 lives on Earth", it makes it easier to understand why many people don't have memories of other lives (or very little). It's hard to find people like Dolores Cannon to help you with retrieval of your other lives.
What is really fascinating that we interpret and live Holographically Imprinted Lives of others, each one in our own way. We know the script and like actors on the stage adding our own thoughts, hues, emotions and feelings to the lives of those who lived those lives in different bodies (man, woman, child, androgynous, animal, young, old), in different time periods, in different countries, in different dimensions and other Parallel Universes. We add our own energy to that personality and our own appearance. The same life could be imprinted in other people and each one of them would change it a bit their way (character and looks). So if you had a Cleopatra's, Cathrine the Great or Napoleon's Holographic Lives Imprints (and there are many who chose them), then we'll have many different Cleopatras, Cathrines the Great and Napoleons being sent to far corners of this and other universes (their holographic images). The desire to be another Napoleon can also be one of the reasons for epidemic proportions of Self-Importance in people.
The more pain of all kinds you had on Earth, the higher your ability to simultaneously play roles in your own lives as well as imprinted lives of others. Your Higher Self is very much interested in you having a lot of creative energy to play these roles and maybe that is the reason why Radio/TV/Movie/Entertainment industries were always thriving and the images of film/entertainment stars were constantly admired?
According to Dolores Cannon's info we can choose and have any number of lives imprinted into us through life and it's like borrowing DVD's with interesting movies on them from a video library and maybe this is a reason why these video shops are so popular with us? Movies (another type of Imprints) are the aid to have desirable results in our personal development and sent our holographic versions of these movies/concerts/sportive events etc. to different locations of our and other Universes. You use the experiences of others ("self-editing") to develop yourself even further and when you die your life might be imprinted into others if they choose it. I think the same is applied to everyone, but I could be wrong.
For instance, I am not sure if you can have R.Monroe's life to be imprinted into you: it might depend on your level of awareness and also on the level you've been before starting the Game.

Bob reached such heights, his books are covering such advanced topics and many of his thoughts were not allowed to be printed. It could be that thoughts, which were taken out of Bob's books by the censor are present in the books of other writers, covered under the piles of metaphysical/religious nonsense. These thoughts I've been searching for. I would, probably, have to go to a good bookstore/library and wait for a necessary book to fall on my head like it happened to so many.
My observation: if you are the level of numerology/astrology and not higher
, then this kind of book might fall on your head, but if you into Out-Of-Body experiences, then one of R.Monroe's books might fall on your head!

 
Dolores Cannon has written more interesting things about Imprinting of Holographic Lives in us in her book "Between Death and Life", p.204-213. She can explain these things better than I would:

"The radical idea of imprinting  was brought up quite by accident when I happened to ask a male subject a chance question.
D (Dolores): Have you had many lives on this planet Earth?   

S: This is my first physical life, my first true incarnation on this planet. I have had imprints from many others and been assistant to others . However, this is my first true physical incarnation on Earth.
What did he mean? This was confusing because when we first beganworking together we had touched on about four other lives that had definately taken place on this planet. What was going on during those earlier sessions?
D: Then the other ones we discussed were not real?
S: They were imprints and assistances, they were not true physical incarnations.
I have had many startling revelations during my unorthodox pursuit of knowledge, but this really threw me. I have never heard of an imprint. In my work with regressions, either you lived a life or you didn't. The only other alternative is that the subject was fantasizing or imagining the whole thing. I have always prided myself on being able to tell the difference. In everything I have read about possible explanations for the memories of other lives, I had never heard of anything called "imprinting". I was confused. If a life is not considered to be a true physical incarnation, how would I ever know what I was dealing with? 
D: Do you mean that when some souls come into a life, rather than having lived these exact past life experiences, they take... 
S: They can withdraw information from the Akashic records and imprint this information into their soul, and it will then be their
experience.
Other researchers have said that the Akashic records contain no mention of time, only the record of events, emotions and the lessons learned.
D: Well... Can you tell me how I can tell the difference when I do work like this?
S: No, because even I can't tell the difference. If I am in an imprint, that imprint is as real as if I had actually experienced it.
All the emotions, the memories, the feelings, virtually everything about that life is in that imprint. So from my point of view
 I would be unable to tell because I would be completely absorbed in the experience. This is the whole idea of imprint.
This the ability to live thousands, hundreds of thousands of years on a planet and actually never have been there before.

D: What
would be the reason?
S: If one has never experienced a life on Earth before, or if it has perhaps been a long time since the last incarnation, there would be no point of reference, nothing to fall back on or relate to. If one were to come to this planet without the aid of imprints, one would be totally lost. One would not understand customs, religions, politics or how to act in a social environment. This is the necessaty for imprint, if there is no previous earthly experience of human existence in their subconscious. In order for this person to feel comfortable and at easy, there must be something with which to draw on and compare those day-to-day experiences which one is encountering. For if this were not so, the feeling of total out-of-harmony would be virtually present every single day, until there arose that time when one could look back and see some semblance of history. That is, in the later part of life. However, the confusion and disharmony from having to experience would negate any learning, for always there would be the disharmony which all learning would have to filter through. All learning would be colored with this disharmony and would be, in effect, no learning at all. So there must be this imprinting to allow the vehicle to feel comfortable in his new surroundings and in those experiences which would be totally foreign. For even such simple things as an argument would become so terrifying to the vehicle as to render (turn into) him totally void (not active). These innocents have no experience with anger or fear as you know it. It would incapacitate them. It would paralize them. They would be totally traumatized.
 
...Apparently we rely more on our subconscious memories than we realize. It seems to be like a computer bank from which we constantly draw comparisons in our daily lives. According to this new idea, a spirit coming for the first time into an earthly body and facing a strange new culture must have something in their past memories to orient themselves and give them something to relate to. This whole idea was startling to me and opened up an entirely new way of thinking. It could change my whole outlook on reincarnation.
D: But, is there any way when I work with people that I can tell if they are remembering and reliving an actual life or an imprint?
S: We ask why you would wish to know?
D: Well, it's probably to help prove whatever I am trying to prove.
I laughed inwardly,  because it boiled down to: What I'm trying to prove anyhow? He seemed to read my mind.
S: And what are you trying to prove?
I shook my head and laughed in bewilderment. "That's a good question."
S: We will shortly show that you will answer your own question.
D: Well, I am trying to prove the reality of reincarnation, because many people don't believe in the concept. By having someone go through a life and being able to prove that that person did exist in that time period, I am trying to verify
these things. But if someone was remembering an imprint, would we also be able to verify it?
S: That is correct, for the experience was actually lived, even though it was not lived by the vehicle you would be presently speaking to. However, all the information would be the same, as if you had actually been talking to the very soul which had been in that vehicle at that time. Imprints become in reality a part of that soul and are so carried with that soul.
D: Would this be an explanation for the theory that sometimes more than one person appeared to have lived the same previous lifetime? For instance several Cleopatras, several Napoleons. Would imprinting take this into consideration?

I have never had this happened, but it is one of the arguments presented by skeptics.

S: Absolutely. For there is no...(he had difficulty finding the right word) proprietorship to these imprints. They are open to all. And so it becomes useless to try to pinpoint who was actually that person, for it is meaningless.
D: This is one of the arguments people have against reincarnation. They say if we find many people with the same lives, then it can't be true.   

S: They are being challenged to widen their scope of knowledge. They are given facts which contradict their shortsighted beliefs and are so challenged to expand their awareness.
D: Then it doesn't matter if someone was the actual Cleopatra or whoever. We still have access to the information of their life.
S: It can be verified as easily with the actual soul or with one of many hundred others who experienced the same imprint. It makes no difference.
(These kinds of imprints also might explain most females'/males' secret desire to become Queen/King, LM).

D: But would different people perhaps perceive the imprint in a different way? If one person was questioned who had the life as Cleopatra, and another having the same life, would their concept possibly be different?
S: A very good question. We would say that human experience is like a filter and colors these perceptions which pass through it. So if an experience in that Cleopatra incarnation was found objectionable to the conscious of the person relating that, it would either be deleted or changed in order to present it in such a manner as to not cause the disruption of the entity.
That sounds like self-editing. Could this then explain errors that sometimes crop up? ...
D: Would this also explain the question of parallel lives, two lives apparently occuring at the same time or overlapping each other?
S: Yes, this is how the paradox or the contradiction arises about the parallel lives. It is simply a matter of acquiring societal  experiences, laws, regulations, customs, in order to carry out effectively in one's incarnation.
D: Then it doesn't really matter if it can be proved or not, does it?
S: Exactly. What is the point? One could go for millennia in tracing one's "past lives", and in this respect it would be totally useless. However, there is much that can be learned from these recalls. Not only from a personal point of view for the regressee but for those who read and hear of this. Much knowledge that can be shared so there is much use for everyone.
D: By reliving past lives, some people receive some benefit in their personal lives, such as understanding their personal relationships with others.
S: Yes, that's true.
D: How is it decided what imprints you are going to have or someone else is going to have? Are certain imprints chosen for certain individuals?
S: The imprint is determined by what the incarnation's goals are to be. If one were to become a leader, a president, for example, one might have imprints from various levels of leaders, from tribal leaders on up through possibly past presidential leaders, maybe a mayor, maybe a leader of thieves. If the emphasis is on leading, many imprints of a leading nature could be used so that the entity is familiar with the aspect of or the idea of what the job of leading is. There is also the secondary and even tertiary advantage of learning humility, patience, fun and entertainment. All the multitudes of experiences are in these imprints. The method of imprinting is beyond me. The effect is to experience multiple lives, maybe simultaneously, maybe serially. But the effect is to learn lessons from other people experiences. The lessons are shared. The experiences each of us are having in this lifetime now will be available at the end of these lifetimes to be  imprinted for use by anyone who would have a use for them (and if they up to that level, LM).
It is simply borrowing books from  a library if you consider each life a book and reading and understanding it instantly.
D: Are you saying then that the energy of life is as though stored in a book and placed in the library (in the Library on Monroe's Focus 27, LM) and is available to be imprinted into other people's lives if they so desire to use this information?
S: That is accurate. There is no limitation on how many can use one particular life. Thousands of people could imprint the same experience simultaneously.   
D: So it would be possible for me to regress more than one person to a particular life if it just so happened that an imprint was available to both individuals.
S: This is true. The imprints are chosen before the incarnation. There is a method which is far too complex to understand. But you can say that there is a computer, a master computer which has access to all the lives, every one previous. And so the information is fed in of what is to be expected of this life, and the appropriate imprints are then selected and overlaid.
There is a hierarchy of spirits whose job it is to do this. There is a council which oversees this. They assist the soul
(as well as that soul's Higher Self, LM). This computer or council is given all the information regarding the mission and the past experiences of the vehicles with which to draw from... All memory, all thoughts, all senses, everything that a real existing life would have is there intact. It is a hologram, a three-dimensional summation of that lifetime. All experiences, remembrances, emotions are imprinted into that soul and become a part of that soul. This information is then carried after the incarnation is over and is a gift from having lived in this realm of existence and so then becomes part of the permanent record of that soul...
D: I just had an interesting idea. It is rather like doing research in the library, isn't it?
S: Yes, you are given books  on many subjects and with that knowledge in hand you carry forth.
D: But when a person really lives a life they gain much from the day-to-day experience of living that life. Would they gain the same value, so to speak, from the imprint?
S: ...we would say this is not accurate. For the imprint simply gives reference from which to draw...It simply is an added tool with which to work...Were everyone to receive imprints then there would be a standstill in which noone would be experiencing true lives. And there would be nothing, eventually, relative to imprint from. So there is or must be real actual lives being lived with which to add to this record library.
D: Yes, after a while the soul would prefer the shortcuts to the actual experience.
S: For some souls the shortcuts are appropriate; for others they are not...the actual experience would not have been learned...The imprints are available from this source but the individual makes the final decision. the soul has the power to reject if he ( and she, LM) finds an imprint which is not acceptable to him (and her, LM) for whatever reason...there is the progression from body to body. There are also the imprints. Someone may have lived actually 5 lives, but yet have the experience of 500...   
D: In other words, that is information you have at birth and it is utilized by you  during your life.
S: The imprints are complete at the time of birth. But extra imprints are also available whenever necessary. This would be similar to packing luggage for a trip and finding during the trip that one has forgotten something. And so there are stores along the way. Are you familiar with map overlays? For example, you might have the physical boundaries of the United States with no political boundaries such as states or counties. But these would be on transparencies. Each transparency is then laid down in succession and a complete picture is given. This could be used as analogy to imprints. The imprints may be overlaid in many different ways...It can be a traumatic experience such as a death in a family or a loss of one's job or any time where one is open from within by some experience. Be it joyous or grievious or or anywhere in between, the opening of oneself is the key here. And that imprint which is necessary will be neatly fitted in, with no notice whatsoever by the entity (you are that entity, LM). Bu t the fact is you can actually live many lives without ever having an impint.
Imprints are simply aids. They are not necessary for everyone."

But how would you know if you have imprints or not: this is a question? 
We now know that when we die we have to go through the tunnel and cross over the Barrier between physical and non-physical, which is the Light Barrier; the Silver Cord connecting our physical body to the astral one is snatched and there is no way to return to the physical 3rd Density world when you passed the Light Barrier.
But not many people know that we also cross over the Barrier (Light) when we are entering the physical body from  non-physical Density (4th) at the time of birth in physical 3rd Density.


************************************

Chain Reaction


In the book "Far Journeys" written in 1985 in the Chapter 16 ("Gathering"), R. Monroe described a conversation with Inspec friend, when he was taken to the Future Event called Earth Planetary Shift. Then his Inspec friend told him that out of a number of possibilities, could be one that our Universe would lose 3rd Density (Time-Space) and would create a chain reaction for other physical Universes to follow the same, meaning the loss of 3rd Density in them too.
And that has already been happening. Andromedans, through Alex Collier, told us that four other Universes went into Shift and that happened roughly in the middle of 90's.
The completion of the Universal Shift is supposed to culminate in December 2013 and I hope what needed to be achieved by the Evolution, will be achieved.
Here is the extract from "Far Journeys", p.231:

"It is long past such point. It will occur (the Shift, LM). The interest lies in the result. It is best symbolized to you as a convergence of a great number of possibilities which emerge as several probabilities and few possibilities. One of such probabilities may alter not only your time-space but all adjoining energy systems as well. Therefore the wide interest.
In human terms, still symbolized, the gathering is here to observe the possible birth of a new energy. Will it survive the birth process, and if so, what are the potentials inherent in such energy that will predict accurately the same at maturity? Or will the energy arrive stillborn, and all the possibilities remain no more than that— weak uncoordinated possibilities?)"


The combination of all the races on Earth (positive, negative and us)and the Energy of Earth in all the timelines is that New Energy!
Don Juan, the teacher of Carlos Castaneda, told him on more than one occasion, that we were "Mysterious Beings" and he was right! 
The Andromedans call us "Royalty" for things we are able to do and they are right again!

Robert Monroe was saying that there is nothing we can't do and he was also right!
Here is what R.Monroe said to a group of participants of one of the programs at his Institute in 1986, described by the author of the book "Catapult: The Biography of Robert A.Monroe" Bayard Stockton, one of those participants, p.15:
"Who are we? We're an energy form...Like a vortex or tornado. Always in action, not lying idle...We're talking about those highly complex waveforms that are YOU...I challenge you to find out: What is your Ultimate Illusion?"
And his answer was: "The Ultimate Illusion is that a man or a woman has limitations..."
And we would agree with all of them if we only knew the whole Truth about us.
"That Sunday evening, he (Bob) continues," You wouldn't be here (as a participant of a program at TMI) unless you were pretty well accelerating towards escape velocity. It's not accidental that some of you are Here to remember There. Gateway (program) brings intense knowledge of self, gets the ego under good control...It's a multipurpose guidance system designed to get past unconscious fear of the Unknown...Get over the barrier we all have - fear of the Law of Change...and to make change exciting...The Path - To reach for Adulthood. The Road - Maturity: A number of illusions are let go. You release your unconnected responsibilities. The Highway - Wisdom. How do you measure it? ... The Interstate - Freedom."
It's the Interstate (Cosmos exploration, LM) that Monroe seeks to have Gateway graduates travel thenceforth. The only requirment is that you bring curiosity. And have fun!"


Interesting fact : Mother in russian is 'Mat' and this is the beginning of the word 'Maturity'.

Simultaneously you (parts of you) could be participating in a few other physical (3D) Planetary Games in this and other physical (3D) Universes, which could have also planet Earth with or without Planetary Game taking place in which you might be participating. Unless you graduated all physical Planetary Games in which you participated and done all your lessons in the 3rd and hardest density, you can't move higher. In this case you need to lose your physical body not just in this physical Universe, but in all the other physical Universes you had a life. So you needn't be surprised to lose your physical life just on this Earth, but also in other Timelines. A good example of it you can find in "The Mars Force: Pat's Story" written by Stephanie and Michael Relfe and posted on their and this websites, see :  More Truths About Women  and  "The Mars Records" S&M Relfe info
In "Pat's Story" Pat (a female) was forced to psychically kill a general in this Timeline as well as another 4 different Timelines. And because it's happening all the time, everywhere, so many movies turned up on the market these days portraying this.
It seems to me when people talk or write about Alternative Timelines, they really mean physical (3D) Parallel Universes, because Time and Space belongs only to the 3rd Density physial Universes. And knowing that we all have Alters (other parts of ourselves, of our souls), who could be physically different from the original version or on the contrary the exact physical copies of you occupying other physical Parallel Universes, you would start getting an idea of your size and a power of your energy when you join all your parts together.
The Universal Shift in our physical (3D) Universe on 23 March in 1994 started a chain reaction and one after another some physical Parallel Universes went into Shifts too. How many physical Universes had their Shifts and how many will have I don't know, but it's sure getting messier and messier every day and as a result we have crises on all the levels. And that's good, because after sorting things out things would get much more balanced! It means the cleaning process is taking place, because the previous state of some Universes has been unbalanced (more negative than it should be).
At the End of each physical Planetary Game the Energy of the planet becoming closer to Balance than in other times. And the harvested  "Loosh" (Balance/Unconditional Love ), genetic and other physical materials and other energies from this kind of planet will have that special highly balancing quality. All of this is used for creating another physical Universe and it is never ending process!
There is an interesting information about the councils running the galaxies and the whole Universe given to us by Dolores Cannon in her book "Between Death and Life", p.203:
"I have been told that in addition to the general council, there are also numerous levels of councils above them. I don't know if there is any limit, as I have been told of universal councils that are over entire universes and also councils on the Creator level (Creative Force level, LM). The ones on that level are considered co-creators...and work on creating new universes or whatever is needed, ad infinitum.
I think it would be impossible to expect our mortal minds to grasp or understand even a portion of what it is really all about. But it is fascinating to realize that there is more to it then we ever dreamed possible."



**************************************

R.Monroe's Views on Global Crises


There are so many writers, who have been writing about Global calamities and for so long, like: Nostrdamus, Edgar Cayce etc. and I want to remind you that R.Monroe knew about it too, but didn't want to create more fear, than it was already created.
There is an interesting definition of the word "Crisis" given to Bob Monroe by one of his Inspec friends and written by Bob in his book "FAR JOURNEYS", in chapter 16 called "Gathering", p. 231-232:

"(There is a human oriental symbol for crisis which is composed of two subsymbols indicating danger and opportunity.
The Event
(the Universal Shift, LM) in human and physical earth terms is definitely a point of crisis. It is quite valid that
as to human existence both danger and opportunity will be present in extreme degrees.)

Danger? Physical danger? Mental? The . . .
(Those are the possibilities, the exact nature of which will be determined by the Event itself. Whatever your percept may be is one of the possibilities. One or several will occur.)
The other side, the opportunity.
(That is the key to the understanding of the Event. It will offer human consciousness a rare potential to emerge rapidly into a unified intelligent energy system that will range far beyond your time-space illusion, creating, constructing, teaching as only a human-trained graduate energy is able to do.)"

"Catapult: The Biography of Robert A.Monroe" was written in 1989 by Bayard Stockton, a close friend of R. Monroe and his family. Bayard was one of his students into the exploration of the Unknown. He participated in a few workshops at The Monroe Institute. There is an interesting information on p. 271- 273 in this book about why Bob never talked about coming crises, though he knew about them very well:

"Bob talks quietly of the consensus (collective opinion) of reputable seers, channelers, people of insight, that grave times are ahead as the millennium wanes (passes).

Bob: "My Non-Physical Friends tell me practically every day: 'Don't you see it? It's coming. The Wave of Change is building. It's visible now, and it's going to get a lot bigger. ' "

Is Bob, at root, talking about Earth Changes, such as those channeled by Edgar Cayce, in the sense of massive geological upheaval?
 
Bob: "It doesn't look like it, as it's presented to me. I see empty cities. Economic collapse. (that's what started happening in the USSR in the 90's, LM). My Friends tell me, 'If you believe anything less, you're kidding yourself.' Our economy is based on the fact that if we don't buy more in 1990 than we did in 1989, the country's in trouble. We're conned into unnecessary buying. Our "democracy" allows the predators to work, because 'that's the way it always has been.' All men (and women, LM)  are not created equal. One Man, One Vote is a concept we have been sold emotionally. How much pressure can our civilization take? When too many pots boil over...I think we have 10 years, maximum...We're a domino system. The message is, 'Enjoy what you have now. Now is the time. Soon enough there won't be any.' "

Is the Supra-Conscious issuing a license to be escapist, hedonistic (desire for pleasure and avoidence of pain), thus encouraging the Decline and Fall? That, of course, was not the intent. It was a purely personal message for Bob Monroe.
Why did Monroe not go public with warnings?  Others have been saying the same.
Bob: "Consciousness can help, 'But I don't know of any single event that would cause even an appreciable segment of the population to achieve Conscious awareness'..."
Those are the words of someone who might be called the rankest (complete) cynic. Yet Bob Monroe's statement merits examination. Serious people are convinced he does voyage to There (higher densities, LM) and come back with information which is arguably not solely of his own imagining.
Bob: "The only way you can superimpose another reality on humans is to hit them repeatedly with that two-by-four between the eyes."
(I don't know what Bob meant. I remember how Don Juan was forcefully hitting Carlos Castaneda between the shoulder blades to move the Assemblage Point and to make him to change the dimension, but we all are so afraid of pain!  LM).
...basic issues raised by Monroe's outright questioning of the God concept. Bob would never engage in a doctrinal argument with a believer in God. As always, he says, "Don't take it from me; go out there and see for yourself," which is a very humble suggestion. He even gives Gateway students the key to the Library, the repository (a warehouse) of all Knowledge. It's not the act of an ego-driven dogmatist who has much to protect. Monroe truly wishes other would join him out There to overcome the loneliness of his position, and report back to Mankind (and Womankind, LM) what they learn.
Monroe's quiet contention is that he has gone beyond belief to the Knowing...Monroe has flatly told Gateway audiences the main task of the non-physical Friends is to protect and help the Explorers. If people were able to overcome their inculcated (instilled) defenses and try to accept what they could understand of Bob's own Know System (from his books, LM), there would still be the problem of language. All of what he observes and all communication when Bob is exploring is non-verbal. Translation into human language and therefore into our understanding is difficult at best.
Bob: "Anything less than catastrophe probably won't change our awareness. I secretly think that's why it's going to happen." 

Look at the suppression of the materials given by Robert Monroe, especially his last book "Ultimate Journey" and his first 2 books are now sold with the new meaningless covers, which are not just changing the main idea of the author to show you your Total Self on the cover, but also makes you think what else is changed in the book and why the publishers decided to change the covers of these books in the first place? My advise is to buy older editions of R.Monroe books.

************************************************

" The organized (M) Field radiation of a single individual (a woman or a man) can, if broad-banded enough, could be many thousands times greater than that of the group"
   R.Monroe

The human (a woman or a man) aspect can be adjusted in focus to a much more concentrated point, offering potentials of power and action too immense and unfathomable (too deep to be measured) to be considered lightly. Second, the other, nonhuman forms of the same energy system might be drawn upon if the need arises. With the above tucked away, it is possible to get to the "hands on" (direct experience) phase.      R.Monroe

"Enjoy your life in the System, maximize your highs and lows—but don't become addicted. Get through being angry at how the system works, the seeming inequities, the unfair advantages, the brutalities, the callousness, the deceit. It's a predator world by design—and it's a superb teaching machine"   R.Monroe           
(means the Planetary Game, LM)

                                                                                                              
"Yet you would not know of it as a freedom if you had not experienced the repression..."  R.Monroe

This is our duty to help to establish another planet (Second 'Earth') and to prepare the population of Earth (non graduates) for a new Planetary Game, which, perhaps, already started in another 3 D Universe, before the Earth Graduation to a higher density will take place! Lydia Monroe

Addiction to Exploration of Universes

My personal memories of explorations of Universes are still blocked, but other writers described the same subject in their books. Here is an extract covering this subject very well from "Catapult: The Biography of Robert A.Monroe" by Bayard Stockton, p.212-213:
"Exploring is, as Bob (Monroe) says, addictive. Sometimes, an experienced Explorer is so eager, he (and she) goes into Altered State as soon as he/she steps over the threshold of the Lab building (of The Monroe Institute). Others are off, voyaging from the Booth, as soon as they are hooked up, and before the monitor can scramble back to the control board. Explorers often don't want to come back from their trips, any more than do Gateway voyagers."

Astral Projection
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JtGG58g7I5s&feature=related


Separation of Second Body from the Physical
Separation of Second Body from the Physical

before the OBE

Second Energy Body inside the Physical   movement of Second Body from physical
Second Body is moving out of the physical body during OBE

Silver Energy Cord is attached to the OPhysical Body

Silver Energy Cord is joining the Physical and Second Bodies

"It's the lure, the knowing," says Monroe; they become too ecstatic over the incredibly beautiful things they behold. The monitor is there to ground them gently, skillfully using the Hemi-Sync signal. 

Rita Warren says the Explorers "don't run into evil energies while they are out there. We don't know why ; maybe there aren't any such things."She tentatively ascibes this security to the Explorers' consistent use of the Gateway Affirmation, and to the belief system, which most Explorers have adopted.
"When they go out, they may be in awe of what they see, but they're not in fear."
Some have run up against the Barrier, which takes various forms, and which bars progress until the Explorer herself/himself has overcome her/his limitations. But the Barrier is not a source of fear.
What happens when you "go out"? Rita describes the experience:"An Explorer may observe a non-physical guide, or may not. It is usually a presence which can speak to you directly or take you to a source of information. Some say they are guides and have been in physical life previously; some are part of a soul cluster and may move on beyond.
"Other Explorers go directly. There are all sorts of energy nodules (lumps) in the energy stream. It's difficult to conceptualize and describe. There is an unlimited number of forms in which energies can come through. We try to get the Explorers not to linger with the first ones they run into. Bob thinks a lot of them are there, on plane close to Earth, to expunge (to annihilate, to erase) their own guilt." One Explorer encountered an entity who had been a chemist under Hitler's regime, and wanted to pay his debt to mankind (and womankind).
There appear to be two types of energies which are channeled to the Institute. Those which are "fixed" and are always available to a particular Explorer, and the type which can only be described as the "Energy Flow", a limitless source of knowledge and wisdom. The second category is available to all who can make contact.
Rita says of the latter, "It seems that whenever you tap into the Energy Flow, what you get is appropriate for that time and place and person. There are various kinds of aspective (particular) energies available, and we can tap into any of them. We can get over-identified with some aspective energies, to the exclusion to others..."
    


Disease Called: "Selfishness and Self-Importance"
 
"Self-importance can't be fought with niceties" Don Juan

In "Ultimate Journey", p.11 Bob Monroe wrote:
"In the out-of-body mind-consciousness, all of what we are shows 'up front' and out in the open, so to speak. There is no sub- or nonconsciousness hidden under layers of restraint. Thus there cannot be any deceit or deviousness because all of us is on display. Whatever we are, we radiate the facts. There is always some carryover (a layer of mind-control, LM) from our physical thought and conditioning, which we eventually release and reject if it gets in the way."
The same thing was said by Andromedans through Alex Collier and he wrote it in his book, which is on our site:  "Defending Sacred Ground"

Like my sister and brother I inherited diseases from my mother and father called "Selfishness and Self-Importance". All of them died carring this disease with them and I thought the same would happen to me too. These diseases are carried by our Parallel Personalities, not by your Core Self you are born with. You know, you can be very educated in many ways, even spiritual ways and still carry this disease. All kinds of addictions (especially addictions to money and power), self-importance, inflated ego are the signs of this disease, apart from other hidden signs and you came to this Earth to work out how to get rid of this number one disease. Earth is a tough school. It's not anybody's Home planet, it's a School of Compressed Learning and there are many such schools in our and Parallel Universes. Everyone came from someplace else! Alex Collier and many other writhers have been saying it for years. Selfishness is like a virus.  You can't see it, but you can feel it everywhere: at home with your family members, at the parliament/council among politicians or in the army, at work with collaborators, in the street or a beach, while driving a car/boat or using public transport etc. Most adults and children/teenages of both genders have this disease.
The best cure from this disease is to start caring for something or someone and that includes plants/animals/children/adults 
(if caring about Earth is too hard for you). Our Total Selves are arranging for us such situations till we start changing and getting rid of this disease and white "Loosh", the energy of genuine Love, will start pouring from us. But there are some tough cases that even that doesn't help.
This is another reason why marriages have been designed and promoted. This is an often tough experience, but it is a very effective remedy from Selfishness, especially if you have children and sick (disabled, mentally retarded) members of the family to look after and the more of that the faster you will be cured and start expressing genuine love or at least interest towards people, animals, plants and surroundings.
I know some men would not be happy about this idea especially people like
"Matrix 5" author, who is full of selfishness (the idea of love/loosh gives him epileptic fits).
In my personal case my marriage was too slow to change me, but when I gave a birth to our son, then slowly, with a lot of struggle, I started recovering from Selfishness and occasionally expressing love. Then later, to my horror I noticed that my son inherited my disease of Selfishness in a very pronounced form: he didn't even bother to hide it, doesn't want to change and this is the reason that he has no girlfriend and his health started deteriorating. Pain is another way to speed up the recovery from Selfishness from our Total Selves' point of view.
Providing for the family (and it's not done by males alone: there've millions of abused and looked upon single mothers all through the history of this planet) is the first step in the direction towards recovery, but that alone would not cure Selfishness/Self-Importance. The number of children, pets, domestic animals, plants or people at work or in the family to look after (without greed or power being involved) would speed up the recovery.
Let's have a look who is mainly involved in this kind of care: older women. Percentagewise older women have less of this disease Selfishness, than men, but things are started slowly changing with all kinds of crises: more men are loosing their jobs, looking for a partner to live together or get married and, stay at home and look after children/grandchildren and pets, helping sick women or men and slowly recovering from Selfishness.
Selfishness has many disguises and sometimes it's hard to detect and find a way to cure it and if you still have hardships, then maybe you inherited the same disease called Selfishness and Self-Importance, but hardships are the way to cure it.

Often there is a tyrant in a family and it could be a child or an adult. A tyrant is an ultimate example of selfishness, making all the others to serve him/her. Often more educated adults in the family are trying to find a solution to the tyrant problem in books blaming pollution, vitamin deficiency and finding hundreds of other reasons making a person a tyrant, but their findings and their help usually have a small effect on a tyrant. The main thing is that everything in life has a reason. Tyrants are not an accident: they are deliberately placed by our Higher Selves in families or at work to give more hardships to those who are slow to change towards being more balanced person and often these people are either religious or Lightsiders/Darksiders. Vitamins, in the case like that, aren't going to cure a person from selfishness and inflated egos, but hardships will and the more the better, they will make a person humble. Carlos Castaneda was given an advice by Don Juan , "If you want to progress in life faster, then find a tyrant in your life and live with him/her for years!"
And an advice from me (which you don't have to follow): overcome your fear of a tyrant, become more knowledgable and firm, stand in your Truth towards a chronic tyrant, till he/she will understand and become more humble. You develop your tolerance towards Negative Energy attacks (the result of mixing Positive and Negative Energies). Tyrants only exist, when they see someone weak and ignorant, that's why you yourself need to change and you might see immediate positive results. Wedge is taken out by hitting it with another wedge. That seems to be an effective way to teach them a lesson. You are often dealing with a negative alien force stuck to a personality and that force is not visible, but it is pushing all the buttons. This is called 'to be possessed'. This is all comes to training the new players for another Planetary Game and for your own progress. You are not just teaching a tyrant , a person, a human being how to become more modest, patient and balanced, but you are also training another, invisible negative entity (stuck to a tyrant) and also yourself to achieve the same things. In other words you are doing a triple job teaching 3 beings. Millions of other humans are doing the same: training future humans for another Planetary Game on another planet! Dolores Cannon has some thoughts on Self-Importance, p.655, "Convoluted Universe", book 2:
"We are so self-centered that we think we are the most important and that everything revolves around us, mostly because we don't understand what life really is. I have found that everything
contains the spirit, the spark of life. This is because everything is energy. It's only vibrating at a different (faster or slower) frequency. In our striving towards a higher spiritual form, we have passed through many of these so called "lesser" forms. We have been minerals, dirt, rocks, plants and animals before incarnating in a human form. We are curious spirits and we needed to experience these and learn from them before we were ready to experience lessons in a more complex (although denser) physical body. I have found that everything is alive, including the Planet Earth. But if the Earth itself is alive, does it stop there? I have been told that it goes beyond this even further out into the cosmos. We are all part of a larger living and functioning being, which we call the Universe. This means that the Universe itself is an organized, huge something that is alive and has feelings."
Carlos Castaneda and Don Juan found that too. Many men, perhaps, themselves meet and deal with numerous petty tyrants in a form of ET/man/woman/pet-animals/domestic and wild animals. The readers also occasionally are playing roles of Petty Tyrants and their dogs too. And what many don't know, that at the time of a heated argument people don't notice how they phase to another dimension, another Parallel Earth. And often the argument is staged by Low Astrals to look natural and to cause our Assemblage Points to shift to a necessary position to direct us to a certain world (not just go haywire). I advise you to watch closely a delightful, one of the rare, modern Turkish movies "A Song of Sparrow", these occasional transitions to other realities and back, watch a slow change in the Man. One of the most important abilities for a shaman/sorcerer is the ability to phase (R. Monroe's expression) into other Universes, travel there, observe and come back. Don Juan was teaching Carlos Castaneda to achieve this ability for many years.
Don Juan had to become Castaneda's Petty Tyrant from time to time, because he knew that Petty Tyrants is the best and the fastest way to teach to move yourself to other worlds consciously (he himself, learned it from his teacher, a Petty Tyrant too). And the more pain this Petty Tyrant gives to someone, the faster that person is progressing. I am not cruel and don't wish a Petty Tyrant for anyone, but this is just my observation. Self-Importance, noone could write better about Self-Importantce, than Carlos Castaneda (from his own experience). Here is an extract from his "The Fire From Within", which is available in electronic form on our website on  Carlos Castaneda Books 3   link.


Petty Tyrants

The 1st part, the 2nd part is on the link  The Meaning of Pain :
"We have nothing to discuss about la Gorda or anybody else," he said. "I told her that just to provoke her enormous self-importance. And it worked. She is furious with us" ... Half-complaining, I told him that he had made me feel very uncomfortable by refusing to talk to me for the past two days. He looked at me and arched his brows. A smile played on his lips and vanished. I realized that he was letting me know I was no better than la Gorda.
"I was provoking your self-importance," he said with a frown. "Self-importance is our greatest enemy. Think about it - what weakens us is feeling offended by the deeds and misdeeds of our  fellow men. Our self-importance requires that we spend most of our lives offended by someone.
"The new seers recommended that every effort should be made to eradicate self-importance from the lives of warriors I have followed that recommendation, and much of my endeavors with you has been geared to show you that without self-importance we are invulnerable...
...her righteous indignation at having been refused and made to look like a fool..." I wouldn't be surprised if she barges in on us here, at the park bench..."
As I listened his eyes suddenly became very shiny. I was thinking to myself that he seemed to be on the verge of laughter and there was no reason for it when I was startled by an abrupt, painful slap on the right side of my face. I jumped up from the bench. La Gorda was standing behind me, her hand still raised. Her face was flushed with anger.
"Now you can say what you like about me and with more justification," she shouted. "If you have anything to say, however, say it to my face!" Her outburst appeared to have exhausted her, because she sat down on the cement and began to weep. Don Juan was transfixed with inexpressible glee. I was frozen with sheer fury. La Gorda glared at me and then turned to don Juan and meekly told him that we had no right to criticize her. Don Juan laughed so hard he doubled over almost to the ground. He couldn't even speak. He tried two or three times to say something to me, then finally got up and walked away, his body still shaking with spasms of laughter. I was about to run after him, still glowering at la Gorda: at that moment I found her despicable - when something extraordinary happened to me. I realized what don Juan had found so hilarious. La Gorda and I were horrendously alike. Our self-importance was monumental. My surprise and fury at being slapped, were just like la Gorda's feelings of anger and suspicion. Don Juan was right.
The burden of self-importance is a terrible encumbrance. I ran after him then, elated, the tears flowing down my cheeks. I caught up with him and told him what I had realized. His eyes were shining with mischievousness and delight. "What should I do about la Gorda?" I asked. "Nothing," he replied. "Realizations are always personal."..."Self-importance can't be fought with niceties,"...
He said that seers, old and new, are divided into two categories. The first one is made up of those who are willing to exercise self-restraint and can channel their activities toward pragmatic goals, which would benefit other seers and man in general. The other category consists of those who don't care about self-restraint or about any pragmatic goals. It is the consensus among seers that the latter have failed to resolve the problem of self-importance.
"Self-importance is not something simple and naive," he explained. "On the one hand, it is the core of everything that is good in us, and on the other hand, the core of everything that is rotten. To get rid of the self-importance that is rotten requires a masterpiece of strategy. Seers, through the ages, have given the highest praise to those who have accomplished it."
I complained that the idea of eradicating self-importance, although very appealing to me at times, was really incomprehensible; I told him that I found his directives for getting rid of it so vague I could not follow them. "I've said to you many times," he said, that in order to follow the path of knowledge one has to be very imaginative. You see, in the path of knowledge nothing is as clear as we'd like it to be."
Don Juan said then that in the strategic inventories of warriors, self-importance figures as the activity that consumes the greatest amount of energy, hence, their effort to eradicate it.
"One of the first concerns of warriors is to free that energy in order to face the unknown with it," don Juan went on. "The action of rechanneling that energy? Impeccability."
He said that the most effective strategy was worked out by the seers of the Conquest, the unquestionable masters of stalking. It consists of six elements that interplay with one another. Five of them are called the attributes of warriorship: control, discipline, forbearance, timing, and will. They pertain to the world of the warrior who is fighting to lose self-importance. The sixth element, which is perhaps the most important of all, pertains to the outside world and is called the petty tyrant...
"A petty tyrant is a tormentor," he replied. "Someone who either holds the power of life and death over warriors or simply annoys them to distraction."
Don Juan had a beaming smile as he spoke to me. He said that the new seers developed their own classification of petty tyrants; although the concept is one of their most serious and important findings, the new seers had a sense of humor about it. He assured me that there was a tinge of malicious humor in every one of their classifications, because humor was the only means of counteracting the compulsion of human awareness to take inventories and to make cumbersome classifications..."
To eradicate Self-Importance we all need to become homeless, inc. Jews and all other negative races on Earth. Good Luck with your endeavours!


Focus Point

shooting Rays over Pacific

For many years I've been seen the same picture: people (males and females) who are so involved with their physical life, like nothing else exists. Their Focus Point is the size of a dot and usually on themselves or their family or pets at best. Sometimes the Focus Point can become wider: on their nation or planet Earth. Jews, usually, don't go further, than their Nation and their religion. For the Planet of Leaders that wouldn't do!

Everyone's Focus Point needs to become our Universe and its Transformation to the Source of All Life!
They are not interested in building themselves up (and I don't mean the physical body), but in building/maintaining their houses and their physical life. They have no interest in other people and their children or their pets, not to mention our sun, solar system, planet, galaxy or the universe. And then they are bittely surprised why life starts shaking them with court sessions/car accidents/diseases/heart attacks and other life-racking events. They maybe happy with the way they are, but not their Higher Selves on a higher level who is consrtantly watching them. And until these people get the message to change, to start searching for the answers and preparing for the move to a higher density, their own Higher Selves would always add more of similar life-lessons. I remember I was in a similar situation for years. My advice is: brake this hypnotic spell you are in! People, who are only concerned with themselves, are very unhappy people, and they are making people around them very unhappy. They seems to be frozen in that state for years.
They think that they would live forever in this physical reality, gain possessions/money; they are not ready to make a leap into a higher non-physical level. Self-Importance and Fears are the things they need to brake up to start making their Focus Point wider. There are many who already succeeded. Writers like R. Monroe, Carlos Castaneda, Alex Collier and William Buhlman had a pretty wide Focus Point: they were interested in Humanity as a whole, in non-human entities and in the events happening in the whole Universe. Focus Point of remaining Humanity needs to concentrate on leaving the old Earth all together and move to the New Earth in another dimension, if you don't move to a higher level before that. This Planet is not going to be livable, as soon as Earth Planetary Spirit graduates to a higher non-physical level. R.Monroe hinted in "Far Journeys" about the situation we are in right now, when the whole human population would have to leave the planet Earth to a higher density. They just were waiting for a certain moment. Here is some very appropriate excerpt from Dolores Cannon's "Convoluted Universe" book 2, p.630, though I find her writings sometimes unbearably religious and full of Lightsider's metaphysical rubbish: you need to be discerning:

"This was part of a longer session in 2002 where the subject had a connection with extraterrestrials...
P (the subject): Uh, they’re moving me ... forward. They’re moving my body. ... I’m getting dizzy.
I gave calming suggestions so she would not have any physical effects. She calmed down and stabilized. The feeling of motion dissipated. This experience has also happened to other subjects I have worked with, when they are moved too quickly through time and space.
D (Dolores): What are they showing you now?
P: All I see is light. It’s just a brilliant explosion of light right now. There are different colors in the light. The planet (Earth) is being bombarded with a special light and it contains different colors. And these different colors affect the consciousness of people in different ways, but it not only affects people. It affects plants and animals and rocks and water and everything. It’s a certain type of white light, and it has all types of colors in it. And it changes and moves and it permeates the very core of the planet. I see it’s coming from the core of the planet. They shoot it down from, I guess, the ships, and it touches the core of the planet and it bounces out from the core and affects everything from an inward to an outward movement. If you were standing on the planet, you would feel the energies coming through your feet and coming out through the top of your head.
D: The opposite of what it usually does.
P: This is different. It’s coming from the ships to the core of the planet and then it’s bouncing back up. And it’s affecting the whole planet. They don’t want us to blow ourselves up.
D: Is this something that is happening in 2002, or is it happening in the future?
P: This is the future. They’re going to do it! To correct the alignment in the planet to keep anything bad from happening. 2006.
D: 2006. Will we have gotten the planet more out of alignment by this time?
P: Yes, yes... It’s going to get out of its orbit. And that will affect the rest of the cosmos. So by them directing these energies to the core of the planet, it’s going to come back up, and that will correct the alignment. And when it corrects the alignment, it will also correct many other things on the planet. It will help the flooding, the droughts and things like that... There’s not going to be an annihilation of this planet. The council makes sure that it won’t happen. The beings are down here on the planet watching, and they know what’s going on and they know who’s doing it and they can affect them. It’s not that we can’t intervene, we’re not allowed to intervene.
D: Because there’s some things you can’t do.
P: That’s right, but we can watch.  And we know who’s doing it.
D: But whenever the planet gets to the point that man has damaged it so much, that’s when you can help?
P: That’s when we’re going to send these... I see multi-colored lights. It’s like multi-colored shafts of energy and they’re being shot down into the core of the planet. And then they bounce back out and it affects the whole planet and it will keep the planet in alignment.
D: Is this being done by many ships?
P: It’s a confederation. I see many. I see different levels or classifications of beings affecting the planet. We’re involved in that. There are many, many beings.
D: So it’s a massive job.
P: A confederation. Yes, yes.
D: But isn’t it dangerous to shoot things at the core of the planet. Hasn’t something gone wrong before when that happened?

I was thinking of the destruction of Atlantis. This was partially caused by scientists focusing the energy from the giant crystals downwards to the center of the Earth. Too much energy was created, and contributed to the earthquakes and gigantic tidal waves.

P: This is not what you think. This is pure light energy. And the only effect it will have on the planet is good. It will not harm the planet.
D: I was thinking of what they did in Atlantis.
P: This is not the same thing. It’s hard for me to explain. This is done on a soul level. It’s like pure divine energy. It’s not the energy in Atlantis. The energy in Atlantis was done through atomic power. This is the energy that has been created that is done through light. It’s not done through the separation through molecular structures. This is something we have created, and we send it from the Source. Anything from the Source is good and it’s not going to harm the planet. It’s going to do what we want it to do. And we’ve been allowed to do this. It is because the planet has caused this that we are taking this action. It’s necessary.
D: Isn’t this interference?
P: No! We cannot interfere with the people here. We can’t come down and bully them and tell them what to do. But we can bring our ships and we can point this energy at the core of the Earth. We can do things like this. This is actually on a soul level. So therefore, we are not interfering with the .... people here. Everyone here has a ... purpose, and we are not interfering with that. We’re not allowed to. We don’t do that.
D: Do the people on Earth see this when it happens? (I saw it and posted the picture of it, LM).
P: They feel it. In other words, they’ll go through the transformation. And they won’t realize what’s happened to them. Some of them will realize. Those who are sensitive will know that something has happened. But many on the planet will just go on in their normal lives, and they will be lifted up and they will be changed and the Earth will be changed. The rocks and the water, but they’ll just go on existing... We can’t do that. We’re doing this on a soul level, but it’s not affecting their Earth lives.... We’re not bothering that.
D: But the Earth has to get to a certain point before you’re allowed to do this.
P: 2006. It’s getting bad.

To find out more about the grand experiment that mankind has been involved in since its beginning, see my books. KEEPERS OF THE GARDEN and THE CUSTODIANS.

P: We have to do this. The whole planet was destroyed many times. You know about Atlantis, there have been many other explosions, floods. This is something that we can’t allow to happen at this time, because it’s going to affect the rest of the cosmos. And the Earth is coming a little more out of alignment. And we will be putting the planet, not only back in alignment, but we will also help cleanse and clear the genetic structure of everything and everyone on the planet. And this has been put forth, and it’s been agreed upon, and it will be done. Because mankind has reached the point that it will not be cleaned up soon enough before it destroys the genetic makeup that we created.
D: So it only has to get out of alignment just a little before it will affect the other...
P: It’s already affected other... not only civilizations in a physical realm that you know, but also on higher planes. That’s why we’re going to do this.

The various universes are so interwoven and interconnected that if the rotation or trajectory of one is disturbed, it affects all the others. In the extreme case, this could cause all the universes to collapse on themselves and disintegrate. This is one of the reasons for the monitoring of the Earth by Ets. To detect any problems caused by our negative influences and alert the other galaxies and universes so countermeasures can be initiated. They have to know what the Earth is up to, so the rest of the universes, galaxies, and dimensions can protect themselves and survive.

D: I thought if you were to have a massive project like that on Earth, people would be able to see all these ships.
P: ... No, you can’t see our ships. We’re in different dimensions. There are many different vibrational rates. You won’t even be able to see the light, but it’s there. At some time, your scientists will be able to measure this type of energy. At some point, the scientists will be able to determine that we are in the atmosphere, and they’ll see our ships. They will have machines and devices so they can determine where our ships are. But they don’t have that technology right now, because we’ve moved across the veil and we’re in - shall we call it - an astral realm. It’s a higher level than that, but in the future they will have machines that can see it.
D: But they will know something is happening to the energy levels. That something is changing.
P: It will change, and the people will change, but they’re not going to be aware of what has happened. It’s going to be
a big Event,
but they’re not going to be able to discern it on a physical level. On a soul level, they can tell. Subconscious level they’ll know, but not on a conscious level, because you’re thinking of a physical energy. This is not physical energy, this is ... soul energy. And it operates within a different dimension than you’re thinking. It’s very different.
D: So the people will feel it, but they won’t see it. They’ll just know that something is happening to their bodies.
P: Some will know. Those that are sensitive will know that something has happened, but they won’t know what. And that’s what we want. We don’t want to disrupt anything.
D: How will this affect the human body?
P: It will prevent the decay of the genetic material DNA within the body. Like I said, it’s becoming damaged and we can’t have that. We can’t have a whole race of people damaged. The energy will change the DNA genetic structure of the humans so that it will be more perfect. That’s what we really want. We want the humans on the planet to be in perfect harmony. Not only with themselves, but with us and the rest of the cosmos. They’re not in that right now.
D: So when the DNA structure is changed, how will the body be different?
P: When the DNA is changed, the body will be what we wanted it to be many millennia ago. We tried this in Atlantis, it failed! The reason it failed was because the energies were used in negative way by the beings in Atlantis.
p.635-636:
We tried to bring forth a more feminine energy back in the days of Atlantis, which would raise up and cause a union between male and female.
It failed. Therefore, the planet Earth went through many, many, many thousands of years with women being subjugated and the feminine energies being suppressed. Now, this is the time that both will be equal. The male and female  energies will join and this will make for a perfect being... when energies are in balance. The energies have not been in balance; they’ve been out of balance for thousands of years. That’s why there are so many problems on the planet. So when the DNA structure is altered, the divine energies, the male/female... can unite and there will be perfection upon the planet. Perfection within the bodies. And this planet will be something that we can show to the rest of the worlds, the rest of the cosmos. That this is our experiment , and this is what we have done and it has succeeded. The light has succeeded, because it will be perfect as we have wanted it to be for thousands of years. When we first came here, it was perfect. You’ve probably been told that. It was altered. You know the meteorite came, disease came. Everything was messed up. We’re going to have it perfect again. And this is part of that alignment that we’ll be doing to make it perfect again. And this is perfectly normal. - This is all part of genetics, but the reason that happened, was that humans have not been in balance. The ... energies have not been balanced within the psyche or even within the physical mind, but the psyche that comes into the body manifests physically. These have been out of alignment..."


shooting Rays over Pacific

***************************************

Help for Earth and Sun in Changing and Transforming the Energy

I remember reading "Matrix 5" trilogy and
the updatesof the same author on Val's website and the more I think about it, the more I am puzzled at the constant desire of the author to create Fear of  Reptilians, of Globalization. The author was interested only in moving out of here to higher densities and for Earth to become a dead rock before the merging of all Parallel Earths and humanity on them with Original Earth. So far it didn't happen and lots of people are still here and, probably, the author himself. The author never bothered about those who would still be living on Earth and wouldn't die by now and would like to evolve. He made an impression that he knows everything, but never mention about future Splitting of the Earth into an Old Earth (with people/aliens who don't want to evolve) and the New Earth (composed of those who want to evolve beoynd 3rd and 4th Density). He never said that Splitting would take place before 2012 and that people have a choice to decide where they want to be: on Old Earth or the New Earth. He also never mentioned the Merging of all the Parallel Universes with their Original Universe as a result of the Universal Shifts.
I was also unpleasantly surprised how this author made readers to believe that he and the other 2 guys were the only ones helping Earth Planetary
Spirit with their energy at critical times. Maybe he did, R.Monroe did too, but noble people usually don't advertise that.
There are thousands of us silently doing their job or helping Earth and entire Universe without knowingly and unknowingly. These are a few interesting thoughts and the rest is below:

"She does need to focus more on sending (Balancing) energy out to the places (in our Universe) where it needs to be sent, to strengthen, to balance during this new phase. At this time, she is here to be helping Earth do its energy changing and transforming. She and many others are here to ground and balance and share energy for the benefit of the Earth particularly. Everything is interconnected. Everything affects everything else."
 To prove my point I suggest you read a couple of pages from "Convoluted Universe", part 3, by Dolores Cannon, p. 205-210:

 
"This session also took place in an underground location, although it was not on Earth. When Joan descended...she found herself in a strange barren, alien landscape. A very red crust, no vegetation. Red, jagged, severe-looking mountains. (Mars?)
I (Dolores Cannon) then asked her (Joan) to look down at herself to see what she looked like. She found it more curious then frightening when she looked at her feet and said, "The closest description I can come to is bird like. With the talons perhaps of a crane foot or an ibis foot, more like a three-pronged claw. They are more of a translucent beige toward silver color. A contrast to the landscape I've seen. " She then described her body. "Long legs. Thin. Spindly, for lack of a better word...more of a teardrop shape body. I have a small neck. Most of the appendages seem more like wings, and then they turn into alien-looking hands instead of like my feet. More like thin arms with larger hands on the end of it. Six fingers, counting the thumb. I thought my face, my head, would be bird-like, but it seems to be more lion-like. Perhaps more cat-like. And I have shoulder length black hair." It sounded like a combination of different types, but definately alien. I suppose there is no reason why it would have to be either cat-like or bird-like. In other words I suppose you  could be any combination of anything. What is normal here might be abnormal there. So I go along with whatever description I am given and just continue to ask questions.
"Now I understand that the red place is an outpost. There are many others here, beings of all kinds. We are experimenting with something in this place. We are working with energy of some kind. I am trying to see where I would be doing that. Whether I would be in a structure, or whether I would be doing something out in the open on the surface. Now I see that I am walking down some stairs to an underground facility where there is a huge - you could say 'city', but - civilization habitations, under the surface of this red place. There's something we're working on in this underground cavern, although it's more modern, more advanced. We are working together on some sort of experiment to do with - I want to say 'transmuting'(turning into something else) energy. We are working on adapting energy to make it useful in other areas of the Universe. That's why there are all kinds of beings here. We're working together on something that will benefit all of us. Each in their own respective areas of the Universe will be able to learn and apply this knowledge and/or energy in a beneficial way. I don't know whether it's to make the energy of the Universe more beneficial and more utilitarian (valueable). Working on something new that will be beneficial.
It will be used for absolutely positive things (better balancing things, LM).
D (Dolores): This is what the experiment has been about.
J: Yes. It's about using the energies in different, new ways to benefit the Universe. This is my job.
D: Do you live there in this underground place?
J: That's where I live now. Those of us that are here doing the experiment are all living in the underground places.
D: But the other beings are the ones that take it throughout the Universe?
J: Yes. I do not go. I am sending them out. There are many different forms here working on the same project.
D: Do you know if this energy is going to be used on the planet Earth?
J: Yes, it will eventually be used there.
D: I wasn't sure if where you are is even in the same Universe where Earth is located.
J: Yes, we are in the same Universe. It will be used on Earth eventually.
D: What will it be used for?
J: I'm having a block there. There are several applications that can be made, not just one. It would be determined by the person who is taking it back to the new areas. We are changing it in some way to take back, and be used in our respective areas. But it's not going to be used in a structure. It's going to be more free energy that will be used beneficially for many different uses in many different places..
She is here to anchor the new energy coming in...
( Any of us 
could be involved in this project, without us being aware of it, LM).
I moved Joan forward to an important day. She had difficulty locating anything specific. It was like drifting in and out of a mist.
"I was trying to get some clarity. Right now I am seeing that the project itself is the most important thing I could be doing."
It became obvious that  I would not be able to move Joan to anything connected  with that life. So I decided to bring forth the subconscious to answer the questions about this lifetime she had seen.
"Why did you pick that life for Joan to see?"
J (her Higher Self, the subconscious, is talking through Joan, LM): She needs to understand that she's working with energy. She knows it on some level, but she needs to understand that she has many more energy abilities than she has understood so far.
Joan, like many others who come to see me, was working with Reiki and using that form of energy healing to help people.
It's amazing how many of my subjects either are healers already, or want to become healers. Many are being told they are to develop the use of energy in healing work. Joan was told she needed to continue to do this type of work, but that wasn't enough. "They" had bigger plans for her, as they do for many others.
J: She does need to focus more on sending energy out to the places where it needs to be sent, to strengthen, to balance during this new phase. At this time, she is here to be helping Earth do its energy changing and transforming. She and many others are here to ground and balance and share energy for the benefit of the Earth particularly. Everything is interconnected.
Everything affects everything else.
D: You said, "The new phase". What did you mean by that?
J: There is much change happening, much transformation happening, much raising of energies happening, much confusion happening. There is a need for those here for this purpose to balance as well as help raise (the consciousness of people). That is her main purpose at this point. And also to share knowledge to help open people who are not aware of who they are. She's been limiting herself. She's entering a new phase and she's here to help others entering new phases of their awareness of the expansiveness of creation.
D: Joan said, in her conscious state, she keeps hearing the words, or seeing the phrase,  "Anchor the energy." Can you tell her?
J: Yes. She is here for that purpose. She is here to anchor the new energy coming in. To hold it and to carry it and to introduce it to places where it has not been introduced before.
D: How do you want her to introduce it ?
J: Just by the mere mental intent of holding, anchoring, introducing. She is an antenna for the introduction. It is coming to and through her and others, into the Earth and out from there. And her awareness of her purpose will help her intent to be more forceful, more expansive, more helpful.
D: This person, this being on this other planet, who received all that information and knowledge, is she able to draw on what he received?
J: That is where the knowledge and the information and the new energy is coming from. The experiment. It's being sent out much like a radio wave, a microwave or magnetic wave to her and others who are here for that purpose. Who have come here at this time for this reason to act as receivers. (She became emotional.) A love energy. Powerful, but loving energy that is transforming and raising and expanding the Creator energy that is coming in at this time and in this space.
She is emotional because she is connecting to the person she was, working on this energy. And the knowledge and the awareness of why she is feeling this way is affecting her. She has only occasionally been in touch with this depth of love and healing, and that is causing the emotion.
(R. Monroe used to cry after experiencing the Unconditional Love in his astral travels, LM).
D: Was she seeing a past life?
J: It's a parallel life. It is occuring simultaneously at the same time.
D: That's what I was thinking. If they are experimenting with the energy, and Earth is receiving it now, it would have to be occuring at the same time.
J: Yes, it is going on at the same time. But is also being beamed to other areas. She is receiving it here, and others are receiving it in other places that are ready to receive it. It is only going where it is appropriate.
D: So she's both working on it and sending it out, and receiving it at the same time, because it is all happening simultaneously.
J: Yes, that's correct.
D: But she had to go through a normal life to get to this point, didn't she?
J: Yes, she did. She had to get to this point. The understanding of the physical life helped her to understand some things that she needed to learn, and pointed her in the direction of the information she needed to open herself. The Reiki was part of her touching back into the love energy, because that is part  of the healing energy of the Universe, the Creator. It is another way of handling it. It's another way of experiencing it. It's another way of channeling energy. It's another way of transmuting energy
(changing, modifying). It's another way of getting it to someone else to use as their guiding system (beacon), if she so chooses
to use it.
(This is what R.Monroe was writing about in his books and his thoughts on that I posted on this website, LM).
It's something she needed to learn to be able to understand this step. She is here as a double vision to be the antenna, and she's also sending it. She is here for a purpose, like many beings on this Earth, and in the Universe, to learn how to use the energy to lift it (Earth) to a higher level. To help in whatever way they can. And this is what she is doing in this lifetime.

This is the second wave of individuals that I have spoken about before. The ones who are supposed to act as channels or antennas of energy. Their main purpose is to direct the energy into the Earth to be used by others. Of course, none of these people are consciously aware of their missions."
I hope that this message has penetrated you right through!
 

I watched on Youtube Dan Sherman' video done by Kerry Cassidy and Bill Rean (Project Camelot). Dan Sherman wrote an apparently impressive book called "Way above Black", which I haven't read.
Dan worked in a Special Unit in Europe specializing in Intuitive communication,
Project "Preserve Destiny"(looks to me like a preliminary form of R.Monroe's Universal Non Verbal Communication, NVC. There is some info on that on our
 
Non Verbal Communication link ). The people trained in this program maybe used in the future events. This info was given to Dan by ET's and it's because of some sort of event in the future, which would cause the disruption, braking up of all electromagnetic communication. It will be wiped out on a Global scale and the only way the governments, military and people in key positions on different levels would be able to communicate is through people like Dan Sherman, who were trained to communicate between ET's and people. These people are strategically placed in different locations around Earth. Are they  different to the people mentioned in the previous excerpt or they are same people? I don't think that for majority of human females and children to change to Telepathic communication would not be a problem, but  for majority of men, unless they are spiritually advanced, it could be a problem. I like the subjects Kerry Cassidy is discussing and the questions she asks. Physical bodies and any technology are going to be the thing of the past pretty soon.


********************************

Review of the movie "2012"

A couple of days ago I watched the new movie "2012" and found that there is nothing new about that movie at all. It is another "Independence Day" with a slight variation and considerably bigger sum of money spent on making it. The same fear generating, the same twisting of the Truth, the same religious (Hebrew) Noah's Ark theme from Genesis (5-9). The difference is in having A Negro President (Obama?) as a patriarch Noah, who had Arks (UFO's) built and stored underground for his family, his key people and animals to be saved from the Flood in the year 2012. This movie is a cheap Slap-Stick with just more technology and computer animation.
This movie was made for children. Even English Queen Elisabeth with her 2 dogs was shown to board that Arc (a huge UFO)
. Do you really think that all Royal family is still here and not somewhere else monitoring the events from the safe distance. It is so easy to fool humans!

Do you really think that noone higher than 3rd Density Beings is watching and participating in everything that is happening on this planet? I've written before, that such rare events like Universal Shifts are prepared for well in advance and directed by the most Advanced Beings from the highest levels of Awareness, suitable for this kind of job.
I doubt very much that people or any other life would be allowed to stay here on Earth till the last minute. It is not in the interests of any Higher Self or any of those 12th Density Beings, who are watching the events on this planet!
 
Who is really interested in creating Fear in Humanity? Those, who still have illusionary political, military and financial power over Humanity and who is losing it by minute inspite of making more weapons, those, who are artificially manufecturing terrible weather and artificial disasters in all corners of Earth, making people homeless. And you very well know who they are.
I've been watching this Fear-generating movies for years: they are so boring, that I stopped watching them anymore! I thought "2012" would be different, consciousness raising one (not Fear raising one).
We have a couple links showing anomalous Events and World disasters. But the idea behind them is not to create fear, but to show that Earth is preparing for the Planetary Shift in 2012 by eliminating life on the planet and that is a very Happy Event, which so many have been waiting for so many years! Every sign of approaching Event makes me exciting, not fearful! Millions of people have been taken off this planet in front of your nose for years.
Remember: No life is going to be on this planet by December 2012, everyone will be somewhere else and there is nothing to worry about!


**********************************

Quotations from the Movie "A Guy Named Joe"

I have mentioned a few times about a profound old movie "A Guy Called Joe" about American pilots, about their lives and work after the deaths of their physical bodies. All departed pilots continue their carriers as invisible trainers/teachers of physical pilots and learn incredible things. R.Monroe pointed out to me this and a few other old movies as personal clues.
I've written a few key frases from this movie and find it astonishing, that this kind of movie was produced in 1943. I watched it on Austar TV 4 times and recorded on DVD.
I also would recommend to watch another 2 old movies:  "3 Guys named Mike"  and "Emma". I wish we all be like Emma!


A Guy Called Joe

Pete, a pilot, is talking to children:
"...In American Airforce who is the right chap is called 'A guy named Joe'.
Pete, tell us how it feels to be up alone in a plane all by yourself.
Again?
Please, do tell us, Pete. We are nuts to hear you, tell it.
All right. Well, when you're up there all alone in your ship, you ..say...you kids don't ever mention any of this stuff I tell ya, do ya?
Oh, no!
Don't!
We won't!
Well, uh, when you're up there and you are all alone, just you and your ship and the sky and you don't want anyone, you
don't want anybody to spoil it. Everything is kinda still. You have the feeling that you're halfway to heaven. You don't even seem to hear the sound of your own motor, just a kind of a buzz, like the sky was calling you...Like the sky was singing you a song.
Gosh!
Yes, and somehow it's never 8:00 up there. It's...it's always now. And the Earth is so far below you that it just doesn't matter anymore.  (These are the signs of moving to another dimension, another Parallel Earth, LM).
The sky is the thing that's important. The sky is your pal. You feel like nudging (pushing) it and saying:
"Hi, sky. How are you today? And how's the old moon the last time you saw him? The wind drift comes straight off the morning star and beautiful white clouds drift towards you. And they are like old friends you never want to say good-buy to and you see a patch of clear area between 'em and you duck in and out like a porpoise rolling in the ocean. And then you say to yourself, "Boy, oh, boy, this is the only time a man is really ever alive! It's the only time he's really free. The old sky smiles back at ya and says, "Boy, you're right, you're dead right"......

And this is the talk between Pete's commander in non phisical world of 4th Density and Pete (after he died on physical Earth):

"Most things are just reverse of what people think: the higher you are the safer you are!
The Earth down there, that's your enemy because once you hit that boy, you splatter, I don't think that you grasped what our job is all about up here."

Oh, yes sir, sure I do. I know we're supposed to follow through with these men and make better flyers out of them.

That's only part of it. I'm sorry it wasn't made clearer to you at the beginning. It isn't just you as an individual helping your man as an individual. It's all of us working together for the future. Every man that ever flew...It's hard for me to put it into words, Sandidge (Pete), if you don't feel it.
I think, I understand it, sir.
No, I don't think you understand at all. Let's put it this way. Have you ever been up in your plane at night, alone, somewhere 20,000 feet above the ocean?
Yes, sir.
Did you ever hear music up there?
Perhaps.
Oh, no, if you've heard it, you'll remember it. It's the music a man's spirit sings to his heart when the Earth's far away and there isn't anymore fear. It's the high, fine, beautiful sound of an earthbound creature who grew wings and flew up high and looked straight in the face to the future and caught just for an instant the unbelievable vision of a free man in a free world. If you haven't heard it there is no way I can talk to you.
I've heard it, I have heard it, sir. I used to try to explain it to some kids, but I could never find words.
Oh, children would understand, sure, because the future belongs to them: they are already moving into it. They're going to climb out of the dust muck and lift up their heads and see the sky, they're going to fly like a generation of Flyers (LM) into the free air and the sunlight. Oh, sure, children would always understand. Free as the air. Men have said that ever since they've crawled out of caves and came down from trees. That's what we are fighting for, the freedom of the very air we breathe, the freedom of mankind rushing to greet the future on wings. Can you understand that? Can you?
Yes, sir, I do!
No man is really dead unless he breaks faith with the future, and no man is really alive unless he accepts his responsibility to it. That's the chance we're giving you here, the opportunity to pay off to the future, what you owe for having been part of the past. Just another way of saying :"I'm glad I lived. I'm glad I was alive. Now let me give you a hand. You thought you were choosing between lefe and death when you flew in over that carrier, but you weren't. You're choosing between 'em now. It's up to you Pete!
If you please, sir, I'd like to go back. I think, I can do my job now.
You may go..."

"...Dorinda (the woman he loved, LM), I've got something to tell you. I've learned that this thing that's going on is bigger than you and me. It's bigger than any of us. We don't count. We're just nothing. And yet, if we do the job we're supposed to do, we could be great people. I wish you could hear what I say Dorinda. When I look at you now, I sure wish I'd been different. I wish
I told you a lot of things that I thought of, but I just couldn't find the words to say them... I wish I could tell how it all ends up in the end all over sudden..."
  

*************************************
R. Monroe about One-Timers

Here is the most simple explanation of why we all got here, the conditions of this Planetary Game we had to agree with and what we are learning at Earth Planetary School. Bob also gives more info about One-Timers.
Monroe's talk on #5 videotape is relevant to this chapter in "Far Journeys", p.248-264. These are the reasons :

Compressed Learning—Category Human

The first point in consideration of human structure certainly should be the note that a small percentage have never been through the experience prior to the present sojourn in time. Some may have had physical life experience in other parts of time-space and in another physical form, but this is their first run as a human. Other first-timers have never been in a
physical form of any sort.
Time-space—physical matter—and especially human existence on earth —is an interesting anomaly. It has some peculiar qualities that are unique in the development of intelligence and consciousness. As a result, human life has many attractions. To some it is like attending a vast amusement park with a multitude of different types of exciting rides to try—a playground where standard rules (non-earthly) are suspended for the moment. They desire human existence simply out of curiosity. They have received a rote on this interesting state, and want to find out what it is to be a part of it. Many, having observed the state at a particular point in human history, decide it is an ideal opportunity to try an experiment conceived in their periods of contemplation. The peculiarity of human existence at a given point in evolution provides an opportunity to try out the idea.
Still others find that the limitations imposed by physical incarceration (confinement) as a human also engender (produce) concentration of certain energies available only in that state. This is the only point available to apply such energies. By far the greatest motivation—surpassing the sum of all others—is the result. When you encounter and perceive a graduate, your only goal is to be one yourself once you realize it is possible. And it is. Thus we "go to physical" because of what it is—an intense learning process, a school of a very unusual sort. It has the implication (an indirect suggestion) that an important part of that learning process is to force the admixture of two different types of energy modulation. One enters as male and the other as female. The drives, needs, enculturation, and other factors all may be designed to literally force the accommodation, melding, and understanding between these two systems of consciousness.
The conditions of entering physical life as a human are relatively strict. It is as if a detailed agreement is entered into.

First, the energy form must agree that time-space truly does exist. Without this agreement, it is impossible to have primary human consciousness. The energy form must agree that there is a time, such as the 1980s or any other time frame by earth reckoning.


It must be agreed also that there truly is a planet earth designed and created in the form that it is.

It must further agree that consciousness expressed as a human has certain characteristics and limitations.

The blanking (blocking) or sublimation of previous experience is a part of the process. This is to assure that there will be a minimum of interference in the performance as a human caused by previous life patterns, physical and in other realities.
Bear in mind that this is all at the conscious perceiving level; it is not removed from the essence of the energy form accepting the agreement. Such experience will remain with the newly human energy form in a nonconscious state.
This is important because such experience or purpose may well be the underlying motive that is the driving force behind the performance of such energy in human existence.
Once a decision or agreement has been reached, a propitious (favourable circumstances) and probable birth entry point is selected, taking into consideration the genetic, environmental, social, political, and economic elements that may—not absolutely—ensure the realization of the purpose for such entry.
Many times, due to the possibility that all factors may not be appropriate and suitable, some entries are made simply on the possibility or hope that the goals can be achieved. Often there are so many variables present that it in turn presents a most enticing challenge to simply try to beat the odds, as it were, or change them by thought and action. Some make it, some do not. Another factor is that the demand or need for selective new points of entry far exceeds the supply. Thus, many may get tired of waiting, as it were, and will accept entry under the most marginal of circumstances.

A review of the learning processes and the absorption of information by a first-timer will provide a beginning overview.

Upon entry (birth), the first-timer is surprised and shocked at the very severe constraints of the physical body. It can no longer move freely and easily at the mere thought or desire. Thus, much of the early weeks of existence as a human are taken up with conscious and frustrating efforts to obtain control of this new physical body. Simultaneously, it is overwhelmed by astounding demands for nourishment—a process that was an automatic function in previous existence. Add to that a massive battery of strong and chaotic signals pouring in from sensory sources never before perceived, the five physical senses, and one begins to get a better appreciation of the traumatic state that is undergone.

There are indications that the effect would be much more severe were it not for the reinforcement received by the first-timer during nonconscious periods (sleep), from interested and concerned observers left behind in the reality outside of time-space.

From this beginning emerges the primary learning system that continues throughout human life. It is the focusing of conscious awareness.
Pain or pleasure, as reported by the five physical senses, turns attention to the event being experienced, and such experience is then learned and stored. Further, if the element of emotion is involved, the storage process is enhanced greatly. Physical experience of an extreme nature also deepens the learning process. Simply stated, the depth of learning (retention, recall) is in direct relation to the intensity of the experience. Conversely, the more shallow the experience, the lesser the attention, which diminishes greatly the learning process.
Primary learning is the data base upon which we humans principally conduct our physical lives. Other learning processes affect our thoughts and actions, yet the fundamental pattern of performance is based upon this primary learning.
Secondary learning, another pattern which is present throughout human existence, takes place beyond what we call our level of consciousness. This is data received through our five physical senses in those areas where attention is not focused. This takes place during waking physical life and is stored and retained in the most minute detail. Due to the lack of attention, less than 20 percent of such secondary learning is ordinarily available for recall by the human conscious mind. Still, this entire spectrum of memory is called upon unknowingly by the individual as the need arises.
It colors and affects our thoughts, decisions, and actions, and we are quite unaware of it.
A third form of learning occurs during our cyclic nonconscious state (sleep). At our waking conscious level, we remember very little of such activity although it becomes deeply embedded in and becomes a part of the memory-
experience system upon which we base our life activity.
Culturally, we have been trained to place the least importance upon those events we do not remember, and rarely recognize the influence these have upon our activities/experience. When examined from an external point of observation, automatic use of this learning process becomes quite visible.
The principal learning system devised by the various cultures in human history is the most widespread and accepted, yet the most unnatural. For the greatest part it ignores completely the in-place and operating primary and secondary learning processes. Thus its very artificiality, without natural means of focusing attention, requires a form of dedication and discipline generally unavailable to the average human conscious mind. Attention flickers, fluctuates, especially in low-order, repetitive experience, denigrating much of the learning that might take place. Crude as it may be, such learning methods are held in high esteem in human existence, and virtually all of it revolves around the knowledge, understanding, and control and application of physical matter, including the energy system so generated therein.

(In other words you are highly paid and valued if you follow this unnatural learning methods, LM).

Most vital, this dominant yet artificial and limited system of learning operates entirely through input from the five physical senses. Because of this foundation, it has the effect of eliminating any last vestiges of original identity remaining in the individual.
This is at once the heart of the problem and the major challenge to the naiVe energy form (a naive human). As the first-timer lives his human life, he finds virtually nothing to guide his mentation (mentality) in directions other than those directly related to time-space physical matter. Unfortunately for the human, this includes those organizations who purvey (supply) belief systems based upon individuals both present and in past history whose knowledge of origin-
identity was operational during their human sojourn. In the retelling and conversion to verbal human communication, plus the erosion of many retranslations, only portions of the process remain. Sadly, such portions attempt to teach effects rather than causes. Only in very rare instances do these provide clear access to the source. Therefore, as the first-timer moves through human physical life he picks up and absorbs many unsuspected attachments. The most powerful of these are emotional, or rather distortions thereof, which relate solely to expression only in time-space reality. These reach such magnitude as to be virtually impossible to achieve and experience in a single physical human
lifetime. The results are a compulsive need to reenter and recycle to complete that which had been begun, to perform the purpose for which there had not been "time," to repay imagined "debts"—the list becomes endless.
In short, the problem can be stated very succinctly (clearly expressed in few words), which turns a first-timer into a repeater: human physical life is addictive.

There are two overwhelming factors that engender (produce) such addiction or decay of orbit, as you prefer.

Put the two together and interweave them tightly, and it becomes easy to perceive just how difficult the Human Compressed Learning System can be, especially for the unaware and uninformed. This may in itself be part of the training. Any attempts to describe the methods are near-incomprehensible to those who have never been a human, just as it is extremely difficult to explain postgraduate status to a human first-timer. The two factors involved are Survival Drive Distortion and Prime Energy Diffusion."


*********************************

More About One-Timers

Images of alien Higher Selves from Matrix 5, v.1, p. 110.
Images of alien Higher Selves from Matrix 5, v.1, p. 110. They become human One-Timers!


I, personally has never been a psychologist/psychiatrist/kinesiologist/hypnotherapist or a channelor, but some material of writers of these professions I find very interesting, though most of them are religious or Lightsiders or both. And I never had any memories of past/simultaneous lives and never met any Inspec-Friends or made any friends beyond Earth, because I don't have any memories of out-of-body travelling.
This material is about First-Timers from "The Convoluted Universe" (part 3) by Dolores Cannon. I need to point out the difference between One-Timers and First-Timers. First-Timer means that after the first life there will be more lives.
No, there will be no more lives on Earth for these First-Timers, therefore they are One-Timers. One-Timer means only one life on Earth and no more. When R.Monroe was astral travelling to the Human School for Compressed Learning on 4th Density Earth in 70's- 80's, he was explained  by a female there, that there would be no more Repeaters on Earth anymore, but One-Timers (one life only) and when he named them as 'First-Timers', he was quickly corrected "One-Timers". You can find this information on  Robert Monroe info  link on our website or in his book "Far Journeys",
p.218:

"I blanked. (But you don't even sleep here, do you?)
(No, don't need to.) Then he lighted. (Oh, yeh, that's the other point. These first-timers go back before the changes
(before the Shift, LM) as their first entry point, some of them almost back (start) when humans first began being human. They take one human physical life cycle and one only, and come back here and join in. No repeaters, just one-timers.)
I turned inward, then opened. (Is this one-timer pattern going on back where I came from?)
BB lighted. (Oh, sure.)
I flickered. (I haven't had a percept on that taking place.)
BB smoothed. (Sure, you have.)
I blanked. (How?)
(That last outer ring, remember? Didn’t come near the repeater department?
Just went up and faded out?)
I flickered again. (But they were the ones going home.) (One-Timers are going home to their planets, LM).
BB vibrated triumphantly. (Well?)
I turned inward and closed. The whole thing was getting out of hand, or better, out of my mind-set, beyond my ability to absorb and understand instantly..."
p.225:
"BB turned to the woman, a sparkling form I already had ident as her.
(He's your problem. I'll check with, uh, AA, and see you at the site.)
I turned to the woman. (The site?)
(That's where we first greeted you.)
I turned inward. There were so many points left unanswered, and I had a percept that my visit was growing short. Get to the key items, those first. I focused, completely open so nothing would be distorted. (The first-timers, when they come back . . .)
(One- Timers), she corrected.
I went on. (If you have that constant input, you must have an output to keep the flow, the movement active.)
She waited quietly . . . politely? ... or had she percept of both questions and answers.
I went on. (So humans do graduate from here, the dorm. Question: What happens to the graduates?)
She flickered. (I . . . I don't have a percept of that. They just click out.)
(One at a time or as a group?)
She smoothed. (Usually several at once. Every so often, one goes alone.)
(And they never return?)
(No. They don't.)
(Any communication with them? After they leave?)
She flickered. (Not in a way that we can understand.)
I wanted to follow up on that one, but I was sure it would come out.
(Any indications or symptoms they are about to graduate?)
She smoothed again. (Oh yes. They no longer need to experience earth, so they begin to go physical less and less
(to have other lives on Earth, LM).
Finally, they stop completely.)
(Is that all?)
(No, their . . . uh, radiation begins to change. And they begin to close. After that, they click out.)
(There are One-Timers among Graduates: It all depends on how advanced One-Timer was before coming to Earth and what kind of experiences One-Timer had on Earth, LM).
I had the percept she was beginning to vibrate. (I don't want to act like an inquisitor, but . . .)
She opened more. (Go on. We expected you to ask just what you are)..."

Training of One-Timers

Before one Planetary Game is completed and the next Planetary Game would start, there is a need to train millions of players for the next Game. This is a never ending process and that has to be done by the players of the current Game: both human and non-human. Most of the future players are called One-Timers and have an initial indoctrination on the 4th Density how to enter the Endgame Time and to have just one life on Earth as an introduction to this kind of 3rd Density Game. Of course, you can't expect these One-Timers (newcomers) to be as good as those who already had thousands past lives on this planet before and whose creative powers are a way above the majority of players. This is the reason why they have much easier life than us.
We don't even know that we are teachers for the next lot of players. But how else would you do train them? I used to reject aliens a lot and if we, humans do reject One-Timers. How could they take a Leap of Faith and plunge themselves into a New Game? We constantly forget that we were in their shoes once (I did write about that before).
I remember in 2007 I was at the small gathering of open-minded people who lived near The Monroe Institute in Faber, Virginia (mainly Lightsiders). They had these meetings for the last 15 years. I was not really interested or impressed with the topics they were discussing, except when we started discussing Reptilians. One woman said, that not all Reptillians were bad. That thought I've read in a few other sources inc. Alex Collier's "Defending the Sacred Ground", but having bitter experiences with negative aliens and being very much influenced by reading "Matrix 5"trilogy and David Icke's
"The Biggest Secret" I was totally against this idea. After a few years of my evolvement things changed and have much wider overview, I understand much more. And I wish others would understand it too.   
   
And what I feel Dolores meant in her books was not First-Timers or Star people, but One-Timers. I am talking from experience: my husband of 30 years, whom I just recently divorced, was/is a One-Timer and a good man, but still an alien and I didn't know it for many years, but I still love him. He is 60 now and I know even older One-Timers; this phenomenon started much earlier than 60 years ago. As we all know that everything is done for a reason: without living with an alien for 30 years I wouldn't have so much experience with One-Timers.
It is not a secret that most of true humanity (future Graduates) who is still playing the Game on Earth are former aliens who decided to become humans, because they either envied those who graduated a Planetary Game or have a responsibility to move their planets to a higher vibration/density out of physical 3rd density. They liked the results, which those humans got after the Graduation.
Now there are millions of aliens here on Earth, both negative and positive, who are in the same situation we used to be before the Game. And we, future Graduates, are supposed to teach some of them how to be true humans and prepare some of them for the next 3rd Density Planetary Game on another planet and in another Physical Universe, because this Universe is promoted and is not going to stay Physical, to have 3rd Density anywhere after 3 of December 2013.
The  3rd density is going to implode on itself and all the material stuff is going to be removed by Black Holes, which makes me very happy!

Most of present aliens in human form came here as One-Timers. The School for Compressed Learning on 4th Density prepared them for having just one life on Earth. Some of them have to decide whether they want to take a leap of Faith and go for it and participate in another Planetary Game. after Earth experience. That's Evolution!
Many of these One-Timers are helping their planets to move to a higher density by living lives here.
Dolores Cannon is writing a lot about  the thoughts and feelings of One-Timers and I've posted some material from her books about One-Timers and about Parallel Universes on our site.
You can also leave this and any other Game any time you want, if you can't handle it , but don't hope that leaving it would make you automatically a Graduate.
Robert Monroe writes about it
in his books: about One-Timers, about the School and that one life is usually not enough. And you can find this material on this website either on this link or Robert Monroe info or Home Page links.
R.Monroe is often mentioning about Training Centers like Earth and Schools similar to Earth School of Compressed Learning in other parts of our Universe with bilions upon billions of humans getting similar experience of Planetary Physical/NonPhysical Games. "Far Journeys", p. p. 97, 106, 226:

97
"How do you state it? A drop of water in an ocean cannot understand the seas or the wave that casts it up on a sandy beach.)
Wait a minute! That came out very human. Maybe THEY are only superhuman graduates, after all.
(Some of us have passed through the in-human. I was selected because I am one of those few.)
Few . . . I wonder how many are few. Five, ten, a thousand . . .
(It is difficult to assess due to the melding. More than the current inphysical human population, perhaps one hundred times as many.)
That would imply THEY have been involved since the very beginning of human life.
(That is correct. Before that, we are, just as you.)
And if several hundred billion are just a few, that must mean the total of THEM must be big numbers . . .
(We do not count the parts of the whole. It is not necessary.)
If there are that many parts of the whole, then there must be other important ways to learn, other non-earth human systems . . .
(No other precisely as you have found in-human physical earth. There are many other consciousness growth centers or schools, as you call them, throughout what you know as the physical universe)..."
106
"And the other training centers on planets circling those billions of stars, tied to us by an intelligent energy field common to all of us. Were they as unaware as we?
I felt very small, looking at the stars—and beyond. But not alone. Never alone."
226
"(In time-space,) I went on, (are there many other growth patterns in consciousness similar to humans and earth?)
She rolled (laughed). (You can't count them if you wanted to, there's that many. And new ones coming on line constantly.)
I flickered. (On line?)
She rolled stronger. (AA knew you would like it if I used that phrase.)"
 
There are also those addicted humans and aliens who know in advance that they are not interested to evolve and would continue to play Games the way they did before, those who give us a hell here.
I personally feel that Earth's Planetary Being has both energies: female and male and so do all the planets of this solar system and the same is with our Sun. To have just a female or just a male energy is very unbalanced!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 "Convoluted Universe", book 3, Section 4 "First-Timers on Earth", chapter 13 The Volunteers, p. 217:

"When I first began my investigations through past-life therapy, I thought I would only find people remembering lives on Earth, because naturally that was all we knew about. My belief system has really been stretched and extended over the past 30 years. My first exposure to life outside of our world and everything we see around us was when I met Phil. His story is told in "Keepers of the Garden". At first, he remembered he remembered normal past lives, and the sessions   

proceeded normally as I expected they would. This was probably the way it should be because neither of us were prepared to explore beyond that, nor to even know that anyhting else was possible. Then, as we worked, he surprised me by reliving lives on other planets in alien bodies. This was my first encounter with this type, and at times I was at a loss for words. What do you ask an alien? As the work progressed, I was given a great deal of information about the seeding
(or beginning) of life on Earth, because "they" said it was time for the knowledge to come forth. We both settled in and became comfortable with the unusual, and my curiosity took over and the questions flooded forth. It was explained that Phil was one of many spirits who had never lived on earth before. They had volunteered to come and help the Earth at this time at its history. They had no concsious memory of this (naturally) and thus their lives had been difficult. They didn't like being on Earth. They had difficulty adjusting to the violence here. They longed to return "home" although they had no idea were "home" was. They just knew it wasn't here. Their problems were caused by the fact that where they came from there was only peace, beaty and love. It was quite a decision to volunteer to come to such a radically different  environment. They did it out of love and the desire to help, even though their adjustment has been difficult, and even impossible in some cases.   
Then there was a question: if he had never lived on Earth before, why did he go through the memories of several past lives before the other startling information came through? This was reason to doubt my work. Did this mean that reincarnation was not real? That the past lives I had been investigating through so many subjects were mere fantasies?
Maybe the Church was right, we only live once and that is it?
(what a nonsense churches are spreading, LM)
How else to explain this unexpected development?  The answer was  that the lives he thought he was reliving were only imprints.  I have never heard of this before, and I was the first writer to find this theory. It is explained in details in "Keepers of the Garden"
and "Between Death and Life". The condensed version is that a soul cannot exist on Earth in a human environment without  the information and data of past lives in its subconscious. It must have something to relate to and fall back on; otherwise, everything is too new, too drastic, too overwhelming. Just as we have the experience of our childhood to explain the many things we come in contact with, the information and experiences from our past lives also gives us a background to relate to. This means that no one, no infant comes in as a clean slate. It always has the background of other lives and experiences in its subconscious mind to help it relate to life in the physical. Of course, we are not conscious of any of this, just as we are not consciously aware of our past lives. Many of us do not even consciously remember events from our childhood. This does not mean that they don't exist. The theory of imprinting is similar to doing research in a library. The spirit is going to be entering into  an unknown and totally unfamiliar environment. It 
would be totally lost without some type of background.
(This is what Robert Monroe was writing about. He described the School of Fast Learning and that at that time only One-Timers were prepared for only one life on Earth and no Repeaters anymore.  Part of that preparation included "imprints" false memories of 'other lives' on Earth, because they, One-Timers "would be totally lost without some type of background", more on that on this link in "Life Imprints" column, LM).
So before it comes into the body , it is allowed to pick other people's lives from the vast inventory in the library (or Akashic records) that it thinks will benefit it when it enters the physical. I was told this would apply to anyone, not just an alien soul. For instance, a person has decided to live a life as a leader of some sort. The spirit has never had a past lifetime like that. How will it know what to do? How will it know how to take command and control of a situation if it has never been exposed to such an experience? In that case, it will select the lives of leaders: presidents, kings, governors, people who had lived lives of leadership. These are then imprinted onto the soul, and become a part of their soul memory. If it is thus useful to the ordinary spirit returning to Earth, it can be seen how necessary it would be for an alien soul coming for the first time to such a ctrange and often hostile place as a planet Earth.
I asked," How will I know the difference when i work with someone? How will i be able to tellif what they are remembering is an actual lifetime or an imprint?" The answer I was given was that I would not be able to tell the difference, because the person would not know the difference. The imprint becomes as real as an actual life. All the memories, emotions and feelings are there. The only difference I see is that the imprint carries only information...  
 

(I, personally, feel that creative ability, the brightness of a being could be earned only by experiencing a lot of lives on Earth with a lot of physical and emotional pain, not just with information about somebody else's life; and you don't have to pay with good deeds, if you all the experiences, good and bad are needed by your Total Self for the Balance,  LM).
This is also a legitimate explanation to the argument that sceptics often bring up about reincarnation. They say."Why do the people always remember lives as famous people, Cleopatra or Napoleon?" In the first place , this is not true. People do not always remember lives as famous people. The majority of their  remembrances are of dull, boring, mundane lifetimes where little of importance happens. I havehad people who were associated with famous people, but I have never had anyone who regressed to where they were the important person. There are many more ordinary people in the world today then those who get their names in the newspaper. And there always have been more ordinary people, thus that is what will come forth. But to get back to the argument that the sceptics present: if there were 2 or more people who claimed to have been a famous person in another life, it would not mean that one of them is lying or fantasizing. One or both of them could be remembering an imprint, because there is no way to tell the difference.  
Now that I work so exclusively with the subconscious and its vast storehouse of information, if a lifetime is an imprint it will tell me so. This is the way I can now tell the difference. There will be examples given in this book. However, the theory of imprinting is one more piece of a huge and complicated puzzle that we call "life", and which I continue to explore.
Over the years since I worked with Phil and wrote the book, I have come in contact with others who felt the same way. As the book was translated into other languages and began to circulate in foreign countries, I received mail from people who were so grateful for the book. They thought they were the only ones in the world who had those feelings: of not wanting to be here, of not understanding the violence in the world, of wanting to go "home", of entertaining thoughts of suicide in order to get out. It has helped them tremendously to know they are not crazy, that they are not alone. That they are one of many who volunteered to come and help the Earth go through its crisis mode. They just were not prepared for the repercussions on their gentle souls. As I wrote about in Book Two of this  series, I have now found three waves of people  who are living their first  lives on Earth. The first wave are the age of Phil, roughly in their late forties (early fifties) now. They had the most difficult time adjusting. The second wave are now in their late twenties and early thirties.  They have not had  as many problems and are moving through life much more easily. They usually live a life of helping others...normally going unnoticed. During the sessions, they are described as "antennas", "channels",  "observers", just directors of energy that is needed by the Earth. Many do not want children...they don't want to be tied to the Earth cycle. They just want to do their work and get out. The Earth experience doesn't effect them as traumatically as the first wave. The third wave are the new children, many of whom are now in their teens. They have come in with all the knowledge needed (on the unconscious  level), their DNA has already been altered, and they are prepared to proceed with little or no problems (except for those created by well-meaning and unknowledgeable adults). I asked one time," Why did the first group have so many problems and difficulty adjusting?" The answer was that they were the "trail blazers", the "way- showers". They prepared the path for those that followed. Thus, their difficulties have served a purpose.
Since my first meeting  with Phil in the 1980's, I have now encountered many people (through my work) who are experiencing their first lifetime on planet Earth. None of these people had this knowledge before we did the sessions. They are now being allowed to have the information, because it's time to acknowledge who they are and their purpose on Earth at this time."
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
P.221
"James came to my office in Arkansas for the session mainly to explore an unusual experience he had as a child. He had never forgotten it. It had some indications of a possible missing time episode, but not many other details...I persisted, and some information began to surface. Mostly bodily sensations, floating and the feeling of being inside a small craft. Then the feeling of movement, and a shocking revelation. "Forward; forward-elsewhere, very, very fast.  When it moved, when it ... jumped?  It made me feel ..split apart, like atoms." Even though it sounded strange, he described the sensation of feeling good when this happened. "Like demolecularrization, but not in a bad way; just necessary. It is necessary in order to travel. You cannot travel in a physical body. It's too fast. The body would break. So they demolecurarize me till they can put me  back together later. It's contained within the light, within the dome area. Maybe the light holds it or keeps it from going everywhere." He was not aware of anyone else that he could ask questions. I asked if there was any way he could get information. "Not yet, because I am in pieces! I have to be put back together. (Laugh) I don't do it..." Then the dizzying feeling of moving again very fast. Then a surprise, as he was reassembled, he had a different form, and looked more like one of the little gray ETs. He had difficulty explaining the sensations that were going through his mind. "I feel it's not me-me-me. Like the memories of me in somwthing else." He was communicating with others like himself. Then confusion again as he tried to described what he saw. "Earth panels on the walls, and they do stuff. Training."
D (Dolores): Who are you training?
J (James) : Me! Like a workshop. Everything, the skills, the Earth knowledge in the panels. It's complicated. Systems, function, form...not history, but...fundamental...basics!
D: And you're learning this or teaching it?
J: Learning...well, both! Teaching it to myself
D: Is this knowledge of the ship you're on or what?
J: It could be if I wanted to. The knowledge can be whatever is there; whatever is stored on this...thing.
D: What kind of knowledge do you like to access?
J: Games, but not like video games, but like video games. Simulated. Life games. I can program in what I want. (He seemed to be struggling with the concepts.) There's interference...This is very similar to something on TV. It's not the same - it doesn't look the same - but the concept is the same.
D: Do you mean it downloads the program to you?
J: Yeah. It plays it out.
 He then discovered that he had something on his head that was pressing against his temples.
J: That's what the temple things are for ! The things that go on my head. That's where the informaion goes in. Somebody else does it, but not unwillingly. - Does the memory transfer from there to here, or...?
D: You said it was games of life?
J: Scenarios, but big ones. Long scenarios , of what it was like.
D: Are there more than one of these?
J: Lives. Any possibility you want!
D: Do you pick up what you want to download?
J: Sometimes. Others are given , like an assignment.
D: It's downloaded, and you are able to see what's going to happen?
J: (Sigh) You live it, but not ... you only live it as much as anyone can live. It's an illusion. It's put in your brain and you live it, but not...You take the experiences from it, without actually living it.
D: Is there a reason for doing that?
J: Knowledge and ...empathy, maybe?  But...understanding. The question is, "Why do it?"
D: That's what I was wondering.
J:  The answer is, "For knowledge". For knowledge, is all that comes. Knowledge to help-maybe to help future people? It's to help. I don't know how, though. - It's like a library, only a different version. More...not ethereal, but solid. More technology driven rather than just essence.
D: So this is done for a reason, to help the body that's existing on Earth - the physical  body?
J: Preparation. The word is, "Life", but ...the experience of life. Preparation.

p.224

Although it sounded confusing I thought I knew what he was attempting to describe, but I didn't want to influence him.
I wanted him to tell it in his own words. Yet more information would not come forth. Something was definitely blocking it, and I didn't think it was James himself. I thought it was time to call forth the subconscious to find answers. When I knew it was there, I asked if I had permission to ask questions. An authoritarian voice answered, "Yes, but tread lightly?"
I understood that James was not ready to have everything revealed , because it was obvious he didn't understand the bits and pieces he was being shown. I would have to be careful and obey the subconscious' instructions, or it would shut down and I would not be allowed any more answers. I told it I would not push, but only accept what  it wanted James to know. The subconscious said that what was shown only confused James, and that he had not developed enough yet to understand. He still had much to learn.

D: Do you think the pieces you have  shown him will help him?
J: He will ask more questions.
D: Why  did he feel like the molecules had all shifted?
J: Because they had! The molecules break apart so they can be formed back into...but only because of the travel. When he travels it has to or he will break.
D: He was shown, when this happened , that he had changed into this other being. Is that existing at the same time as James is existing? (Yes) What is it? A transfer back and forth?
J: It's the same only in the respect of it all existing at once.

I attempted to get more information about the missing time episode, but  I was told it was not time for James to know, and no more could be shown. He would have to wait until  he had reached another level of understanding. He was still in an early stage of learning. "They" have told me before that some knowledge is a poison rather than medicine. It can cause problems if it cannot  be understood correctly, or if it is given prematurely. This seems to be the case with James.
D: Was he describing  the process known as imprinting? (Yes!) Where other lives are imprinted into the memory to act as a reference guide, so to speak?
J: A catalogue.
The subconscious was still holding back, but I got it to admit that James was part of the new people who were coming to Earth, who had never experienced a human body before. He was definitely here for a purpose, but the exact nature of it was not allowed for him to know yet. "He can have glimses, but never all. It would be too much."

D: Nobody made him come, did they?
J: No. He volunteered to come at this time. He knew it would be painful, but he is strong.
D: Can you tell him anything about what's he's supposed to be doing?
J: Live the examples and they will follow. He's a teacher. Rules; laws - not Earthly; not man laws. Through his interaction with people, he teaches - not by word - but by deed. His aura or energy affects others.
D: He thought he was supposed to go out and talk to people, and tell them about things.
J: The message is lost in the fervor. This is the only way he knows, but the mental telepathy... Subconsciously. James doesn't pass it.
D: Who passes it then?
J: The knowledge itself...conductor... James is like a beacon. Radiating the energy; passing it off. If you have a wall and you throw something against it, it would fall. If you have another wall , and you have it far away, when you throw this idea - this thing - at it, it will still fall. But when they are close, they vibrate fast. It bounces back and forth faster. The beacon is stronger. The signal is stronger.
D: Because it's amplified.
J: Yes, James must understand that being human is hard work...

So what started out to be an examination into a possible UFO case instead turned into the exposure of yet another of the second wave of volunteers who have come to help. James was a very gentle soul, very much affected by the world around him. It would be a while before he had learned enough, and had evolved enough to have more answers. In the meantime, he was just to fulfill his mission of being a channel, a beacon, for incoming and outgoing energy that is needed on Earth at this time. Yet it is another exampe of the difficulty these gentle souls have when they come into our alien and hostile environment. 

The Visitor (P.226)

Judy was one of many I have met during my 30 years of working with clients, who have the feeling they don't belong here. They don't want to be here, and have a difficult time adjusting to our world. She went through a normal regression, but we didn't find her answer until we contacted the subconscious.
(I am the same. I don't want to be here and nevertheless, for some unknown reason, I can't die, and I know many more people who doesn't want to be here and can't die, LM).

I asked it to explain these feelings that she had.
J: She's never felt at home on this planet. There are other places in the Universe where the energy is better, where she feels loved, and she feels like she belongs. Other places she's lived where people love each other, where people live in peace, where people help each other, people care about each other.
227
D: Why did she come to Earth if she was happier in those places? 
J: Because it is her job.
I had heard this so often it was beginning to sound like a broken record. Yet why would so many of my clients say the same thing unless it was true? They have no way of knowing what the others have said.
J: There are those of us who look at other places in the Universe. And we see places that need assistance. And we know that we have to assist  in order to preserve our way of life, in order to preserve our  peace.
D: How does what happens here  reflect on your way of life?
J: It pollutes the Universe...
D: Were you able to see what is happening on other planets from where you were?
J: We can see all that we wish. If we wish to see it we can see it. What is happening here is that sadness spreads from one to another. Each time they are saddened  it spreads. There is so little here to change that.
D: So when your people saw these things happening on Earth, you decided to come here?
J: Yes. We needed to assist. We thought we would make a difference. We are beings of great love; great, great love and great peace. When we see other souls troubled , it's our nature to assist. It helps us to feel fulfilled.
228
D: But when you got here, it wasn't that easy?
J: It wasn't. We want to help, that's why we are here, but it's very difficult for us to survive here. It's so alien to us. Our vibration is much higher. This causes the problem. On our planet , she was a great healer. She will not be happy unless she continues this work.
D: Is there any type of method she should use ?
J: On our planet we simply think of the healing and it is done. On your planet this is not quite as simple. So many doubts have been implanted in so many places that sometimes you need  your little gagets or methods that you feel assist you in healing, but the healing comes from within. All the energy comes from the great Source. When she truly forgives her and integrates into this life, the healing will flow easily from her...
D: There is always free will involved.
J: We cannot force things, it's not our way. There is much change on this planet now. More and more people will be awakened...
229
The following  is another example session of first-timers or volunteers:
Shirley came off the cloud into what she described as "desolation". "Everything that was living is not there anymore. Everything is gone . Something has caused it to go away. It's just brown earth or dirt or craters. Whatever was there is not there anymore. (She became emotional). Nothing. (Crying) I thing this was home. (Sobing) It was destroyed. But I am not sure what did it. It was beautiful with meadows... I asked her to see it the way it was before the destruction occured...

I feel the male, and then I feel the female too. And I feel the two together. I can see a human form, but it feels more like an energetic human form. Like you are not really a physical body . I don't feel like I have to eat anything. It's the beauty of everything keeps me alive. That's all it takes...
230
I decided to move her ahead to find out what happened to this perfect place. I assured her it would not bother her to see it.
S: Something came and scorched everything and destroyed it. All I see are the flames coming down from the sky and burning everything.
D: Can you see where it's coming from ? Because you'll be able to see it and understand it and talk about it.

S: (She hesitated). The first thing I saw was a dragon. (Laugh) My mind goes, no, that's not right. (Laugh)- I just keep seeing a dragon, that is all I see. I see flames shooting out of its mouth. It's green with big scales. It's flying around in the sky.
I wasn't worried about this unconventional reply. I decided to go along with whatever she was seeing. I knew that before the session was over, the subconscious would explain everything, if it wasn't clarified along the way...

S: I get a sense that there was somebody that was jealous of this place, and they sent the dragon to destroy it.
D: Couldn't they  have a beautiful and perfect place of their own?"
S: I am sure they could have. They didn't want anybody else to have it. They didn't want anyone to be happy.
D: What happened to you when everything was destroyed?
S: I feel like I left. I didn't want to stay there anymore, because it was gone.
D: You'll be able to see what happened from that perspective. Can you see more about these other beings or whatever they were. that were jealous?
S: (Chuckle)  I am seeing a land of giants. They are very large. Large bones, large legs, large arms, muscular. It is like a community, but there is one leader that is not nice. He knew about the place that was beautiful. There was jealousy and anger. 

D: Are there dragons were they live?
S: Yes. (Laugh) They were small compared to the giants. They are like their pets.
D: So that was the type of creature they sent to destroy your place. (Yes) I wonder what kind of satisfaction that would give them...So what did you do after the place was destroyed?

S: I feel like I floated around for a while. Then I went to visit my Father for a while, because He loves me. I feel the love and the energy flowing through. I feel norished. I feel unconditional love.
D: Can you see what the Father looks like?
S: I just see this ball of light, life energy. There others that are there. We have to norish ourselves. I can't stay long.
I feel like I am being given my next assignment.
D: What is your next assignment?
S: I have to come to Earth
D: You don't look very happy. Do you have a choice?
S: No, I don't feel like I had a choice. It's an assignment, a job. Somebody has to do it, because nobody else will.
I think that's why I've been so angry at Him, at my Father, because it wasn't a choice. It was like you work for somebody. They tell you to do it, or else. Like when you are in the service, you take orders? That's what it felt like, because I had to go again.
D: But you had such love for Him, too.
S: I do, but I was angry because I had to go. I wouldn't have chosen to come to Earth. I was given that assignment to come here.
D: Tell me what happens as you come to Earth. What's the procedure?
S: I see myself going through different stages as energy. It feels like different stations, or different posts, or getting different information or steps. Like checking in with different entities and beings before coming here, and each one giving me information. But it feels like I'm not in physical form. And they are all giving me advice or information to be used.
D: Then what do you do whenever you finally get to Earth?
S: Well, I have to be born. I've done it several times, but not lately. There's something here that I have to accomplish.
This time there is a sense of mission. I'm here to do something (getting emotional) and I don't know what it is. But I know that I have something big to do.
D: But the first step is to be born as a baby? (Yes) Does it feel different to be in a body again?
S: Yes, yes. I feel confined. The other way was very free. And this way I feel very different. I am a beautiful baby girl.
I wanted to be a girl. It just felt like the right thing to be this time, for the assignment.
D: How do you feel about being in that body?
S: I never felt comfortable in that body. I"ve always had a poor body image. Even though I wanted to be a female, it was hard seeing myself as a female. I didn't like looking in the mirror. I didn't like what I saw. I felt that the anatomy was different. (Laugh) When I look at the mirror, I think I should see this beautiful glowing being of light. It's who I am underneath.
D: But you took on this casing, this outer shell. And you have to stay in this shell for a while till you do what you are supposed to do. 
S: Yes. I know it's to help other people. That's what I am feeling. I think the other times I came, it was free will, free choice. This time it wasn't. This time is different. I would have rather come on my own free will as opposed to having an assignment. It's important, but I don't know why. I don't know what for...I know it's to help other people. To help heal other people.
I asked the subconscious to come forth and explain why it showed Shirley the place that had been destroyed.
"Why did you choose that one? What were you trying to tell her?
S: ...She is able to connect all beings, all creatures, and talk to them. They try to communicate with her, but she's been blocking them. She is afraid it isn't real. She doesn't have to be afraid, because it's real. She will be able to heal people's hearts and minds with her voice. She will help them heal on all levels: physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual..."    
 


**************************************

Holographic Life Imprints


Lots of beings on/off this planet are helping Earth Planetary Spirit to go through the Shift and also helping the Universal Shift of Consciousness to continue to manifest. Among them are physical Earth humans, who had many Earth lives, One-Timers (the same as first-timers/aliens/star people though there is a difference in polarity), Guides on 4th D, Inspec friends on higher levels, good description of their work is in "Far Journeys" by R.Monroe, p.100:

"I got a percept of an immense machine . . . infinitely complex and complicated . . . with INSPECS climbing all over it, in and out of it, turning a knob here, a valve there, taking off a filter and cleaning it, matching waveforms on an oscilloscope, checking materials-input flow . . . Flow! That was it! Their concern was the flow of energy through the human experience. The idea of a machine wiped away completely and there was the physical earth with the human energy rings encircling it, dreamlike in its quality . . .
(Your last percept indicates good progress.)
But if they created the process in the first place, they should have been aware that it would need . . . maintenance, modification.
(We did not create time-space as you know it, nor the physical earth, nor the human process, nor the energy flow itself. That is not our department, as you put it. Our concern is the output and the . . . quality of such. To this end,
we adjust the internal flow as needed)..."

p.111-112:

"(The acceptance of pain as a condition of joy is the symbol of conflict within physical life existence. The pattern of the present is not consistent with the promise of the future as you perceive it within time-space illusion. A conflict of realities, from your aspect.)
I remember so well ... if that is the joy, I will take the pain again, if I can stand it ...
(It is not necessary. Your present consciousness now has a beginning point of reference. It is possible for you to perceive the destination of the rays of pure energy you have called loosh/love as it penetrates into your earth space in several segments of what you call time. We will assist you in your placement within the event. The delineation, the decision to distinguish must be yours solely. Are you ready to do this?)
I don't know positively what I will be looking for, but I will never forget again. If that is what I seek, I will find it."


To separate yourself from this mutual effort of consciously helping the Universal Shift, the evolution, the progress of other planets like the one which is taking over the population from Earth and just worry about his personal progress is allright for one person, because we have free will, but to preach about just personal progress in the books and on Internet is not all right, especially for those who consider themselves spiritually more 'advanced' then anyone else on this planet.
I doubt that without a considerable and genuine help for the Universal Shift these 'advanced' people would graduate and get to such densities like 7th or 8th.
The author of "Matrix 5" trilogy is one of these people. He claims in his 'books', that he had more than 1000 lives here on Earth. That statement is very dubious especially if you are familiar with Holographic Life Imprints described in the books written by Dolores Cannon, like "Keepers of the Garden" or "Convoluted Universe" trilogy.
As we know a lot of material for R.Monroe's books is coming from humans, aliens, One-Timers and his Inspec friends.
The same thing is with many other authors' books inc. Dolores Cannon's books. Her books are loaded with valuable
information from aliens. She has been working as a hypnotherapist for many years and one interesting fact she discovered from her clients was the existence of Life Imprints and that most of us (if not all) have. And I feel that the author of "Matrix 5" trilogy is not an exception from the rule and didn't have 1500 lives or more: most of them have been Holographic Life Imprints. He also conditioned his readers that everything alien must be bad and he wasn't the only one. Many other writers in their books or through media have done the same. But there is a difference in aliens as well as in humans.
The influence of "Matrix 5" has been disasterous for many readers inc. myself. The propagation of the belief that
all aliens have no emotions and behave like robots is very damaging for One-Timers on Earth, who came here with specific missions and represent their planets and who is helping their whole planets to graduate to a higher density.
Robert Monroe described in "Far Journeys"one such case in the future when he would be involved in moving the whole population of one planet to a higher level too. You can find it on  Robert Monroe info  link on this website or in his book.

The info on Life Imprints from "Keepers of the Garden" by Dolores Cannon you will find below. And as I said before I personally don't trust the words God, brotherhood, 'one with the Universe', angels and other religious words because I am not religious or a Love and Light person (though other people do use it, but it doesn't devalue their info).
R.Monroe was the same as me and here is an extract from his book p. 97 "Far Journeys"to prove it:


"This was becoming an event not anything like what I expected. I was rapidly losing my sense of awe. It was replaced with a great feeling of warmth, of understanding, much on the order of old deep friendships, yet filled with intense respect, not the usual pattern of expected angels, if that is what THEY were (the Inspecs).
(We can quickly grow some wings (of a angel) if you wish)
No, no, please, no wings. No halos either, although I got the clear percept, staring at my INSPEC—friend?
I could understand how humans with limited but definite momentary superconscious vision could add a halo to make the human-formed INSPEC stand out as different. A brightly radiant form? How often in human history has such perception taken place? Miracle workers, saints, local medicine men, and last-timers on their final run, no doubt."


Some info on Life Imprints you can also find in her book "Keepers of the Garden"(in full), pp 41- 46:

CHAPTER 8

IMPRINTING THIS TALK OF OTHER DIMENSIONS was confusing to me and made questioning difficult. I hoped for a
reprieve, a time to gather my thoughts, by directing him back to earthly lives. There I would be once again on familiar ground. But I was to find that now the door had been opened to other worlds and strange existences, we would not be able to cross back to the mundane and safe familiar world. The reason was the most startling I had ever encountered and temporarily shook my foundations and beliefs in what I was doing.

Maybe it is true that nothing really is as it appears.
D: Have you had very many lives on this planet Earth?
P: This is my first physical life, my first true incarnation on this planet. I have had imprints from many others and been assistant to others. However, this is my first true physical incarnation on Earth.
Wait a minute! What did he mean? Earlier he had said that he was new to this earthly realm, that he was more familiar with the area of other planets and other dimensions. But how could this be his first life on Earth? This was confusing because when we first began working together we had touched on about four other lives that had definitely taken place on this planet. What was going on during those earlier sessions?
D: Then the other ones we discussed were not real?
P: They were imprints and assistances, they were not true physical incarnations.
69
70 
This really threw me. I had never heard of an imprint. In my work with regressions, either you lived a life or you didn't. The only other alternative is that the subject was fantasizing or imagining the whole thing. I have always prided myself on being able to tell the difference. In everything I have read about possible explanations for the memories of other lives, I had never heard of anything called "imprinting." Phil was throwing me a whole new ball game. But I reminded myself, I must remember that I was not working with the common Earth-oriented energy. I was confused. If a life is not considered to be a true physical incarnation, how would I ever know what I was dealing with?
D: Do you mean that some souls when they come into a life, rather than having lived these exact past life experiences, they take...
P: They can withdraw information from the Akashic records and imprint this information into their soul, and it will then be their experience.
Other researchers have said that the Akashic records contain no mention of time, only the record of events, emotions and the lessons learned.
D: Well... Can you tell me how can I tell the difference when l do work like this?
P: No, because even I can't tell the difference. If I am in an imprint, that imprint is as real as if I had actually experienced it. All the emotions, the memories, the feelings, virtually everything about that life is in that imprint. So from my point of view
I would be unable to tell because I would be completely absorbed in the experience. This is the whole idea of imprint. This is the ability to live thousands, hundreds of thousands of years on a planet and actually never to have been there before.

D: What would be the reason?
P: If one were to come to this planet from another planet or dimension without the aid of imprints, one would be totally lost. One would not understand customs, religions, politics, or how to act in a social environment. This is the necessity for imprint. In the case of star people coming to this planet, there is no previous earthly experience of human existence in their subconscious. In order for this person to feel comfortable and at ease, there must be something with which to draw on and compare those day-to day imprinted
71

day experiences which one is encountering. For if this were not so, the feeling of total out-of-harmony would be virtually present every single day, until there arose that time when one could look back and see some semblance of history. That is in the later part of life. However, the confusion and disharmony from having to experience this, would negate any learning, for always there would be the disharmony, which all learning would have to filter through. All learning would be colored with this disharmony and would be, in effect, no learning at all. So there must be this imprinting to allow the vehicle to feel comfortable in his new surroundings and in those experiences which would be totally alien. For even such simple things as an argument would become so terrifying to the vehicle as to render him totally void. The star people have no experience with anger or fear as you know it It would incapacitate them. It would paralyze them. They would be totally traumatized. Many people believe that all this is conditioned by the environment anyway. That a baby's mind is totally fresh and all information is learned and absorbed as it grows and lives its life. Apparently we rely more on our subconscious memories than we realize. It seems to be like a computer bank from which we constantly draw comparisons in our daily lives. According to this new idea, an alien coming for the first time into an earthly body and facing a strange new culture must have something in their past memories to orient themselves and give them something to relate to. This whole idea was startling to me and opened up an entirely new way of thinking. It could change my whole outlook on reincarnation.
D: But, is there any way when I work with people that I can tell if they are remembering and reliving an actual life or an imprint?
P: We ask why you would wish to know?
D: Well, it's probably to help prove whatever I'm trying to prove?
I laughed inwardly, because it boiled down to: What am I trying to prove anyhow? He seemed to read my mind.
P: And what are you trying to prove?
I shook my head and laughed in bewilderment, "That's a good question."
72
 We will shortly show that you will answer your own question.

D: Well, I 'm trying to prove the reality of reincarnation, because many people don't believe in the concept. By having someone go through a life and being able to prove that that person did exist in that time period, I am trying to verify these things. But if someone was remembering an imprint, would we also be able to verify it?
P: That is correct, for the experience was actually lived, even though it was not lived by the vehicle you would be presently speaking to.
However, all the information would be the same, as if you had actually been talking to the very soul which had been in that vehicle at that time. Imprints become in reality a part of that soul and are so carried with that soul.
D: Would this be an explanation for the theory that sometimes more than one person appears to have lived the same previous lifetime? For instance, several Cleopatras, several Napoleons. Would imprinting take this into consideration ?
P: Absolutely. For there is no... (he had difficulty finding the right word) proprietorship to these imprints. They are open to all.
And so it becomes useless to try to pinpoint who was actually that person, for it is meaningless.
I have never had this happen, but it is one of the arguments presented by skeptics.
D: This is one of the arguments people have against reincarnation. They say if you find so many people with the same lives then it can't be true.
P: They are being challenged to widen their scope of knowledge.
They are given facts which contradict their short-sighted beliefs and are so challenged to expand their awareness.
D: Then it doesn 't matter if someone was the actual Cleopatra or whatever.
We still have access to the information of their life.
P: It can be verified as easily with the actual soul or with one of many hundred others who experience the same imprint. It makes no difference.
D: But would different people perhaps perceive the imprint in a different way?
If one person was questioned who had the life as Cleopatra, and another having the same life, would their concept possibly be different?
P: A very good question. We would say that human experience is like a filter and colors these perceptions which pass through it.
So if an experience in that Cleopatra incarnation was found 
73

objectionable to the conscious of the person relating that, it would either be deleted or changed in order to present it in such a manner as to not cause the disruption of the entity.
That sounds like self-editing. Could this then explain errors that sometimes crop up? Wouldn't this be similar to the way people understand and use research for their own purposes and to prove their own various points of view?
D: It would nonetheless be true, it would be just different ways of looking at it.
P: That is correct. It would be presented in the most accurate portrait possible, but also in the most comfortable one.
D: Would this also explain the question of parallel lives, two lives apparently occurring at the same time or overlapping each other?
P: Yes, this is how the paradox or the contradiction arises about parallel lives. It is simply a matter of acquiring societal experiences, law, regulations, customs, in order to carry out effectively in one's incarnation.
D. Then it doesn't really matter if it can be proved or not, does it?
P: Exactly. What is the point? One could go for millennia in tracing one's "past lives," quote, unquote, and in this respect, it would be totally useless. However, there is much that can be learned from these recalls. Not only from a personal point of view for the regressee but for those who read and hear of this. Much knowledge can be shared so there is much use for everyone.
D: By reliving past lives, some people receive a lot of benefit in their personal lives, such as understanding their personal relationships with others.
P: Yes, that is true.
D: How is it decided what imprints you are going to have or someone else is going to have? Are certain imprints chosen for certain individuals?
P: The imprint is determined by what the incarnation's goals are to be. For example, if one were to become a leader, a president, for example, one might have imprints from various levels of leaders from tribal leaders on up through possibly past presidential leaders, maybe a mayor, maybe a leader of thieves. If the emphasis is on leading, many imprints of a leading nature could be used so that the entity is familiar with the aspect of or the idea of what the job of leading is. There is also the secondary and even tertiary advantage of learning humility, patience, fun and entertainment.  All of the multitudes of experiences are in these imprints.
 74 

The method of imprinting is beyond me. The effect is to experience multiple lives, maybe simultaneously, maybe serially. But the effect is to learn lessons from other people's experiences. The lessons are shared. The experiences each of us are having in this lifetime now will be available at the end of these lifetimes to be imprinted for use by anyone who would have a use for them. It's simply borrowing books from a library if you would consider each life a book and reading and understanding it instantly.
D: Are you saying then that the energy of life is as though stored in a book and placed in a library and is available to be imprinted into other peoples lives if they so desire to use that information?
P: That is accurate. There is not a limitation on how many can use one particular life. Thousands of people could imprint the same experience simultaneously.
D: So it would be possible for me to regress more than one person to a particular life if it just so happened that the imprint was available to both individuals.
P: This is true. The imprints are chosen before the incarnation.
There is a method which is far too complex to understand. But you can say that there is a computer, a master computer which has access to all the lives, every one previous. And so the information is fed in of what is to be expected of this life and the appropriate imprints are then selected and overlaid. There is a hierarchy of spirits whose job it is to do this. A council which oversees this. They assist the soul. This computer or council is given all the information regarding the mission and the past experiences of the vehicles with which to draw from. And so there is the choosing between that previous lifetime which has been deposited into the records and a match between that which pertains (belongs to someone) and the experience which is about to begin. All memory, all thoughts, all senses, everything that a real existing life would have is there intact. It is a hologram, a three-dimensional summation of that lifetime. All experiences, remembrances, emotions are imprinted into that soul and become a part of that soul.
This information is then carried after the incarnation is over and is a gift from having lived in this realm of existence and so then becomes part of the permanent record of the soul.
D: Wouldn't it be proper to say the imprint is like a pattern? Would that be another word? That you pick these patterns and use them to try to pattern your life after.
75

P: That could be used.
D: I just had an intersting idea. It is kind of liked doing research in a library, isn't it?
P: Yes. You are given books on many subjects and with that knowledge in hand you carry forth.
D. But when a person rally lives a life they gain much from the day-to-day experience of living that life. Would they gain the same value, so to speak from the imprint?
P: You speak from a karmic point of view and we would say this is not accurate. For the imprint simply gives reference from which to draw on. It does not assist in working off any karma (non existing debt)... Were everyone to receive imprints then there would be a standstill in which no one would be experiencing true lives. And there would be nothing, eventually, relative to imprint from. So there is or must be real lives being lived with which to add to this record library.
D: Yes, after while the soul would prefer the short to the actual experience.
P: For some souls the shortcuts are appropriate, for others they are not. For this vehicle is now living a lifetime which is appropriate.
It could be said that he could have simply waited for someone else to have experienced an incarnation at this time and then received that imprint, could it not? However, the actual experience would not have been learned. The free will of the soul is here, in that the imprint is made by the free will of the soul and not someone else's free will. All relative information is given into this computer and those appropriate incarnations are then given for imprinting. The imprints are available from this source but the individual makes the final decision. The soul has the power to reject if he finds an imprint which is not acceptable to him, for whatever reason. If he simply decides to use his authority to say, "I do not wish to have that one," then so be it.
(And as usual the book is written for males only because it turns to men: he, his authority etc., as if  women are a second class citizens, LM).

D: This is causing me a little confusion. Are you saying then that there is no such thing as reincarnation as we know it?
P: Let me say, there is the progression from body to body. There is also the imprints. Someone may have lived actually five lives, but yet have the experience of 500. It's a combination of effects.
D: In other words, that is information you have at birth and it's utilized by you during your life.
P The imprints are complete at the time of birth. But extra imprints are also available whenever necessary. This would be 76 
similar to packing luggage for a trip and finding during the trip that one has forgotten something. And so, there are stores along the way. Are you familiar with map overlays? For example, you might have the physical boundaries of the United States with no political boundaries such as states or counties. But these would be on transparencies. Each transparency is then laid down in succession and a complete picture is given. This could be used as an analogy to imprints. The imprints may be overlaid in many different ways, one being in a dream or a physical experience of some sort. A traumatic experience such as a death in the family or a loss of one's job or any time where one is open from within by some experience. Be it joyous or grievous or anywhere in between, the opening of oneself is the key here. And that imprint which is necessary will be neatly fitted in, with no notice whatsoever by the entity. But the fact is you can also actually live many lives without ever having an imprint. Imprints are simply aids.
They are not necessary for everyone, but they are absolutely imperative for star people (One-Timers).
Apparently Phil's subconscious was using another protective device when I first began working with him. It allowed the imprints to come forth first in regression so that Phil would not learn of his other-worldly connections until he was ready to accept and understand them. If I had not continued to work with him, the stories of his lives on other planets would never have surfaced. This can also be said of other subjects. There would be no way for me to know, and they themselves certainly would not know that we were dealing with star people. It was a very unique protection device. I have observed this while working with other subjects. The best information only came after working for a long period of time. Rapport (relationship) must be established in order for the subject to release it. This work demands much patience. If I had tired and given up too soon, I would never have received any of the stories I have written about in my books.
D: Do the star people or the other extraterrestrial people ever come to Earth without being born as a spirit into a body ?
I mean, do they ever come to Earth and manufacture or assimilate a body in order to mix with the people?

P: That is correct. It has been accomplished many times and will be again. It is a very simple matter of assimilation of Earth energies to represent that which is desired to be seen. No great task.
77
D: Would it be a real solid body or just a visual body?
P: It would have aspects of both. It would not be as dense as an actual physical body for it would be sustained by mental energies.
D: Why would they do this?
P: This would be in order to impart some special message, perhaps to some special individuals or to someone who is actively seeking to commune with these people.
D: Would they ever assimilate a body and stay on Earth for a while?
P: If it were necessary it could be done indefinitely. There would be no time delineation on this. The time spent would be determined by the mission undertaken.
D: I see. We've heard stories that maybe people could be living among us and actually not be humans, so to speak.
P: It is entirely possible.
D: Are these people who come and assimilate bodies and live among us of any danger to the human race?
P: They are of as much danger as the human race is to itself. They are even less so for they are here to help and assist. Their mission is simply one of enlightenment and if this is not considered help, then there is no help for the race.
D: Is there any way that we can recognize star people?
P: We would not wish to have some distinguishing characteristic published, for there is none. In fact, they are as real and flesh and blood as any other human. There are clues which would be taken as an indicator. However, this, we feel would be unappropriate to give out. For it would create a witch-hunt atmosphere and would invade the privacy of those who have not yet realized their heritage. It would cause them much concern or grief unnecessarily.
This is true. There must be many people out there who, like Phil, have no indication that they are originally from the stars.
P: For if an individual looking about for such people were of the mind to be prosecutorial in nature, he would have himself a witch-hunt, and we wish to have no part of this. We would not encourage baiting individuals with this information that they may pursue some deviate desire of their own at someone else's expense. They would see them as aliens and not as humans. Any individual who now walks the Earth has been given the right to do so.
78
Well, we are conditioned by our movies and TV that anything alien must be bad.

P: That is exactly right, you are conditioned. It is not fact, it is simply conditioning. We would feel that it would be most appropriate to express in your book why you did not include information about distinguishing these people and bring this aspect to light.
For many would not even consider this. There are those, as we said, who would love nothing more than to find someone to hunt, "human bounty," so to say. There are laws against things such as segregation and open racism, etc. There, however, are no laws at this time protecting star people and these would be open game, so to say. There is that mentality.
D: Well these people who come and assimilate bodies and live among us for a while, they wouldn't have emotions like us, would they? Or they wouldn't have the imprint knowledge?
P: We are not speaking of assimilations here; we are speaking of regular star persons. They would have the imprint knowledge of what emotions are and how to deal with them. That is exactly why there are imprints. We would say as to the assimilations, this is another matter. These are not of the imprint type material.
These are special individuals who have studied the human race to the extent that they feel very comfortable and can   mingle without apparent discern by those around them.
D: But they don't have any emotions to fall back on. They just have their observations?
P: We would disagree with this, for they are very human and can stomp and snort just like the best of us.
D: I believe that's what humans think, that aliens would not have emotions but would be more or less like robots. This idea is what frightens people.
P: They would be most pleased to observe a gathering of planetary races for a celebration of the new order. For there theywould see many emotions, such as crying and laughing and singing and dancing. For these are not strictly earthly experiences. The human being always seems to feel everything they do is entirely original. This is, in part, what is meant by universal brotherhood, in that even emotions are shared by the universe and are not simply a part of human experience. For there is joy throughout the universe. There is sorrow throughout the universe. There is anger throughout the universe. There is fear throughout the universe. However, these are differently manifested in these different realms. The human equivalent of anger and fear is black..."

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Alex Collier on Holographic Technology and other things

Alex Collier, 2009
Alex Collier, 2009

A Picture Tells a Thousand Words: Holographic Image Technology

"They have a camera that they can take a picture and separate it out to get data all the way back to conception.
Say I have a liver problem. They can go back and get the data relative to my healthy liver and project it holographically and heal the liver. This is holographic technology. It is literally me, healing myself. We have the same capabilities using our minds. The key is to open it up to the idea that everything that we record in our mind is recorded holographically. Every single thought is recorded holographically. When you are trying to create something in your life, through your mediations, don't look at it the way you normally do. Move around it, behind it, on top of it, beneath it. Train you mind and subconscious to see it for what it really is. They say we have this ability - they need technology to do this, but we don't, because we have the benefit of already having been on 11th density."
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 "With your race having reached the fourth stage of development, it now has a clear sense of three dimensional space. We understand 'space' to be a multi-dimensional mirror of consciousness, and the concepts of 'time' and 'motion' as illusions... What appears to be 'time' and 'motion' are in reality only the movement of consciousness upon a higher space or dimension."
P.68
(That's what Robert Monroe found too as a result of his travels and that's what Rosalind McKnight writes in her books, LM).


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Regarding the Frequency Shift and Third Density Implosion (p.57)

"On March 23, 1994 the Andromedans told me that all the 'black holes' in the known universe began to emanate a color
-sound frequency. It's the first time it has happened in recorded history in our 'universe', which the Andromedans have been taught is a 21 trillion year old hologram. They say that they have been able to chart at least 100 trillion galaxies."

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

"Each member of your races (of Earth) will feel their essence in (during) the balancing of positive and negative as they have done, and it will be weighed in their own consciousness. Those who prepare and invest will be prepared for the evolution to another density." P.72

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

"They (the Andromedans) said that somewhere around the beginning of December 2013, third density will implode. It will implode. What does that mean? I don't know if this is true, but they say, and they are convinced, that literally what is going to happen is that there is going to be a graduation out of physicality
.
That means that a lot of us are going home (home where we came from and different for each one of us, LM), and that
means that a lot of others are going to start all over again. p.74
(that ties up with Dolores Cannon's information presented on this page, LM).


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

"Q: When you spoke about the transition when going from fourth density to fifth density, how are we going to know that we made that transition?
A: We live in a color spectrum of 72 frequencies. When you get to fifth density, there are 223 color frequencies. You will see colors that you have never seen before and it will be (snap!) just like that. You will know that you are there. When MacDonalds has purple arches, then you will know" (and also: we are not going to be physical, LM), p
. 95-96 .


'Second Earth'

Another Watery Planet similar to Earth
Another Watery Planet similar to Earth

I found this puzzling article with an unusual title sometime ago and translated it into English. See what you can make out of it.


Second Earth


On the map is
the position of possible 'Second Earth', the new planet of 3th Density starting a new physical Planetary Game, possibly in other physical Universe; the planet still is known as Gliese 581S. This is possibly where most of Earth's humanity has been relocating for the New Game.
Yesterday (21 August 2009) I got more interesting info connecting our planet to the planet under the name of Gliese 581d in the same constellation of Libra, a sister planet of Gliese 581 S, from the Russian and Australian websites and posted it below.
That was also shown on Moscow's TV .The article is about the 'Second Earth' which shows signs of mysterious, highly developed civilization. Could it be our Earth of 4th or 5th Density, which continues playing Planetary Game with much more evolved humans (H+), the one described by R.Monroe in his books or it is a new planet, which is taking Earth population for the next Planetary Game in another physical Parallel Universe?
A year ago Japanese astronomers started systematic searches of info about the life conditions on this 'recently' discovered Earth type planet. Soon after a group of European astronomers also reported about the same planet and gave it a name . This planet is in Libra constellation, next to Scorpio constellation and under the name of 581S ( the sum is 9 if you count ) and circling around the star Gliese 581S in Constellation of Libra 20,5 light years away from Earth. The temperature on the surface of this planet is from 0 to 40 C . Existance of water and atmosphere is very possible (it's hard to imagine 'Earth type' planet with highly evolved civilization without water and an atmosphere though). In other words the conditions for life are very favourable. The report came from Japanese observatory ( Nisi - Harima ) on Honsu island, which has the biggest optic telescope-reflector and powerful spectrographer in the country and with their help the astronomers are analizing light rays emitted by 581S. The planet has displays of unusual colours for instance green laser rays , which are the signs of highly developed life and civilization.


Gliese 581 d with the sun and other 3 planets

Gliese 581d with the sun and other 3 planets

Two 'sun like' stars discovered

http://www.izvestia.ru/news133502/
http://bigpondnews.com/articles/Technology/2009/12/15/Two_sun_like_stars_discovered_406242.html

Scientists have discovered four planets orbiting two stars which they say are similar to the Sun. University of New South Wales professor Chris Tinney says the discovery using the Australian radio-telescope at Parkes and another in Hawaii points the way to the existence of planets which could be suitable for life. He says three planets have been found orbiting the star 61 Virginis which is 28 light years from earth in the constellation of Virgo. The fourth planet is a Jupiter-mass planet orbiting the star 23 Librae which is 84 light years away in the constellation of Libra. 
Star Gliese 581 is a small red dwarf. It has 4 planets in its system. Gliese 581 d is the furthest from the sun. Mass of Gliese 581 d is 8 times bigger than  Earth. Such heavy planets are called 'Superlands'.
Just recently the same action has been done in Florida. With the help of a transmitter directed to Alfa Centaur the film for the aliens have been sent. To find the planets the astronomers measured how stars are tugged around by the gravity of nearby planets.
Tuesday, December 15, 2009 05:05a

Here is another article which I got from Russian and Australian websites on 21 August. One of the articles is also in Russian for those who can read Russian. Though they talk now about another planet from the same group of 4: Gliese 581 d, not Gliese 581 S and about their Sun (star Gliese 581). What surprises me , "Why such an attention to these 2 planets?"


Gliese 581 d

Gliese 581d artist's impression


Welcome to HELLO FROM EARTH

http://www.hellofromearth.net/
http://www.hellofromearth.net/gliese581d/whatis/index.htm
http://www.hellofromearth.net/gliese581d/aboutgliese581d/index.htm

The target planet is 'Gliese 581d', a super-Earth about eight times heavier than our own planet. Gliese 581d and its three known sister planets orbit the low-mass red dwarf star Gliese 581, about 20.3 light-years (194 trillion km) away from us, in the constellation Libra.

Gliese 581d is the outlying planet in the Gliese 581 system, and orbits its parent star every 66.8 days. It may be covered by a large and deep ocean and is the first serious 'waterworld' candidate discovered beyond our Solar System. Imagine life from the surface of this planet - its sun, being one third the size of our Sun and 50 times fainter - would be a dull, red glow in the sky. Under a deep, possibly planet-encompassing ocean, thick layers of ice surround the planet's rocky centre.
It's the "first serious waterworld candidate", according to astronomer and exoplanet hunter Stephane Udry, from the Geneva Observatory in Switzerland, who was part of the team that discovered the planet in April 2007.
The habitability of this distant, possible waterworld depends on the composition and presence of an atmosphere. A Venus-like atmosphere, with a runaway greenhouse effect, could boil water away, whereas a thin, Mars-style atmosphere would see ice sublimate into vapour.
Gliese 581d orbits its sun every 66.8 days at about one fifth of the distance from the Earth to the Sun (0.22 astronomical units, or AU), closer than initial estimates and firmly within the star's habitable zone according to a study published in the journal Astronomy & Astrophysics in April 2009
This diagram shows the distances of the planets in our Solar System (upper row) and in the Gliese 581 system (lower row), from their respective stars (at left). The habitable zone is indicated as the blue area, showing that Gliese 581d is located inside the habitable zone around its low-mass red dwarf star.
Its neighbours include '581b', a Neptune-sized (15 Earth masses) ice giant, and '581e', the smallest exoplanet found to date at 1.9 times the mass of the Earth, which streaks around its sun in just 3.15 days. Another promising planet in the system, '581c' (five Earth masses), lies on the warmer edge of the habitable zone and, if it has an atmosphere, may be too hot to host life.The system was discovered using the High Accuracy Radial velocity Planet Searcher (HARPS) spectrograph, part of the European Southern Observatory's 3.6-metre telescope at La Silla, Chile. The sensitive instrument picks up minuscule wobbles of starlight caused by the gravitational tug of planets. Most of the 360 known exoplanets were discovered using this technique. So far, our knowledge of Gliese 581d is sketchy - what the planet looks like may have to wait until technology improves. Or until someone calls back.
"The target planet at least has the advantage that it might support life," says science author and theoretical physicist Paul Davies, chair of the SETI Post-Detection Taskgroup of the International Academy of Astronautics. "That doesn't mean life is bound to emerge there, however. It may be that life is a freak phenomenon, which has happened only once in the observable universe. On the other hand, it may be common. In our present state of ignorance we just don't know."
http://www.hellofromearth.net/gliese581d/whatis/index.htm
This site is collecting messages that will be transmitted to Gliese 581d, a planet outside our Solar System which may support life. Comments are moderated: inappropriate messages will be rejected, and messages must be in English (so we can evaluate them).
Register here to send your message before the deadline: 5pm Monday 24 August 2009 Sydney time (07:00 GMT Monday 24 August 2009)
Your email address is needed so we can notify you whether your submission has been accepted or rejected. We will also occasionally notify you of developments related to the signal, such as distance traveled, other signals sent to this star system or similar planets in other star systems, and news about other exoplanets discovered.
You acknowledge that your Hello from Earth Message may be read on our website by people from planet Earth, but may also be intercepted in space or be received by the target planet to which it is beamed, Gliese 581d, or other planets in the Gliese 581 star system."

Scientists discover water-covered planet

http://bigpondnews.com/articles/Technology/2009/12/17/Scientists_discover_water-covered_planet_407338.html

Astronomers have discovered a new Earth-like planet that is larger than our own and may be more than half covered with water, according to a study published on Wednesday in the science journal Nature.
The so-called 'super Earth' is about 42 light years away in another solar system and has a radius nearly 2.7 times larger than that of our planet, according to the study by the Harvard-Smithsonian Centre for Astrophysics.
The discovery of the planet, called GJ 1214b, represents a 'major step forward' in the search for worlds similar to the Earth, added the University of California's Geoffrey Marcy in a commentary also in Nature.
The 'newfound world' is too hot to sustain life as we know it, said the Harvard-Smithsonian Centre for Astrophysics in a statement.
Its density suggests however it 'is composed of about three-fourths water and other ices and one fourth-rock,' it said.
'There are also tantalising hints that the planet has a gaseous atmosphere.'
Its temperature is estimated at between 280 and 120 degrees Celsius with its host star about one-fifth the size of the Sun, according to the scientists.
'Despite its hot temperature, this appears to be a waterworld,' says Zachory Berta, a graduate student who first spotted hints of the planet's presence.
'It is much smaller, cooler and more Earthlike than any other known exoplanet,' he said in the statement.
An exoplanet is one outside of our solar system.
Berta said some of the water would likely be in crystalline form that exists at pressures greater than 20,000 times Earth's sea-level atmosphere.
Its temperature is much lower than that on the only similar discovery, called CoRoT-7b, which revolves around a star that is much hotter, the scientists say.
The CoRoT-7b has a density close to that of the Earth (5.5 grams per cubic centimetre) and seems to be rocky, while the new discovery appears to be much less dense (1.9 g/cm3).
'To keep the planet's density that low requires that it contains large amounts of water,' said Marcy. 'It must contain a huge amount of water, roughly 50 per cent by mass.'
The 'wild card' is the make-up of the gases on the planet, he said.
The planet orbits every 38 hours around a small, faint star that was first spotted by eight ground-based telescopes no larger than those used by amateur astronomers, the Harvard-Smithsonian Centre said.
Its relative closeness makes its possible to study it to determine its atmosphere.
'That will make it the first super Earth with a confirmed atmosphere - even though that atmosphere probably won't be hospitable to life as we know it,' said David Charbonneau who heads the research team.
Thursday, December 17, 2009 09:51am


"The earth, according to the Andromedans, is a living entity, and has decided that it is going to evolve to 5th density...
 The earth has pockets of negativity inside of it, because of its history. Volcanoes can be metaphorically considered as release of a blockage. The earth is sick and has taken a beating. You have the masses on the surface participating in the creation of fear because we are buying into the belief systems we are being fed in the media... Now, fear is not love. It carries an entirely different frequency. In fact, fear is an extremely low frequency. Here we are, creating all of this..."
Alex Collier

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


Below I placed a couple of appropriate extracts from "Keepers of the Garden" by Dolores Cannon; D stands for Dolores, P for Phil :

P. 222-223:

"D: Didn't you say earlier that they showed you something in the control room?
P: Star maps. They showed me where the new planet is. Where we're going. 
D: What do you mean? Where you're going eventually, you mean?
P: Yes. In physical life. Three-dimensional. This body. Travel later.
With many others. Moving. Going to new home. (Sounded pleased) New home.
D: Was this map on the wall or what?
P: No. Generated. Three-dimensional. Holograph. I don't know where it is. Someplace. I can see it New sun. Different sun...not new, different. Different life-forms.
D: Do you think you could draw some of the map for me?
P: No. I don't know the first thing about it. I don't know where it is.
Where we're going. Why? When? Don't know.
D: What does the map look like?
P: The planets are ... little balls. Lights. Not much definition. I don't know. I've never been in space before. I don't know up from down.
D: Then there's no design or pattern you could draw?
P: They know.They know.They point out things. This is such and such, and there's such and such. I don't know the first thing about it. I feel so ignorant I really do. Like I should know. I was told this long ago. Many times before. And now I don't ... know. Don't know what I'm supposed to know. Why should I know that?
D: Then they just pointed to these different things on something like a holograph. Is that what you said?
P: Three-dimensional picture. It would be flat, but yet you could see more into it. In fact it would be both at the same time. Strange. They pointed out things. Landmarks to them. I don't know what they are.
D: Is Earth anywhere in the picture, or did they say?
P: It went from Earth ... progression. Far away, though. Long distance. Not to be affected by ... trash.
D: Trash?
P: (Curiously) Trash of Earth.
D: What do you mean by that?
P: I don't like the concept. Many not to survive. Earth to undergo huge changes. I've known. I don't like that idea.
D: You said they're telling you that sometime they're going to take you?
P: Many. Many who would be appropriate. Those not taken, left behind. Simply transpire ... expire. Transpire. Through the 
process of spiritual revitalization. Others transported to new world. Make new life. Create new world...

(What he meant was that One-Timers after a warming up exercise of one life here are moving to a 3 dimensional/3density planet for a new Planetary Game somewhere in another physical Parallel Universe, because this Universe will stop being physical after 3rd of December 2013. Apart from One-Timers there are many others, who wants participate in another physical Planetary Game on either side in the New Universe. Physical Planetary Games are starting and finishing all over the Multiverse all the time. Those, who doesn't want to participate in another Physical 3rd Density Game, are moving wherever their frequency will take them or where they want to go! The Graduates of this Game are moving out  to higher Levels. The article about 'Second Earth' above could be relevant to Dolores Cannon's material. There is nothing new in the migration of humanity from planet to another planet  at the time of completion of physical Planetary and Universal Games and the start of other Games: it is happenning in Multiverse all the time, LM.)
224
"The definitions of transpire and expire are interesting when compared. Expire means: to breathe one's last breath; die.
To come to an end; terminate. Transpire means: to cause (vapor, moisture, etc.); to pass through tissue or other permeable substances, especially through the pores of the skin. Does this mean this is the way it will happen? If so, it sounds like what happened to the victims at Hiroshima, when their bodies evaporated. There may also be another appropriate definition.
D: Why are they doing these different tests?
P: Tests. Samples. For bodies to populate. Others will come. Need new bodies. Some won't survive; need new bodies.
D: Do you think that everyone they've done things like this to are going to go?
P: No. Some don't want to.
It was a strange concept, but it began to sound like the aliens knew something was going to happen to our Earth.
In anticipation they were preparing another planet for migration. Some humans would be taken in their earthly physical bodies to inhabit that new world. Others would apparently die here, but their spirits could travel to the new world, if they wished, and reincarnate in physical bodies that would be similar to those left on Earth, and therefore would be familiar to them. A strange and awesome concept. Could this be one of the motives behind the experimentation being conducted by the aliens? Not only the analyzing and observation of our species' evolvement and reaction to disease and environmental influences, but the continual search for a perfection of our species.
257
 At this time, the vehicle is undergoing preparations for what we would term a "shift" in consciousness. To a higher, more refined level of communication with those entities and energies which he has worked with through the eons to bring help to this planet. There has been many, many preparations made to enable this exchange of awarenesses. For it is not simply a unilateral giving or a taking. It is a bilateral shifting of awareness and consciousness. A trading of places, such that the one then becomes the other. The journey is both figurative and literal, because there will be a displacement given to facilitate this change in awareness...
There are, of course, many dimensions unmentioned here, which will also be affected.
However, it would be accurate to say that this journey is somewhat of a graduation in a sense, of all that has come before in preparation. And yet, at the same time, it is, of course, a new beginning. A new chapter.
D: Will this affect the vehicle's life?
P: That is accurate. On an emotional level there will be a change in awareness of, not only self, but of others.
D: I was wondering how it would affect his day-to-day life.
P: We would say that it would be much for the better.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
263
D: I was wondering why the visitations are continuing?
P: A planet in residence is to be given to those who would choose to begin in another place, and not participate in the final upheaval of this planet Earth. It is therefore necessary to understand the biological state of those vehicles who would choose to migrate, so there is not given to that other planet the contamination which is indigenous to this planet. Those who would choose to go would be filtered and screened carefully, so there are no genetic or biologic defects introduced to that population. It is desired that only those who are most suitable be transported, so that the race which would evolve would be as free from defect as possible. There are many genetic defects in your own human stock which you need only look around to recognize, such as your mental and physical deformities. That would be undesirable.

This entity, Phil, was chosen to be involved in this project. He, himself, at one time on another planet, was the experimentor as opposed to the experimentee. He has now elected to place himself in this position, so that he can understand that experience from another angle.
D: Turn about is fair play, in other words.
P: That is accurate.
D: It has been said that there will be spaceships standing by to take some survivors off our planet if we used our atomic bombs. Is there anything you can tell us about this?
P: We would say that if the scenario you have described were to become reality, then there would be those who would be offered the option of relocating to another planet. This will also be offered at the time of the coming Earth Shift.
264
 At this time the new planet is in a somewhat imperfect state of construction. However, it is one which would be able to support life quite readily for those who would choose to go there. There will be those who would choose to remain and take care of what would be left behind, or try to restart or rebuild that which is on this planet. The option would be given and would be entirely voluntary on the part of each individual. Just as your planet was seeded, nurtured and watched over for eons, another has received its life charter and is ready for habitation. Your body styles are compatible and are being prepared as the new race. History is merely repeating itself in its ongoing process. As your planet is entering its death throes and making ready for drastic traumatic changes, another planet, new, fresh and unspoiled, is being readied for those who would make the journey. It is as yours once was-pristine and unsullied.

During the coming upheavals many will not survive and others will desire to relocate. Hopefully the same mistakes will not be made on that world.
D: If one chose to go to the other planet, would they be transported with the body that they have, or would they be changed?
P: That is accurate. It would be a physical, three-dimensional transportation en masse.
D: Would spaceships be used for transportation?
P: That is accurate:
D: This planet you speak of, is it in our solar system?
P: Not in the solar system, but in the galaxy (most likely of another physical Universe, which overlaps ours, LM).
D: Is it similar to Earth?
P: In some respects, yes. In many respects, no. There would be a period of acclimation necessary for your human bodies, which have become acclimated to the energy of this planet, to realign to that new energy. There would be a feeling of disorientation and a period of melancholy. However, the sustaining energies on that planet would eventually heal those imbalances left by the energies of this planet. That planet would be much more conducive to your human life-forms than this planet.
D: Is that planet inhabited now?
P: Not by those of your race at this time. However, there are those who are of a more custodial or constructive nature still working to prepare it for those of you who would choose to inhabit it. It is not inhabited but populated, yes. It has not been populated enmasse, but it could be at any time.
265
D: You said there were some differences. How is that planet different?
P: There are those energies present on that planet which are absent on this planet. It has to do with the energy rivers which course through the universes. That planet is in a different river of energy.
D: Does the planet have a name?
P: The name given to that planet has no equivalent to translate at this time. However, in spiritual realities a vibration is given. You, yourselves, those of you who shall choose to inhabit this planet, will be given the responsibility of choosing a name based on the experiences previous to the migration as well as the experiences of those on the planet at that time. We should not be so presumptuous as to give this name ahead of time as those who are the true inheritors of the planet themselves have not so decided.
D: Are there physical topography differences between that planet and our planet?
P: Yes. The areas most conducive to inhabitation at this time would be similar to your Midwest plains. The planet itself is somewhat unsettled; it itself has not completed its growth and is somewhat immature as a planet. However, it would be most conducive to supporting life as you know it in your life-forms. And, yes, animals could be transported also. It would support animal life.
D: If we choose to go to that planet, will we remember that we left Earth?
P: Certainly. There will be no loss of consciousness. However, only those who would be most productive on that planet would be allowed to migrate. Those who would introduce a criminal element would not be allowed. Only those of the highest nature would be allowed to transmigrate.
D: Then there would be certain restrictions.
P: That is accurate.
D: Would those who remain and don't choose to go to this other planet be, more or less, picking up the pieces, and restructring it according to what it was? Or would there be the desire to create something different?
P: There will be those who choose to remain on this planet, to clean up the mess, so to say, and begin anew. These will be assisted in many ways by the extraterrestrials. Also the beings of light would remain to assist those who stayed behind, in order to build a more perfect union of mind, body and spirit in the environment they find. Many lessons of a strengthening nature could be
266 

learned from remaining here. Those who choose to leave will then begin a new civilization on another planet. Cousins to those who are to remain behind.
D: Will there also be qualifications for those who remain?
P: The individual themselves would make that decision as to remain or not. The qualifications are simply being physically able to survive. There would be no forced transmigration. The choice would simply be with the individual. The times at that period will be of a testing nature. Not for those who would be, perhaps, squeamish.
D: Is this planet going to be aailable even if nothing happens to the Earth?
P: That is accurate.
D: On this planet what kind of environment would people live in ?
P: There would be given those technologies which would allow for the construction of cities and societies as you know them here. However, there would be also given those additional technologies and concepts which would allow for a more perfect societal structuring- free of the prejudices and restrictions found in your societies at present.
There was a reluctance within me to give up totally on this home, this world of ours, even if such a perfected planet were in existence.
D: Is it possible for us to eventually construct a ship that will take people back and forth between these two planets?
P: There is no need for your technology to attempt this for you have not reached the point which would allow it. The ability to do this is already in place. However, it is not your technology that will allow this.
D: Would these people that choose to go there be allowed to go back and forth? To return to Earth and travel between these two planets?
P: There will be those who will be shuttles. Taking what has been learned from the new planet and integrating it back into this old planet, and a sharing of the knowledge.
D: Will there be telepathic communication with this new world?
P: There will be communication. However, the telepathic nature of the communication would rest entirely with the individuals involved. Those who would choose to allow themselves that ability would be given lessons on how to improve it, and in which manners to use it. Eventually the entire population will be at a telepathic level because this will be universal.
267
D: Can you tell us a little bit about those who would assist earthings in this transportation?
P: They are, as has been said earlier, the Helpers. Those of a high spiritual nature, who are even now assisting in the energy redirection of your planet, to hopefully prevent self-destruction. They are those who are taking those samples and abductions, as you call them. They themselves have experienced, in their past, the destruction of their planet in a similar fashion, and the subsequent migration to another planet. They are well suited to the task of assistance, because they can draw personally from that knowledge of the events which happened on their planet. They themselves have volunteered for this assignment, as they can well relate to the necessities involved in transplanting a society en masse from one planet to another. There are many different types of helpers involved here. Not all are from one planet, but they all share in some form or another the desire to assist those of you on this planet. To help in raising your consciousness and allowing you to become more aware of, not only yourselves, but of those around you. And to be aware of and to be able to relate to and share in the love of that which you call the universe...
D: Does the Pleiades have any special significance in this relocation process that we've been discussing?
P: Only in that those who are assisting are of the Pleiadian nature.
Many come from this area, or are inhabitants of the systems of the Pleiades. However, not that the new home planet itself is in that system.
D: That was going to be my next question. It has been said that in the sleep state some of us are being taken aboard spaceships and trading infomation concerning the events to come. Is this true?
P: That is accurate. For always in any civilization undertaking as dramatic a change as this, there will be coaching and practice runs. So that during the actual transportation there will not be a feeling of total disorientation, but of accomplishment, of having practiced or done this many times before. This is simply to prepare those who would choose to relocate-to allow them the most comfort possible in this transference. So that the concept would not be new, but would be very familiar. This is not done in the physical sense, but is entirely true in a spiritual sense, a practice run, so to say.
268
 We would ask that you visualize at this time a concept of a refuge. An area to remove those individuals to, who would be most traumatically affected by this change which is now in progress on your planet.

D: Has this change been occurring for a long time?
P: Not in your chronological years. However, it has been worked on and prepared for many eons from the spiritual plane.
D: It seems like our seasons are changing. Does that have anything to do with it?
P: That is a manifestation of this change, not a cause of it. A simple reflection of the reality that this change is in fact occurring. Just as many other changes are now occurring on many different levels, and are apparent to those who would turn their attention to this change.
D: Am I right in assuming that the seasons have changed?
P: That is accurate.
D: Is this being caused by the shift of the Earth?
P: That is accurate.
D: Are the California earthquakes a part of this?
P: That is accurate. There is a shift in the tectonic plate position which is now occurring on your planet from that which was somewhat more stable to that which is more fluid. It has been observed that there is an increase in movement in your tectonic plates. This is owing to the fact that the electromagnetic field around your planet is in flux. It is therefore causing the iron content of the crust to attempt to realign itself with this new electromagnetic positioning. The plates are following the new flux alignments.
D: Then it has something to do with the iron content?
P: The crust itself is somewhat reactive to the magnetic properties of the electromagnetic field surrounding your planet.
It is as if the plates are somewhat magnetic in reactance to these electromagnetic fields and are trying to realign themselves to these fields. It is similar to iron filings following a magnet placed under a paper. As we perceive it, at this point the tectonic plate theory has been understood to be dynamic in change based on the rotation of the Earth. This is not completely accurate in that the crust is attempting to align itself to these magnetic fields. This flux in magnetic field is the cause of the shifting plates, and not the polar alignment."


"That is, as applying to your physical human bodies. We would say that there is the attempting to create a more perfect human body, in terms of immunological response to disease and resistance to disease initially. Such that there will be those, or that stock perhaps, of human bodies eventually that would be most resistant to most forms of disease on your planet now. The intent of this genetic engineering is to, in essence, create a more perfect physical body,
270
such that the spirit, once raised in awareness, can more perfectly translate into these more perfect bodies. A more perfect spirit requires a more perfect body (that what we were at the beginning of the Game, LM).

D: Then in this way they are actually helping more than they are harming, aren't they?
P: Indeed. There is no intent on harm in any of this. In order to perfect your human species, that is, your physical human bodies, it is necessary to study and take samples. The effort being expended here is of making a perfect human vehicle. Such that the debilitating diseases of old age and mental retardation, and all forms of disease would be eliminated. It is necessary to study the human anatomy in this intimate environment, in order to more fully understand the mechanisms at work which cause these debilitating manifestations. The effort is to create a perfect human vehicle. Such that those who would inhabit this other planet then would begin to procreate these genetically superior bodies or vehicles.
D: What would be the objective of having a superior body ? I thought our main objective was to raise our spirit.
P: That is accurate. But would you wish to inhabit a lesser or inferior vehicle, as opposed to a more superior?

D: Does it really matter if the spirit is only temporarily here anyway?
P: Certainly. For the ability to do the work that your spirit has prescribed is directly influenced by the ability of your vehicle to do that work."


Volutneers to be locked in capsule

Monday, March 30, 2009 02:58pm

http://bigpondnews.com/articles/OddSpot/2009/03/30/Volutneers_to_be_locked_in_capsule_317107.html

Six volunteers from Europe and Russia will this week allow themselves to be locked up in a capsule in Moscow for over three months to simulate the conditions for an eventual manned mission to Mars. The two Europeans and four Russians will not be allowed to leave the facility until their mission ends 105 days later, allowing scientists to assess the psychological effects of long-duration space flight. Far from being a version of TV reality show Big Brother without the cameras, the project is seen as a serious scientific experiment that will show the impact of prolonged isolation on stress, hormones, sleep and mood.
The six, all men, will be allowed to take personal effects such as books, laptops and DVDs into the facility at Russia's Institute of Biomedical Problems (IBMP) in Moscow, but will otherwise be sealed away from the world. According to the strict rules for the experiment set out by the IBMP, the volunteers can only quit the capsule, if they have decided to pull out of the experiment for good.
'The evacuation of individual members of the crew due to illness or personal wish is comparable to the 'death' of the cosmonaut,' it said in a stern mission statement."


NASA's search for Earth-like planets

Friday, March 06, 2009 08:26amNASA is expected to launch today its first mission to detect life and Earth-like planets in our solar system. The $US600 million ($A924.5 million) Kepler telescope is scheduled to be launched at Cape Canaveral Air Force Station in Florida just before three this afternoon (our time). The telescope is equipped with the largest ever camera launched into space, to help look for planets orbiting suns similar to ours. The mission will last three years, and examine more than 100,000 sun-like stars around the Swan and Lyre constellations of the Milky Way.
http://bigpondnews.com/articles/World/2009/03/06/NASAs_search_for_Earth-like_planets_309263.html


Bob Monroe's Planes

R. Monroe plane from another dimension, photo was taken by me in Anomaly place of Elliott rivermouth in Feb. 2010

I finally managed to catch R. Monroe's plane from another dimension, photos was taken by me in Anomaly place in Elliott rivermouth, Australia, in Feb. 2010. Bob is still piloting planes occasionally in other worlds!
 

R. Monroe plane from another dimension, photo was taken by me in Anomaly place of Elliott rivermouth in Feb. 2010

Today is Australia day, 26 January 2009, and most people are on the beach, swimming. The part of our summer is already gone. There is such a nice aroma of flowers: the flowers are mainly on trees and there are heaps of them in our garden. I don't know about others, but I constantly feel an etheric helmet (the sensation of a tight hat/band on the head and I don't wear any hats/bands) on my head covering my Crown and 3rd Eye chakras, to keep me asleep! Here is the one similar on the picture below.
I was born in Moscow and lived there for 30 years, then I finally got out of Russia and lived in Italy for almost a year and then I moved permanently to Australia, where I am right now. My English wasn't that good at the beginning, because most of the years I studied German and hundreds of people thougt that I was either German or Dutch. There are many Russians who has done it: moved out of Russia, gone through the Hell, survived, got stronger and more adaptable.
I've learned about R.Monroe at the end of 1995, bought his books (in English first) and Gateway series, read the books 4 times each, listened to the series and tried to do what Bob was saying for many months without any success, till I gave up, except the Affirmation which I modified a bit to make it more up to date.
I was also wondering who had Bob's last book "Ultimate Journey" in English printed? I've read somewhere that it wasn't Robert Monroe himself, but someone else gave this book to the publisher.
My observation: we all have 'Multiple Personality Disorder', which is not a disorder, it's Order, it's a Universal Expansion of each one of us! I have many Alters and R.Monroe had them too.
Books, esp. Bob's books and my own experiences helped me to understand it. I never had a personal teacher or a servant.
I live on the shore of Pacific ocean and swim a lot, practically every day, all year round, esp. in summertime. This summer it's cooler than usual, which is good.
I walk my dogs in Elliott Heads Rivermouth area almost every day and see 6 to 10 Drones over my head almost every day. They fly on a straight line and can't do airial acrobatics like R.Monroe can.
Before, there were times when I would swim too far into the ocean and a plane would appear from nowhere just above my head. I would show him (the pilot) a finger (you know what I mean), thinking that again I've been pestered by 'life savers' or unmanned drones with their security cameras, till it finally dawned on me: it was Bob in his plane. I got so emotional:
I was blind for years and finally he made me to see. You know, I wanted to suicide many times for the last few years and he tried to stop me this way and I couldn't understand that it was Bob! This movie was shown on TV on the day when I was floating in the mouth of Elliott river on low tide with suicidal thoughts in my head. At low tide the water rapidly moving into the ocean and I thought :"How nice it would be to flow with the river into the ocean!" An old-fasioned, double bladed plane was circling above me till I got out of the river (I don't remember seeing a plane like that in our village). That day, after watching the movie "A guy named Joe" 1943, with Spencer Tracy, Irene Dunne and Van Jonson, I realised who was circling above my head. I would advise you (if you haven't) to watch it, reminding me the situation with me and Bob and also the case, described by Bob in the book, when his dead friend Agnue, pilot, flew his plane over his own funeral and people (inc. Bob), who gathered at this pilot's funeral. Everyone felt really awful and Agnue's wife started crying.
Like Bob, I am not religious and a bit surprised to learn, just recently, from Ron Russell's book, that Nancy, R.Monroe's wife, was a Christian.
If that is true, then she would end up in Belief System territories, Focus 26. But instead, she has been Astral travelling with Bob to different Universes for years and Bob, partially, illustarted these journeys in his books!
What is written in that book doesn't make sense to me! Something is not quite right there. Maybe she was no longer religious?


R.Monroe's Plane

Each time I achieve something I see Bob Monroe's plane circling above me and doing airial acrobatics, but I never saw him in person and that upsets me: we, probably, never meet till we and our other parts will merge together, but until then
I would be chasing him never to meet. Parts of the same cluster are not supposed to meet! He is in a better position: he can see me from up there any time, but I can't. Later I tried to take pictures of these illusive planes, but my camera couldn't register them and each time I would fail.
When I still lived in Russia for some unknown reason my favorite name was Robert and I gave this name to my son when he was born in 1984, not knowing anything about R.Monroe.
Yes, I am Robert Monroe's Russian counterpart. I did not plan it that way: it just happened. This is really funny, because I, myself was curious about finding this female, Robert Monroe' back up for a few years and thought: who could it be and how to contact her? I even asked Val Valerian, but he did not answer my letter. Then it finally dawned on me, that it was me!!! It was a real surprise for me. This is a big responsibility and we all don't like them: we are always looking for an easy way out of them and I am not an exception.
It doesn't matter to me now, things changed and I've changed.
What really matter to me at present is the Universal and Planetary Shifts, the balancing and expansion of our Universe and my own graduation from the Planetary Game. I can't wait to throw away my physical body and fly away from here!

This site might be too revolutionary for many, but I can't help it being a Russian and Robert Monroe' substitute.
"The Ghost & Mrs. Muir" made in 1947 with Gene Tierney and Rex Harrison. The main character, a female lived on the coast like me. Bob Monroe made me to pay attention to that movie on DVD in the supermarket and I bought it and watched it a few times. There was a message for me there to start writing about myself and translate his books into Russian and also organize my website, which I finally did. He was annoyed with me, pushing me for a few years to do it: I was too slow and too stubborn! Sometimes he is correcting my thoughts on the computer if he doesn't like them. From "A Guy named Joe"
 I got another message from Bob, that he is always behind everything I do and that he supports me, though I can't see him.


R.Monroe's Plane

R.Monroe's Plane

R.Monroe's Planes. He was flying low and very slow, almost standing on one spot, so I could take good pictures of his plane!

Coming back to the Androgynous Subject

I remember the times, when I didn't like myself looking like a male (one of  my male Alters) on a picture, which I would immediately destroy. Things changed since then and now I'm proud to look like a male sometimes. Many women don't like to look like men on their pictures; the same applies to men: they don't like to look girlish on their pictures, but their can't control it in life and many males sometimes look like girls! Males should not be ashamed of it, instead, they should be proud of it! Human females love it. If you want to become Androgynous Being how can you deny the features of the opposite gender in you?
Did you noticed how human females and males have been discouraged by the society for thousands of years if they show the opposite gender (the androgynous features) inside of them?
If a human male shows/showed a feminine side (his female-Alter would come out), he would immediately be branded a girl or a pufta (homosexual). Both things are/were considered bad. If a female shows/showed a male feature (her male-Alter would come out) she would be branded a male and a lesbian, which was also considered bad by Reptilian/Sirian faction and religions we have (created by aliens for us to follow). They, aliens themselves, do not have religions. They don't want to see us, humans, Androgynous, because this way we will have more abilities to create without technology and more independence, but they depend on power and technology. What I wish for human males is, please, don't dump your own lovely funny girls-Alters inside of you. Let them come out of the dark corners of your Soul, where they've been imprisoned and crying for so long. Don't feel ashamed to be Androgynous! Androgynous means Balance! The same thing I wish to say to human females: please, nurture your male features, don't let them die, don't be ashamed of your male-Alters, let them to come out of your Soul to become Androgynous. This way you will have the benefits of both energies. This is one of the reason for having so many single mothers with male children. These boys grow up more balanced, because they were constantly exposed to human female energy, they have less prejudices against women. To be born as a female was/is considered a bad luck for the family in millions of muslim and non muslim families (like Italians) and this is so unnatural. This situation is slowly changing. Here is a passage from one of the books of Dolores Cannon:


"LEGACY FROM THE STARS", written by DOLORES CANNON in 1996.

CHAPTER 12: A FUTURE BEING TALKS TO NOW

"...But I am getting the information that Androgyny is the norm throughout the Universe. I do not perceive any male, female per se. There are different personalities, who could be considered feminine or masculine. Sexuality is unique to humans. It is very unusual to reproduce by using two separate sexes. This is why extraterrestrials are so fascinated with our method of reproduction...
D: Then we are the unusual ones, with our two separate sexes.
P: That we have taken it to this degree, yes. You might even consider it two separate species. (I found that remark intriguing.) Reproducing the species is something necessary to any life form. Sexual reproduction, however, does seem to be of, although a fun form, a lower vibration. There are times of absolute transcendence (going beyond) that takes place during the act of love. During the act of sex however, this rarely occurs. So it is not what happens every time there is sexual reproduction. The moments of transcendence that are experienced by Earth beings are also experienced by those who do not have human form. This is a very difficult area to explain, because different dimensional entities do not perpetuate themselves in the same way that fourth dimensional beings do. This is very difficult ground, because when you have the capability of dematerializing and rematerializing, you don’t have an actual need for creating new beings. This, of course, is a generalization. But I might say that although we (here in our underground city) are androgynous, we can manifest - let me not use that word, because that gives an incorrect picture. We can act the way we feel most comfortable acting. And some of us “act” ways that can be Earth-labeled “masculine”, and Earth ways that can be labeled “feminine”...
P: ...the intent is what propels all energy into matter.
D: It is interesting that it is individual intent. The intent of the others involved is not as important as the individual intent, if I’ve got it right.
P: I think you have it absolutely right..."


My Visit To TMI

Monroe Institute in Virginia, USA

The Monroe Institute (TMI) in Virginia, USA

I found some info just now, which has both Truth and lies. It has some relation to what I've written below. Robert Monroe did everything for the increase of Human Potential in a good sense, but the American government had their own ideas of the use of R. Monroe's discoveries. R. Monroe is not the only one, who went through the agony of watching how, what he worked for most of his life, became polluted by power seeking greedy humans/aliens:  http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/hambone_info/places.html#Human_Potential_Foundation
Here is the content of this article about the Institute and  R. Monroe:
"P.O. Box 505, Lovingston, VA 22949. Founded and directed by Robert Monroe from 1974 until his death in1995. Had classified contracts with the U.S. Army Intelligence & Security Command (INSCOM) on orders by Gen. Albert Stubblebine. The Institute studied their hemi-synch techniques to see, if they could enhance soldiers' performance and concentration. (Emerson, Steven, Secret Warriors, G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1988, p. 103-4)
The primary area of research at the Monroe Institute involves using a binaural beat to cause different psychological effects. A binaural beat is created by using stereo headphones with each speaker emitting a slightly different frequency. The result is a tone at the frequency between the two, which allegedly causes the brain to "entrain" on the frequency, i.e. the brain waves regulate themselves to the same frequency.
The National Research council evaluated the Institute's claims that the method could be used to improve learning.
(National Research Council, Enhancing Human Performance, National Academy of Sciences, 1988, pg 111-4)
"..located near Charlottesville, Virginia. Bob Monroe, author of many books on Out of Body experiences, has long and close ties with the C.I.A. James Monroe, Bob's father (the name of R.Monroe's father was also Robert, not James, and I am not sure if his father was really a CIA agent, LM), if I'm not mistaken, was involved with the Human Ecology Society, a C.I.A. front organization of the late 50's and 60's. The Monroe Institute has done research on accelerated learning and foreign language learning through the use of altered states of consciousness for the C.I.A. and other government organizations. Government interest in the more radical research going on at the institute remains only tantalizing speculation. Official classified document storage boxes have been seen at their mail-order outlet located in Lovingston, VA." (Porter, Tom, Government Research into ESP & Mind Control, March, 1996)
The Monroe Institute trained the government viewers from Ft. Meade in out of body experiences. Courtney Brown also went through this training, which involves using the Institute's Hemisync tapes. These tapes, which work by using a binural beat to entrain brain waves, caused Brown to feel that he left his body and communicated with aliens.
(Brown, Courtney, Cosmic Voyage, Dutton, 1996)
Joseph McMoneagle trained at the Monroe Institute (although he fails to mention any connection to the military). According to him, the Hemisynch tapes were used during the "cool down" period before the remote viewing sessions, to relax the viewer.
(McMoneagle, Joe, Mind Trek, Hampton Roads, 1993)
Interestingly, Michael Persinger uses the Hemisync tapes in his work which debunks paranormal experiences, especially UFO abductions.
The Monroe Institute's involvement with the Army began in 1977, when Skip Atwater, at the suggestion of his mother, visited the institute. He spread the word to others in the remote viewing program, and soon others attended, including John Alexander, Joe McMoneagle, and Albert Stubblebine. Soon, Stubblebine began sending his officers there, under a program called "Rabid Advancement Personal Training".
(Schnabel, Jim, Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America's Psychic Spies, Dell, 1997, pg 294-7)
In 1984, an unnamed INSCOM lieutenant with a history of mental illness suffered a psychotic episode while under the influence of the Hemisynch tapes at the institute. The officer was institutionalized at Walter Reed, and the event was the final straw that pushed Albert Stubblebine's resignation.
(Schnabel, 1997, pg 315-6)"

There is a deep connection between Montauk project agents (Montauk Boys/Girls), CIA agents (Remote Viewers Boys/Girls) of The modern Monroe Institute and Castaneda's Cleargreen International organization, which attracted millions of human participants, wonna be shamans/sorcerers, but becoming unsuspecting agents for the NWO with their narrow-minded goals.
I also have a feeling that Nancy Penn Monroe, the wife of R.Monroe, Robert Monroe himself and his daughter Laurie, who became a president of Monroe Institute after R.Monroe death were helped to die by the CIA agents constantly present in Monroe Institute. All three of them were opposing NWO representatives (CIA) to overtake the Institute, they didn't want the Goals of TMI to be twisted by corrupt government agents.
To create a 'natural death' for secret societies is not difficult, it's been done for thousands of years with thousands of people. It can be sudden and it can be slow depends on the decision of those who support NWO. Nanotechnology existed at the time of Atlantis and michrochips/implants are a significant part of it.
They are inserted into people' bodies without them realising it. If a michrochip is inserted into any organ and activated, it will cause a slow/fast development of cancer and other diseases overcoming the defenses of any immune system. If an implant is inserted in the heart or a brain and activated, it will cause a stroke or a heart attack. If an implant/a michrochip is inserted into your eyes and activated, you will slowly start losing your eyesight and would need glasses/contact lenses/an operation. To make our eyesight defective is very important for those who is serving NWO : we must not see that we are in 4th Density already, (our mind needs to be in 3rd D and preoccupied with material things only, they think); we must not see what is happening in other Parallel Worlds, other dimensions, esp. the one next to this one. The Controllers would lose their playground: we would see what they are doing with us at night time; we will see the tremendous changes happening around us. To make our eyesight even worse they created sunglasses, suncreams and the fear of eyecancer and even children are now wearing glasses and hats, to cover their Crown/3rd Eye chakras! Michrochips are inserted and activated in all our chakras, esp. the most important head chakras: Crown, 3rd Eye and Throat chakras to destroy your spiritual eyes and in our sexual organs, to make us sexually crazy and make females to lose their Antennas for gathering an Universal Knowledge.
R.Monroe was very much against any type of glasses, he knew how much damage is done by them. Robert Monroe changed a great deal since the death of his wife Nancy (look at his last videos).
Implants were doing a great job! The same happened to his daughter who became the director of this important for advancing of Human Consciousness Institute (TMI) and after 11 years of working at this Institute, at the age of only 55, within 2 months she suspiciously quickly 'died of cancer' in 2006. The CIA wanted a full control and they've got it now.
And very much recommended by me a video on Youtube: "Astral Projection" - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JtGG58g7I5s&feature=related


Take, for instance, Skip Atwater, the current Director of TMI, who produced a video of his meeting R.Monroe (it's on Youtube) and who doesn't hide his Intelligence involvement.  "In 1977 he 'joined the army's secret counterintelligence operation at Ford Meade, Maryland. This very small and select unit was investigating the possibilities of remote viewing for NWO and Atwater was searching for information on organizations and techniques that might be relevant' and useful for remote viewing" (p.107 "The Journey of Robert Monroe").
I've seen Atwater at TMI in April 2007, he didn't impress me as a highly spiritually evolved Being. I had a feeling then, that I visited The Monroe Institute in another Universe! I visited this Institute again in 2012 in June and had the same feeling, that I was in one of Parallel Universes! I paid for 2 weeks of the seminars there and never had any seminar, instead I was told to leave TMI, because I was a threat for CIA activities.
As I wrote already that my unexpected arrival caused a mild explosion among TMI personel. I noticed a diplomat's speedy arrival into the tiny Inn in Faber not far from TMI, where I was staying. He did't even hide the diplomatic number plate on his car. I asked him what was he doing in that Inn, he was obviously scared, didn't answer and I was laughing. Skip Atwater got all the instructions from the diplomat and from his bosses how to behave with me. I told him that I was that Russian woman, R.Monroe's counterpart, whom R.Monroe described in his book, that I was the part of R.Monroe's Higher Self. That wasn't in the plans of CIA: to have another representetive of R.Monroe 'clan' in charge of the Institute. Skip Atwater wanted me out of TMI and threatened to call the police if I don't leave. I found it very entertaining, that made me laugh, then I asked him to give me the original copies of all 3 books of R.Monroe, which never have been printed. Robert Monroe and I always wanted to have these books printed in their Original form. But Skip pretended not to know what I was talking about. I wanted to say a lot to all of them what I really think about their activities, but instead I got bored and left. The only good memory I have was my swimming in the lake Miranon


lake Miranon in TMI

Lake Miranon in TMI

I wrote an email to Baynard Stockton, Bob Monroe's friend and the writer of one of Bob's biography books, asking some information about R. Monroe, I got a very dry reply or none at all. Soon after Baynard Stockton 'died': CIA didn't want  any further connection between us. And the last thing CIA wanted was me taking the position of the director of the Institute, because on 4th density level this Institute does exist and I work there. My handlers were absolutely sure, that all Mind Controlling methods they used on me would help them to keep me docile and not remembering, who I was in this reality and it was working for many years, but not forever.
Robert Monroe could read people's minds, so he knew what every person at the Institute was thinking about and how many of them were trying to sabotage the work he was doing (contrary to what Ron Russell has written in the Biography on R. Monroe. He seems to be proud of CIA presence at TMI). CIA agents never retire and never change and the best of them have been living and 'working' as Remote Viewers at TMI (Joe McMoneagle) to keep a government Eye at the activities of R. Monroe and other people there. Remote Viewers operate in dimensions close to ours, but still not visible to many people as a result of constant Mind-Control of the population.
In TMI videos CIA agents are trying to tell us now how honorable it is to become Paid Spy-Remote-Viewer and that many people are so interested in this kind of training (if they are, then they haven't been told the truth of whom they are really serving). Who are those people who are being trained as Remote Viewers on the current TMI videos? I only know one thing that the important messages written by R.Monroe in his books are never discussed with participants. But I posted many of them on this website. There is a big difference between Monroe's type of an Explorer and a military type (a paid agent) of a Remote Viewer.
Consciousness can be Focused  and Concentrated and Consciousness of one person can become much more powerful than of the thousands of others put together!
Some early Explorers of R. Monroe programs, who has been trying to raise human consciousness too, got into so many troubles like: being shoot at (Rupert Sheldrake), their houses burnt down (Elisabeth Kubler-Ross), financial collapses (me and many others), fabricated court sessions and threats to put to jail, early deaths (like Laurie and Nancy Monroe). Thousands of people have been put to jail for writing or speaking the Truth (like Fritz Springmeier for instance).
CIA agents in Australia have been using all kinds of sophisticated weapons on me, my husband George and our son Robert, especially, after my returning back to Australia (from TMI). They fabricated a court case, tried to put me to jail and bankrupt me. The constant threatening me with police on many occasions, beating me up and raping me, using tasers/stun guns to electricute me when I was in bed, turning all the neighbours and family members against us, 'friends' were betraying us. Police cars and unmanned planes (drones) have been constantly observing every my move for many years; most of my memories are constantly erased, all kinds of sabotages are done to me, my website and my computer; I can't get any email from anyone, my phone has been bugged and interfered with, the agents (his handlers) turned my only child against us and against everything I do, they turned him into a hostile, sick, mechanical Robot.
My husband was behaving the same way, like a Robot for many years too, till I divorced him and became independent. But they both are still keeping their Eye on me. That was the reason for me to attempt suicides many times. But it looks like I meant to live and to continue what R. Monroe started. We need to push evolutionary Consciousness further into the people's minds!


Laurie Monroe, R.Monroe's daughter

Laurie Monroe, R.Monroe's daughter

TMI"s Emblem

TMI's Emblem


Alien Crown Chakra Device, which was used on me most of my life. These things are invisible to the eye, similar to the the invisible cameras and other alien equimment in the movie "They live".

Mind-Controlling non-Physical Device for Crown Chakra

Mind-Controlling non-Physical Device for Crown Chakra
Another reason for us to be so shut down spiritually is reptilian etheric device which is placed in our Crown Chakra in the highest point of your head and also another similar device looking  like a hula-hoop, an etheric ring around your forehead to disable your other important chakra : the Third EYE Chakra. I feel them on my head all the time! You can't see both of these devices as you can't see holographic implants/microchips in your body (the sign of Ownership). Some kinesiologists can remove these devices, but unfortunately, the aliens quickly replace them. The only way out of this problem (as I can see it) is: to educate yourself with Advanced alternative materials on everyday basis, to help to raise your frequency higher and higher. This is the appropriate video of R.Monroe to watch on Youtube; I've written the content for better grasping.

 More about Females

dolphins at Monkey Mia, Australia

Wild dolphins at Monkey Mia, Western Australia

My Waking Up


It makes me laugh to feel how worried my Controllers are to see me slowly waking up and rebelling: every night these Invisible beings (human and non-human, inc. Remote viewers) running around me in circles or just stalking me without even bothering to hide themselves! How many times I see the same thing: people (females too) claim that they are not religious, but use the same religious language. The same is happening with the word "MAN". The writers (females too) would still write from a male point of view, never using word female and yet claiming to be open minded, not biased, equality-oriented males/females.
And if they talk about females it would be with a degrading, despising flavour
. None of this I found in the books of Robert Monroe, but in Castaneda books it's plenty of it, esp. the nagual Don Juan's very male oriented attitude.
A lot has been written about males and not enough about females. This website is paying a special attention to the former Second Class Citizens - True Human Females with highly evolved souls having experiences on planet Earth, who, inspite of everything imaginable to ruin them, taught human/alien males what Love/Balance is all about. It's much easier to love someone of the same gender and handsome/pretty or someone from your family and so much more difficult to love a human of the opposite gender especially if that person is ugly or an alien (in human body), because most of us are physical body oriented. This is the reason for so many divorces. For many years I couldn't understand why most of human females (having natural psychic abilities) are spiritually so shut down. Finally it dawned on me, there are a few reasons and these reasons you can find on  More Truth about Women  link of this website.
  
In moments of inner silence, if we practice extending consciousness antennas, we can perceive the roots of our own being. It’s important not to live in the vibrations of others for our guidance. We must learn to live fully in our realities - in our own vibrations. By tuning into ourselves we receive guidance we need to become real persons. As we start into this new energy phase in the earth cycle, we are being reminded that the most important aspect of living is to get into attunement with our own personal vibrations. When we listen and tune in, there is no end to the energy levels that we will tap into.
Rosalind A. McKnight in 1976

One of the positive extraterrestrials is speaking in Dolores Cannon,s "Convoluted Universe", book 2, p.635-636:

"We tried to bring forth a more feminine energy back in the days of Atlantis, which would raise up and cause a union between male and female. It failed. Therefore, the planet Earth went through many, many, many thousands of years with women being subjugated and the feminine energies being suppressed. Now, this is the time that both will be equal. The male and female  energies will join and this will make for a perfect being... when energies are in balance. The energies have not been in balance; they’ve been out of balance for thousands of years. That’s why there are so many problems on the planet. So when the DNA structure is altered, the divine energies, the male/female... can unite and there will be perfection upon the planet. Perfection within the bodies. And this planet will be something that we can show to the rest of the worlds, the rest of the cosmos. That this is our experiment , and this is what we have done and it has succeeded. The light has succeeded, because it will be perfect as we have wanted it to be for thousands of years. When we first came here, it was perfect. You’ve probably been told that. It was altered. You know the meteorite came, disease came. Everything was messed up. We’re going to have it perfect again. And this is part of that alignment that we’ll be doing to make it perfect again. And this is perfectly normal. - This is all part of genetics, but the reason that happened, was that humans have not been in balance. The ... energies have not been balanced within the psyche or even within the physical mind, but the psyche that comes into the body manifests physically. These have been out of alignment..."

Here is an interesting info in one of the Preston Nichols' books :"Encounter in the Pleyades: an inside look at UFO's", p.167 :  
"...the Secret lies in the Feminine force...If Excalibur represents the secret of the feminine energy, this passage is telling us that this is the secret of returning to the original timeline..." and on other pages 178, 179, 185, 186 :" ...he (Jack Parsons) recognized the true power of the Universe to be encapsulated in the feminine energy of the Universe...opening up the unconscious. This is the secret of the feminine energy...the vehicle that brought about the magick and interdimensional communications..."  and also "The ruling forces of Earth have polarized so far toward the rapacious (greedy) aspects of the PATRIARCHY  that the question of life on Earth continuing to exist has come into question...
The very phase "man against nature" is tantamount (equal in effect to) to saying "man against woman". More accurately, we are referring to man against the natural aspects of women."
What does it tell us? It tells us that true human females can help the whole planet's population to return to the Original Timeline (esp. old females), to help the unconscious to open up, to help the evolutionary process of the Graduation of Humanity and the Planet, if they are not suppressed by males (both human and alien) and technology. Why males can't be more like R.Monroe, William Buhlman and Credo Mutwa?
There were many Timelines artificially created (and most of them are very negative) and we are on one of those, instead of being on the Original Timeline. Unfortunately, most of the human females don't know about their true role.
The reason that we have so many old simultaneous females on the planet still alive is because they are the ones who would help to move the planet into the Original Timeline, Original Universe. We are not just Multidimensional, Multidensity, but we are also Multi-Universal Beings, meaning that our parts (Alters) are living lives in different Parallel Universes and Parallel Timelines.
The best proof of that I can give you is the description of melding, merging all the hundred thousands parts of
R. Monroe from different dimensions, densities, timelines and universes into One Being, his Total Self:
"Clusters of light, human energy lights, a multidimensional carpet of them, endless Higher Selves clusters. How did I miss them before? Now I understand the inflow and outflow. Mine is there (cluster) but I must stay on track. The outflow of helpers, finding lost parts of their clusters from Earth and the insertions of thousands of groups of personality units into single fresh humans on Earth. I was here before, but never like this, it was lonely then, but no more loneliness! We are gathering together the parts of us, up and down in time, from belief system to belief system. We cannot leave until we gather all in."
Doesn't 'the insertions of thousands of groups of personality units into single fresh humans on Earth' tell you that a group of personality unit is your Alters, created by you in your previous, past life/lives and with every life the number of Alters is increasing and you are expanding?
 R.Monroe is insisting that when your body dies and you or rather your Core Self would turn up in Focus 27 for a healing, rehabilitation: there are healing centers there. Part of your Alters would be still trapped in 4th and other higher densities. But where would the considerable part of your Alters go? If you use your logic, analitical left brain, then it's not difficult to see that the major part of your Alters will occupy the Rings around Earth simultaneously with your Core Self. They will turn up on Focuses/Bands, like Focus 21, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28 and higher, depending on their level of awareness. Don't expect them to be of the same level: they are different people of different ages/characters/professions, their own frequencies, this is why they need Rings/Bands of different frequencies. To accomodate them, these Rings/Bands with Sub-bands have been created, especially in Focus 26, Belief System territories (more about it on Multiple Personality Disorder  and R.Monroe  pages). 
Some of your  Alters/Personalities in their non-physical form, might stick to Earth and interfere with Earth occupants. And if you decide to have another life your Alters will be removed from 4th density Rings around Earth and inserted into you again to have more experiences on Earth (and other places) where your Core Self will create more Alters. You will live another life simultaneously with your Alters. All that is described by R.Monroe in his books and twisted by the author of Matrix 5. The main idea of the 'author' was to put himself and 'his books' on a pedestal and not just in the library on Focus 27!) 
In his affirmation R.Monroe used the word "TO EXPAND". It is a Key Word for everyone and everything, because everyone and everything is expanding with time and expansion requires a lot of physical and emotional pain. That includes humans, aliens, animals, planets, suns, galaxies, universes etc., though the M5 author does't believe that everyone is expanding and he also doesn't believe in past lives and reincarnation, inspite of the fact that R.Monroe mentioned it in his books and his talks many times. M5 author has also a problem with the word Light: it makes him irritable. It all depends on what Intent is inserted into any word, inc. the word "Light" and it is different when Monroe is using the Light Ball for the cover of his books or 'Love and Light' people's light to propagate 100% positive (disbalanced) energy.
You take the Expansion of Earth, for instance: Earth's Alters are Earth's Parallel Realities/Worlds/Timelines. Or you take  Reptilians shapeshifting while they are asleep. That proves that they have Alters - they are turning into their original form.

There is also a good explanation of expansion process done by R.Monroe in his #5 talk on videotape on Youtube and in his videotalk about Phase Consciousness: both with written content are on this website.
 R.Monroe explains on his videos about the meaning of our decaying orbits - the result of our overwhelming Earth addiction, a repetition of our lives and subsequent growth of a Load Factor serving as an heavy anchor and making our orbits more crooked, about the cracks in Belief Systems which help us to find out about the Truth and start our way up out of this Game, and that noone is forcing us to play this Game and we are free to leave it anytime, we just need to gain a greater escape velocity and straighten our crooked orbits up. And you don't need a 'Final' to do it for you. I don't even know if 'Final' exists, but your Core Self would definitely do it one day. I kind of doubt everything M5 author wrote, except the material he took from others.
When R. Monroe made this #5 video, his wife Nancy was still alive and he didn't write his last book yet and didn't have the experience of living on his own without her. I'm sure that by the end of his life he knew the difference in the reasons for having another life between a female and a male. To understand the process of past lives and creation of Alters (expansion), it would be better to explain it by using my own example and what is happening to me is happening to everyone, only aliens, minions and animals have less Alters. There is a Higher Self of me (a cluster of parts/fragments of me) on every Density starting from 3rd D till 11th and my Higher Selves clusters are connected to each other by energy filaments and all of these clusters eventually merge together to create a Total Self of me to enter the Aperture on the highest density to be One with the Creative Force. You came from Creative Force and you are going back to join the Creative Force again one day (after graduating all your games). The expression Total Self,  R.Monroe found the most suitable. I've been a Higher Self for my Alters on the lowest 3rd density, so me and all of my Alters could use my physical body. All of my Alters are not physical 3rd D, they just temporarily use the Time Space physical body in turn. I have been expanding over the years, creating more separate parts  of me called Alters/Personalities into a bigger cluster of Alters, apart from 'inserted personalities' at birth. 'Inserted Personalities' are the Alters created by me in previous lives.
On that video R. Monroe presents human males' reasons to have another life after 'death', to continue this Game and the reasons are material, power or pleasure. According to R.Monroe the majority of males' thoughts are body oriented:
"I need to have another life because I didn't have enough steaks or strawberries or sex or I've never seen Paris!"
Paris for males is associated with beautiful, young French females, sex, entertainment and good food. Well, for majority of human males money, material things, sex, pleasure and power (politics) are the major reasons for having another life here on Earth.
 99% of human males do not have a strong spiritual connection to wives/girlfriends or their children and as soon as their females start losing their attractiveness they start looking for another one. Spiritual connection has nothing to do with how people look. (More on that see Robert Monroe info  link, LM).
But for majority of human females the reasons for having another life could be the same with very important additions: they worry about the people they left behind, change sex (after female experience, they want to be males) or they hope to find a spiritual love. After the transition ('death') majority of human females, esp. older females, are worried about their children/grandchildren/fathers/mothers/brothers/sisters/husbands/
lovers etc. who is still living their lives; they are checking it out in their invisible form and when they see that their help is needed, they decide to have another life and find their loved ones (but usually, with new life, they don't remember who they were or who they lived with in previous life). Most of the time females are hoping to find a spiritual love, not sex and that influencing them to have another life and this is a fundamental difference between males and females!

"We are a containers of emotions, which fascinates other races. Such a wide range of emotions in such a small container!"  Alex Collier

                                                                                                                    
#5 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human Consciousness
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6tUTRCI0lO8&feature=related

"What did you come to learn (at Earth Planetary Game, LM)?
1. You came to learn a measurement system, this is a system of opposites, of polarities and we quickly give them labels like positive, negative, bad, good. These kind of things we learn. This measurement system is very important: we learn it this system of measurements and the great system of measurements that we learn is pain-pleasure and we know: how in the world could you know pleasure if you didn't experienced pain?
The most boring thing that you could do is to have a very even life with no pain and no pleasure. You couldn't stand it. You've got to have this and we search for those pain and pleasure things. We go out of our way to do it. So if you think in terms of the whole concept of living here to learn measurements. Now that is the first.
The second is very interesting: you learn to manipulate energy. I move my arms like this, my hands. I move my eyes and so on. I am using, I am manipulating energy. To do that, that is the use of 5 or 6 types of energy, to let me move my arm. We learn this very automatically. And I can tell you from the deep personal experience that simple ability that we take so much for granted of a learning to manipulate energy is increasingly valuable in other energy systems. You'd be amazed how much value that we take in our odinary things. Keeping your balance for example. We automatically learn how to stay in balance in this groovidic (deeply satisfying) pattern?
(Alex Collier was saying how much energy is supplied to us from our Higher Selves to learn to manipulate the energy on 3rd Level, LM).
But over there it's wonderful (meaning higher densities, LM). You can use these kind of things. So these are 2 Key things. But important thing of all: we came and we come here to learn and acquire an intellect.
 It's strange. An intellect we acquire. Intelligence is not enough of the word. An intellect and analitical ability. We come here to learn that we use the metaphor (abstract) left brain. We learn to acquire left brain by living here and being here. That's the real valuable tool that we come and pick up. So you think that combination puts together a Being that is a Super Being. And that's true except that terrible thing that happens, they say 'on the way to the store'. We think we come and learn this and we think that I go and take off and go back to where we came from. And I can say without any equivocation (misleading). No resevation, no conditioning, that everything that little is not much, I assure you I might achieved so far is totally due to the imposition (a tax) of my intellect upon what was taking place. Instead of just flying around in OBE state and I knew it wouldn't kill me. I got curious. What's going on here? What is this, that is taking place? That was the difference. That brought the whole thing into focus, into patterns, getting my analitical abilities and work at it. And any what little growth is due to that. Now the funny thing is that is so and so, now we gather all these things. We gather an intelect, a measurement knowledge, an application of energy. We all, as I like to put it, are going Home with all these bags full of Goodies, as it were to take Home and show the local boys (in the world which you left to play this Planetary Game, LM) how much you've learned and what you could do! The only problem is that when we do this we forget, that something has happened, as again on the way to the store, that we don't expect. What's that?  Well, if you know about that then you can have fun. When you don't know about that then it gets dangerous and as we become addicted to being a human and so after we exit this particular life sojourn (temporary stay) we say instead of going Home and what I call having 'ESCAPE VELOCITY' to go Home, something's happened in living that life. We've picked up a 'LOAD FACTOR'. There was a friction along the way and that represented and so instead of moving out and having escape velocity, we start turning around that, and that's our decision, noone else's. That's  an important thing: our decision!
We say:"Well, I think I'll go back just once more and next time I think I'll be a male instead of a female. That ought be more fun. Just once more and then I'll go home. So what happens is: instead of moving this way, we loop around and go back being human again. And go back and have another human experience, another lifetime. And we come out again, but this time we've already had a great load factor, don't you see? We've slowed down little more. We haven't got the speed that we did. We have a greater load and so we now are in orbit and we have a decaying orbit, because we come out around orbit like this instead of going on. We say:"Oh, I've got to go back, because I've never seen Paris and I'd like to go to Paris for once in my life and I'd like this. What purpose to go back and live again, so that I can go to Paris and I've heard so much about it and I want to go to Paris and live again so I can go to Paris. And, as you can see, each time you are picking up in each succeeding lifetime a greater load factor, so as you go through this, your orbit decays more and more. As you go through this living your successive lives until you get locked tighter and tighter and tighter. Until you got in being human so tight that you forget where you came from. You've lost all of the desire to even depart and go Home. You've lost it all, because this is so overwhelmingly addictive, that you can't think of anything else, but this time-space physical matter, all the things that take place in that and no matter how hard you try you can't get away from it. The reason being...There is no Law, but when you 'die' and instead of going Home you make the decision. There is no Law to say :" You have to stay here. You  are the one who says: "I got to go back, I didn't eat enough steaks; I didn't have enough strawberries; I didn't have enough children." And all these kind of things; or I didn't have enough sex. Anyway, that's how we are locked in being human. In so doing. In so doing this, now the next trick is: what happens? Well, why don't we recognize this more and more? Because we are so deeply addicted, so we developed an excuse, which you call a belief systems to rationalise this process. And when it's all done in this so called traffic in human terms: this is the difference! As a result, somewhere along the way you begin to find cracks in the belief systems. You begin to find the reasons, that don't work quite well. That's the analitical thing coming into us. As you say, wait a minute, something's wrong here, this way doesn't work out. 2 + 2 makes 6. No, no try again. You begin to find out that there are some holes in the cracks. That's when you begin to regrow and begin to see that successively you begin to start on your way out again. And you begin to have a higher and higher orbit as you learn more and in this successive lives and finally you've got escape velocity and then you do go home. And that's what is all about.
Bob, are these very provocative ideas the result of your own analitical human mind or is this information come from some source outside of your human mind?
Oh, well, that's an interesting question. I would say, probably, I can't give you problem to make % procentile? It's a combination. Obviously through the years, I've developed a lot of non human friends..."

The more lives I have the more Alters I would create and the more knowledge/experiences I would have. Many of my Alters have been using the same physical body in Time-Space, when they needed, they are in an Astral form, a hologram. My Alters/Personalities have never been restricted to the 3rd Density: they've been moved by, mostly alien forces around and underground Earth, into different Parallel worlds/
timelines/universes/densities/dimensions to get new experiences. Some of them occasionally returning to me, but some of them got stuck somewhere. Other parts of me, who are more evolved, have faster frequency and are permanently on higher densities. They are helping to retrieve my lost parts and join them to my Higher Selves Clusters on different Levels. This is how R.Monroe was explaining it. As you can see I have a lot of help. I move my physical and my energy bodies through the lowest density Earth energy causing furrows in the energy of Time-Space. My energy body looks like my other Higher Selves on every Level of Consciousness: egg-shaped jelly-fish. The same is happening to all of us and the more Balance/Loosh you produce, the higher on the evolutionary ladder you will turn up later and the more Androgynous you become.
Monroe became aware 'how much help each of us receives, that we don’t know, simply accept it without question, it's never forced on anyone, but is provided as a response to a cry for help, a signal which might be translated into a prayer...
I had good evidence too that I was indestructible, my I-There floating in the (M) Field for thousands of years. We are made of the same stuff...Whatever we humans encounter, nothing, absolutely nothing can destroy us. We are (M) Field energy, regardless of a physical body".
Monroe was shown the support from his Total Self:
"...thousands of hands reaching out to touch me, eyes staring at me with joy and hope, overwhelming radiance, I knew as love sweeping over me and into every part of me being, all of these was my Total Self, and emotion from success to the pain of parting, mixed with fun and laughter, the blindness of belief, the beauty, the sound of singing voices. There was more, than ten thousand times more. All the other clusters that were bonded to them. There was a tremendous surge of love, brotherhood and sisterhood.
.. Our ability and knowledge seem without limit, yet we know at this point such is valid only within the energy systems of our experience. We can create time as we wish or the need arises, reshaping and modifying within the percept itself. We can create matter from other energy patterns, or change the structure thereof to any degree desired, including reversion to original form. We can create, enhance, alter, modulate, or eradicate any percept within the energy fields of our experience. We can transform any such energy fields one into another or others except for that which we are".  Robert Monroe

R.Monroe books will show that we never played just a Planetary Game: we've been playing Planetary, Galactic and Universal Games at the same time and the Universal Shift is the proof of it (see more info on it below). You can check it out in R.Monroe and C.Castaneda books and on C.Castaneda info link.
There is more about Total Self in "Far Journeys", p.120-123 or on  Robert Monroe info  link.

If you read R.Monroe books you will remember that, most of his essence has been left on the highest density, after he's been shown how Creative Force feels like (though not directly: that energy would've burned him).  And after that he had to spend the rest of his life struggling to survive till the start of the Universal Shift (23 March 1994) and to complete the tasks. One of them was his last book. I also noticed that no researching websites of R.Monroe's books have ever existed. I wonder why? The Monroe Institute website never had a proper one, they are, mainly, commercially and Orion Intelligence oriented.

"Every single thing we learn, no matter how small or seemingly inconsequential, is of immense value There—beyond time-space. This is fully understood only when one encounters a Graduate of the Earth Life System process of being human, who 'resides' in the There. You then know, not just believe, that it is worth any price to be human, and to learn."  Robert Monroe


In the morning I see the sun rising up from the ocean from my bedroom window. It's white, bright and huge and it shows me how my Total Self looks like. I have a very good relationship with our Sun and it's mutual. This new Sun makes me very happy and I greet it!
Women need to come out of the dark closets and of being just housewives, mothers, servants of men or their sexual slaves and take their rightful  place in the society. And until we see that majority of the politicians in every country replaced by smart, experienced, warm, older human females (esp. in USA, Middle East, China and Russia), the process of changing hands will not be complete. Changing hands in this case means human females' leading role in an unbalanced society. In densities like 3rd, 4th, 5th the struggle between polarities is still taking place, but not to the same degree. As for me, I'll do my best to help humanity and the Planetary Spirit to return to the Original Timeline, to help  humanity to move around the Universe and plant the seeds of Balance/Loosh, to stabilize the planet and help the Graduation of the Planetary Spirit (the transition of the Planetary Spirit doesn't have to be rough). We don't need religions/laws/military/technology to achieve it: we can do it with our Thoughts and Intent !

The  Importance of  Affirmation (Thought-Intent)

After reading  R. Monroe's and W. Buhlman's books I found that affirmations are a useful tool! R. Monroe found that the affirmation helped his students to explore much higher levels of Consciousness !
W. Buhlman gave me the freedom to make my own affirmations. I changed Monroe's affirmation a bit (it seemed a bit obsolete) and tried it before falling asleep. Maybe, inspite of our desires, we are not spiralling out of here to 5th, 6th, 7th Levels as fast as we would like to for a reason and the reason could be our participation in the Universal Shift ? These are the thoughts of Preston Nichols and Duncan Cameron at the interview from:   Preston Nichols Interview (www.freezone.org/mc/e_conv05.htm):
"...we have what we call the museum, which is a whole stack of radio receivers. We found that if you can tune up 10% of them, the other 90% of them will fall into the pattern, no matter where they're tuned. The level seems to be 10%. If you're like at 8% there's partial entrainment. 10% is full entrainment. So the plateau seems to be 10% from the viewpoint of physics. Why that is we can't explain. It has something to do with frequency transformed and this sort of thing and we can't express it at this point.
SS: Does the frequency make a difference?
DC: What is the prerequisite is the intent into the tuning. To have intent and follow that intent as you go along. And when you start resonating with that intent you get a vibratory pattern, which is gracious to it and falls into it. Then you follow that along and get 10%, then the rest fall along behind it. But it's the intent for sure."
There is an appropriate expression on Val's Synchronicity link : Synchronicity Link (www.trufax.org/general/synchronicity.html), the article called "Synchronicity - a Fascinating Part of Life's Dynamic:
"Consciousness, particularly when focused heavily on some kind of task, can influence events - "chance" variables will often align to fulfill goals and intent."

More about the Future

This Site is only a drop in the ocean of information available to you and it's gonna be pumped much more information into our Consciousness very soon: the Gates are opening! Another purpose of this website is to remind you that political, financial and similar games are connected to 3rd Density Earth and it is your past, it's not your future, you've done it already. You need to readjust your way of thinking into the future, into the new ways: Universal way. R.Monroe said to you, that you learn here how to become a Maker/Creator, Creator of Universes and we already are, if we stop thinking that we are only human and our lives are only based on political and economic matters of 3D Earth. How can you be a Creator of the Universes with 3 D mentality? Like Alex Collier said you are repeating the same and the same (politics), like a hamster on the wheel and you are not moving anywhere: you are standing on one spot. Credo Mutwa told you similar thing: maybe you need to stop getting involved into 3rd D Earth politics and stop reading and publishing that boring political and financial stuff from controlled governments' running newspapers, aren't you tired of it? You don't notice that you are playing their Game, you all are so involved with who would win next election, on and on for so many years, it'll drive a bloke to drink. Personally, politics never interested me, I've been voting for myself for the last 8 years, only because voting is still compulsory in Australia (otherwise I wouldn't even bother with any kind of voting), and advise the same to everyone: vote for yourself if you have to! R. Monroe also wasn't interested in politics or Astrology (3D creation). All the leading alternative websites, their restricted membership circles, inc. Alex Jones' and Val Valerian's are full of these repetitious, negatively charged thoughts circulating from one so called alternative site to another.
All your energy is wasted just on that: fear politics and technology, millions of human males and females are addicted to it (esp. males) like they are under hypnosis, they don't create positive Thoughts and they don't intent positive changes around.


First Impressions of a being in a Physical Body

I did post an interesting material on the first impressions in physical body written by Rosalind McKnight, which could be found on the link devoted to the materials written by her  Rosalind McKnight info  . There are other writers, who depict similar experiences in their books. One of this writers is Dolores Cannon. But now I would like you to read an extract from "The Convoluted Universe", book 3, written by Dolores Cannon in 2008, p. 632:
D: Let's condense time and see where you go.
F (Fransis, the client): Earth is the destination. There's another stop...And he says to me, "This light (a small round light, a gift) will always show you the way back."   

D: So you will never be lost. You will always have a way to go home. That's beautiful. Do you go to Earth?
F: No, not yet. There is a waiting period there. There is a gathering. There are more people - we all together. - I can see the Earth now. There are dimensional levels that I am having awareness of. The level that I sense that I am on - the number that comes to mind - is seven. There is a planning of how to accomplish what we gather to accomplish. How will we do this? We've all been chosen based on where we're from, being very gifted in some sense. Collectively, it's a very balanced energy.
D: So everything is very planned out. Where do you have to go? What do you see?
F: I'm going to be born. The place I'm going to is very, very different than what I'm used to. It's very difficult to explain. There's a very different energy. It's heavier. I feel heavier. There is a birth process in the place where I'm from, but it's not like this one. (Becoming emotional.) It's not like this one. I am born to a couple. They have waited very, very long for a child.

D: Did you enter the body after it was born, or before it was born?
F: I"m seeing, before you asked me what happened when I was born, I could see me in their space - not in the body - I am observing them. I am learning about them, and why they were chosen for me to come through. The birth process would have been too shocking to me without this preparation..."

p.607-610, book 2:

"A (Anna-the client): I must pretend to be one of them. There is a need for more of us to intersperse ourselves amongst the inhabitants  to do what we must do. We must take on the bodies and be less separated from them this time.
D (Dolores) : So you won't appear different?
A: So that we will have more power to help. Being different doesn't accomplish anything when there is that much pain.
There is too much fear.
D: You have to appear like one of the people.
A: It's more expeditious (done with speed) to do it that way.
D: Well, let's move ahead and see what you do. How do you become one of them?
A: (Pause) I don't like it (to be in physical body, LM). It is a constricting body and a very heavy energy. It's not fluid. The bodies are filled with genetic fear and doubt, with uncertainty, with hesitation. And to bring energy in and have to meander through (follow winding or circuitous course) the programs and the genetics is challenging. There is too much distortion.
D: When did you enter this body? Was it a baby?
A: There was an attempt as a baby, but it wasn't successful. I am the wrong frequency for the body. I have to change my frequency (wrong frequency of the body is one of the reasons for stillbirth; there are other causes for stillbirths, LM).
D: Were you assigned to a certain baby, when it was being born? I was wondering how you decided which body.  
A: There is a scanning of the genetic history of the DNA of the potentials - of the parents - and if it seems as if there is a potential of past contact through that genetic strain, then the frequency of that still co-exists within the parents.
D: So it's easier to do it as a baby?
A: Sometimes it is easier to do it as a baby, but it depends upon the emotional state of the mother whether or not she blocks that gene from being activated (the 
emotional state of the mother is another cause for stillbirths, LM).
D: But in this case, you couldn't enter as a baby?
A: It was unsuccessful. The frequency was too heavy. I could not activate the right frequency within the body, and it was aborted.
D: When were you successful in entering the body?
A: Later. There was an agreement made with another soul; another aspect of soul.
D: Was that also as a baby?
A: It's as if there was a partial incarnation into the body - not fully - to develop the body to help it grow, but to not be fully present within it (this case is a tricky one, LM). It was ripening the body for the right time. There was not a necessity to be fully present because the frequency that was in the body was to be shifted out of it.
D: Does that mean your frequency was too strong? (Yes) Would it have harmed the body if it were to come in sooner?
A: It may have short circuited some of the necessary functions in the body. The electrical circuits - the electrical charges within the body - could be burned out or distorted, creating dysfunction. The human frame, the human system is very delicate, and there can be great damage done if too much frequency floods the body without preparation.
D: Too much energy. (Yes) So you said it was only done partially?
A: Enough to maintain what is called an existence, but not completely in the body and not completely participating.
D: So, when did you enter fully, or as fully as you can?
A: The beginning of that was the experience upon the cruise.
During the interview  before the session, Anna mentioned a strange experience thatoccured while she was at sea during a cruise. She said she went out on the balcony ...and felt as though she left her body. Afterwards, she felt like she became a different person. She wondered whether a walk-in had occured that night.
D: So we are speaking about the body of Anna that you speaking through right now. (Yes) Why was that particular time chosen?
A: She was away from all influences that would have prevented or identified her with her past. She was in a plasmic field that one calls "the oceans", and it was easy to make the transference.
D: She said she had a strange feeling that something happened at that time.
A: There have been some memories given to her, to help her understand the change that happened.
D: But it is not what we consider to be a walk-in?
A: It is not.
D: I don't know if you have a name for this, but it is like you've always been there, but not all the way. Is that correct?
A: That is correct. It's a transference of consciousness. A transference of identity that has been moved into the body.
And again, because of the fragility of the body mind, as it must function within the planetary field, it has had to be done very gently and gradually. The times that it was done too suddenly, there was a threat of overload; of despair of two realities overlapping. The mind begins to see flashes and visions of other realities that are carried from the five suns, particularly in this body.
D: She said she has flashes of memories, and she didn't understand where they were coming from.
A: Very clearly. And they have had to be gently downloaded until this time to begin to understand that she has access to that other world and that knowledge.
D: Is it alright if she has the knowledge now? (Yes) That's why she was allowed to come here? (Yes) She said she had the feeling that something else was inside her looking out of her eyes. Is that you?
A: Yes, it is the consciousness from the golden world - from the world of five suns.
D: And she also has the feeling she's reporting back in some way.
A: She is.
D: Because it's always been your function to report back. (Yes) But much of this was very confusing to her...
(And there are millions of humans/aliens on Earth, who are from different star systems and who is reporting the information about what they learn here to their home planets. The idea is to uplift the consciousness of those planets, so they can get a level higher vibrationwise, LM).
A: It is important that she knows that she has access to this knowledge; this is the first thing. The second is for her to not be distressed when I take over her eye vision to report. There are certain times when she gets the message to open up the  channel. There are times when she is distracted and I must step in, and then she is aware of a third party... she enjoys reporting; she enjoys participating. It is in that reporting that she will then get the information necessary as to what actions to take and where to go and who to interact with..."


The New Body

Dolores Cannon, "The Convoluted Universe" , book 2, p. 629:
Another subject who was experiencing unexplained physical symptoms, described the new body in this way:
S: She is identifying more with her future body. It’s not really settled in yet, but it’s there. And this future body takes her essence, or portions of her. And merges it or pulls it up so she will get used to this future body.
D: Will the body physically change?
S: Some, yes. It will be stronger and younger. This body that she is in now, it could be healed and redone, but she needs the future body. It will be lighter. More capable. She is feeling this now, her essence has been merging with this future body and pulled up.
D: So this body she has now will be changed?
S: It will be essentially left behind. It’s going to be transformed and parts of it that aren’t needed will be dropped away.
D: So it’s not like leaving one body and going into another.
S: No. gradually the newer body and the older body will be mostly merged together. But there will be certain parts of the older body that won’t be necessary, so they will be left behind. It will just disintegrate.
It will probably be so gradual that we will not even notice the difference. Except for the physical symptoms that some are experiencing as the body makes the adjustments. I have been told that the older generation may be more aware that something is happening in the body. Yet it does no good to worry about it, since it is a natural process that is occurring now to everyone as part of the evolution of the new Earth ... This then means that you will not get through the death process, as you will then have a Light Body. Aging will not exist for you, and you will have stepped into the next dimensional reality. You can then access the next stage of spiritual evolution... They” have emphasized that this has happened down through time to certain individuals and small groups of people. But what makes it unique now , is that it will be the first time that an entire planet will make the shift into another dimension. This will be the new Earth and the new world... The others who are not ready, will be left behind...They will not even be aware that anything has happened...They will not be allowed to come to the “New Earth”, because their vibration will not match..."



Technology can waste your time - Bill Gates

Monday, July 27, 2009 08:27am
http://bigpondnews.com/articles/Technology/2009/07/27/Technology_can_waste_your_time_-_Gates_356220.html.

Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates says he was forced to give up on the social networking phenomenon Facebook after too many people wanted to be his friend.
Gates, the billionaire computer geek-turned-philanthropist who was honoured Saturday by India for his charity work, told an audience in New Delhi he had tried out Facebook but ended up with '10,000 people wanting to be my friends'.
Gates, who remains Microsoft chairman, said he had trouble figuring out whether he 'knew this person, did I not know this person'.
Gates also confided to the audience that he was 'not that big at text messaging' and that 'I'm not a 24-hour-a-day tech person'.
'I read a lot and some of that reading is not on a computer,' he said.
Gates, who sought to drive a vision of a computer on every desk and in every home, said the information technology revolution had been 'hugely beneficial' but added: 'All these tools of tech waste our time if we're not careful.'

Most of you need to change your thoughts, otherwise it creates a powerful, negatively charged group thought. These are good advices from Bob:

"Without a solid overview, we cannot understand the ultimate value of what we do. Therefore, follow your own design, lighten the load by refusing to bond lasting emotion onto any physical act or the action of others. Detach Matter-Emotion. Physical things, places, etc., they are units within time-space, to be enjoyed and to be used as tools in the learning experience. None is "ours." We don't own or possess any thing or person, nothing belongs to us. Even the matter we use for our physical body is "borrowed," as it were. Store the memory and the experience, leave the emotion behind."

There are many Beings among the players of this Universal Game who represent their planets and whose goal would be to move the populations of the whole planets to the higher Density esp. 3rd Density planets (both positive and negative) after they graduate this Game. That's Evolution! These people are called One-Timers (you are born on Earth only once, but created many Alters during this one time on Earth. These Alters are the parts of your Soul, who either using the same body or walk into other physical bodies, created for them in labs): meaning they are not Repeaters (many lives) like the most evolved humans (more on that on R.Monroe info ). Maybe you are one of them and you don't know it and I know from personal experience that there are One-Timers who doesn't know it?
In any case you are representing your other higher evolved parts on higher Densities and they count on you.
Morenay and Visaus, positive aliens of 4th/5th Density planets, Alex Collier's friends from Andromeda Galaxy are a good example of it. They are here among us now, participating in this Game, learning how to manipulate energy,
how to create balance, how to become an Androgynous and a Maker and how to move their planets to higher densities.  And another example is Robert Monroe. If you remember when he was taken to the Earth a millions years back into the past. He met representatives of 2 million people living underground, who eventually moved altogether to the 4th density Earth before the Planetary Game started. Then they created the School of Compressed Learning for Humans+ which everyone is attending in their sleep. Since last centuary that School was specialising in preparation of One-Timers for having just one life on Earth at Endgame Time.
R. Monroe was taken to the 4th Density to see this School which was situated on 4th D Earth in exactly the same place where TMI (The Monroe Institute) in 3rd Density is. And I have a feeling that some part of R.Monroe is One-Timer (not me) and Heshe is going to lead the whole planet (not this one) to a Higher Density! But I could be wrong.


My Thoughts about Agartha's Internet Controllers


Websites of outspoken females are kept in the shadow or been sabotaged by the Internet Controllers (like this website), but not for long! Google is scared of this and other evolved sites on consciousness like hell, and advertising religious, alien or New Age websites disgised as something to do with consciousness. For instance, Robot Consciousness website promoted by Google (look for websites on Consciousness through Google and you'll see it, unless they've already  been removed).

About Internet/TV News

For the last 30 years and before that I've been watching all kinds of News in: English/Russian/German/Italian/French/Spanish from many countries on the Radio, TV, Internet and most of the time I nearly vomited from them: they were/are such a bore or an incredible nonsense and they hardly change. The underground Empire, Agartha, has been feeding us with all this Junk and they still do! And there has been so much happening on this planet, which has never been shown on TV!

Queens and Princesses

Everybody noticed that almost every female wants to be either a queen, or a princess or a star of the show. She is often encouraged by parents or the society overall. That command has been programmed into the females to induce their egos and desire for power, so they would fight these unwelcomed desires for all their lives and eventually release them, free themselves from these addictions to become more balanced: means they will win the Game. This struggle is not easy and requires to withstand a lot of pain: emotional and physical, and with the help of raising children (especially if they are single mothers), doing multiple dirty jobs, earning the living, creating homes and supplying males/children/aliens with their energy they will become like suns, natural stars without the use of Hollywood producers. The harder the life and the earlier the hardships start, the faster females are getting rid of their ego inflation. The same applies to men. But the results after the Game are spectacular!
If you take the element of hardships out of the Game, then there will be no Game and no spectacular results!

I can give you a good example.
There is an outstanding Russian performer, her name is Anna Netrebko (Netrebko means: not demanding, how appropriate!) and here is an extract from
a very informative article about her:

"CBS) There isn’t a musical instrument on earth that can produce sounds as varied, as beautiful, and as heart-rending as the voice of a woman. That’s why we worship our great sopranos, and call them divas. But many of the greatest musical divas are larger than life. And seeing them on stage can be jarring, particularly when, in operas such as "La Boheme" or "La Traviata," they're playing fragile, young beauties dying of consumption.
Correspondent Bob Simon reports on a new primadonna, a young, rising opera star with a Cinderella story.
Her name is Anna Netrebko, and she's from Russia.
Her recordings are selling very well -- unusually well for classical music. But more than that, Netrebko is doing something never done before: opera music videos.
Call it “MTV meets the Met,” or “Opera Lite." But the videos are knocking some stuffiness out of the opera world. In Europe, her DVD soared to No. 1 on the charts ahead of Britney Spears and Beyonce.
Netrebko is a marketer's dream, and her record company is daring to hope that she might just bring young people to opera. When is the last time you saw a soprano who sings at the Metropolitan Opera, and graces the pages of glossy magazines?
And it’s not just the singing. It’s not just the looks. Music critics on both sides of the Atlantic are describing Netrebko as a perfect product of her times -- a unique package of acting, attitude, presence, voice, and of course, glamour.
Is it more important for her to be adored for her voice or her looks?
"When I just started my career, of course, I always tried to look very good, and I changed the dress all the time at the performance. And people came to me and said: "Oh, beautiful dress. Your dress is so beautiful, and you look so beautiful." That’s it. And I was so upset: nobody was saying anything about my singing," recalls Netrebko.
"But now... they start to speak a little bit about my voice and about my singing and this makes me happy."
There are rules to good singing, and they maybe the only rules Netrebko respects. She not only ignores the protocols of the opera world, on the road, she ignores the seat belt laws of California. Netrebko insists she will never cross over to popular music. But she loves it, and listens to the music of pop stars such as Justin Timberlake.
Another passionate love, as Simon noticed one morning in San Francisco, is shopping – and not just for gowns for opening night. It's no wonder Netrebko's always maxed out on her credit cards. She told Simon that she paid $1,200 for a pair of jeans with holes in the knees. "This is the style," she says. The streets of San Francisco are long way from the small town of Krasnadar, in the South of the old Soviet Union where Netrebko grew up as a patriotic "Young Pioneer."
"It was lots of fun with this red tie, and I was very proud because I was one of the best, and I was one of the first from my class who was a pioneer," says Netrebko, who enjoyed performing in the communist pageants.
What kind of roles did you dream of performing?
"Princess, of course. All the girls wanted to be princesses, beautifully dressed of course, and with the tiara," says Anna Netrebko.
She left home when she was 16 for the closest thing Russia had for a city fit for a princess – St. Petersburg. But did she ever expect that she'd end up at New York's Metropolitan Opera?
"No, not me, and nor the people who was around me," says Netrebko. "I heard so many times that I don’t have voice and the best for me is the chorus or something." (But that didn't discourage her, LM)
But that didn’t stop her from enrolling at the conservatory and taking a job at the city’s famous Mariinksy Theatre – washing the floors. That was her day job, and it gave her a chance at night to soak up the music.
"I was surprised why such an attractive girl decided to do such a job," recalls maestro Valery Gergiev, the musical director of the Mariinksy Theatre.
He says he was even more surprised to see the cleaning lady turn up at one of his auditions – but he noticed her immediately. "After her first minute of audition, it was clear, of course, I immediately offered her to become a young member of our ensemble," says Gergiev. "A Cinderella story."
Gergiev turned his Cinderella into a princess (no, it wasn't him, it was her, Anna turned herself into a Star of the Show; Gergiev was just a helping hand, LM). And Netrebko began touring the world with his company, singing mostly Russian repertoire. But two years ago, her big break came at the prestigious festival in Salzburg – the town where Mozart was born.
"I was scared. I was nervous, and I had no idea what I was doing here," recalls Netrebko, who claims that she sings better when she's nervous. "Adrenaline, the stress, everything."
But Netrebko says that there's good stress and bad stress. Good stress is what she feels before a performance. Not so good are the receptions, the chat shows, and the CD signings. Everyone wants a piece of Anna Netrebko. And the pressure is unrelenting.
When her mother died two years ago, on the other side of the world, Netrebko didn't cancel her engagements. She kept on singing. Was it difficult to continue performing? "No," says Netrebko.
"Aside from having a beautiful voice and a beautiful face, you’ve gotta be tough," says Simon. "It's a tough game, isn’t it?"
"Of course. If you’re not tough, you are out. And you have to have a very strong character, very strong," says Netrebko, who admits she's had to take care of herself. "Nobody else will take care of you."
And sopranos are notorious for taking care of themselves. They’re always wrapped in scarves. Air conditioning is anathema. And most of them flee smoky rooms. But for Netrebko, where there’s smoke, there’s fire. And she loves fire.
In fact, if Netrebko had her way, she’d be partying every night.
"I’m living with the people, and the people are smoking, and the people live in air condition, so I just can’t say, 'OK, I’m an opera singer. I have to stay with my own, whatever area around,'" says Netrebko.
Her specialty may be arias, but she has no airs. When you run into her in St. Petersburg, you’d never know that she is now up there, in the galaxy of the stars. There are no limos, and no paparazzi. And she always goes back to the Mariinksy Theatre, sees her old friends, and does a turn on stage.
"It's funny when we think about you starting washing floors in the Mariinksy Theatre, obviously it's a Cinderella story," says Simon. "So do you worry that at the stroke of midnight, you’re going to find yourself one day washing floors again, and your jet plane will turn into a pumpkin?"
"Oh, it might happen. Absolutely. Not washing the floor but maybe I will change my profession," says Netrebko. "If I would really get tired from this, and if I will start to sing worse, I will just change it, but I will not disappear. I will do something else important. You will see me somewhere. Anywhere would be just fine."

Russian city Krasnodar seems to be a hometown of a few interesting people, whose names are mentioned on this website:
Anna Netrebko,  Russian Sun-eater Zinaida Baranova, Vladimir Putnik (his full book about his Astral travels in Russian is on  Vladimir Putnik info  link on this website).
There is an amazingly powerful 60 years' old Russian movie about a Russian girl, ranger's daughter from the forests of Siberia, who became an opera singer in Moscow, called "Come Tomorrow". True story, and the actress, Ekaterina Savinova who was playing the leading part and was that same girl and the real opera singer. Anna Netrebko is repeating the story of that girl. There are also American movies, which are repeating the same idea. You need to go through a lot of hardships to be become a sun, a star of the show, to be able to express emotions in your voice, because without emotions singing is not singing!

Anna Netrebko    Ekaterina Savinova          

                                                                                                                                                                                       Anna Netrebko                                Ekaterina Savinova (left)                                                                                                                                                                   

Everybody noticed that every female wants to be either a queen, a princess or a star of the show. She is often encouraged by parents or the society overall. That command has been programmed into the females to induce their egos and desire for power, so they would fight these unwelcomed desires for all their lives and eventually release them, free themselves from these addictions to become more balanced: means they will win the Game. This struggle is not easy and requires to withstand a lot of pain: emotional and physical, and with the help of raising children (especially if they are single mothers), doing multiple dirty jobs, earning the living, creating homes and supplying males/children/aliens with their energy they will become like suns, natural stars without the use of Hollywood producers. The harder the life and the earlier the hardships start, the faster females are getting rid of their ego inflation. The same applies to men. But the results after the Game are spectacular! If you take the element of hardships out of the Game, then there will be no Game and no spectacular results!
I can give you a good example. There is an outstanding Russian performer, her name is Anna Netrebko (Netrebko means: not demanding, how appropriate!) and here is an extract from a very informative article about her:

"CBS) There isn’t a musical instrument on earth that can produce sounds as varied, as beautiful, and as heart-rending as the voice of a woman. That’s why we worship our great sopranos, and call them divas. But many of the greatest musical divas are larger than life. And seeing them on stage can be jarring, particularly when, in operas such as "La Boheme" or "La Traviata," they're playing fragile, young beauties dying of consumption.
Correspondent Bob Simon reports on a new primadonna, a young, rising opera star with a Cinderella story.
Her name is Anna Netrebko, and she's from Russia.
Her recordings are selling very well -- unusually well for classical music. But more than that, Netrebko is doing something never done before: opera music videos.
Call it “MTV meets the Met,” or “Opera Lite." But the videos are knocking some stuffiness out of the opera world. In Europe, her DVD soared to No. 1 on the charts ahead of Britney Spears and Beyonce.
Netrebko is a marketer's dream, and her record company is daring to hope that she might just bring young people to opera. When is the last time you saw a soprano who sings at the Metropolitan Opera, and graces the pages of glossy magazines?
And it’s not just the singing. It’s not just the looks. Music critics on both sides of the Atlantic are describing Netrebko as a perfect product of her times -- a unique package of acting, attitude, presence, voice, and of course, glamour.
Is it more important for her to be adored for her voice or her looks?
"When I just started my career, of course, I always tried to look very good, and I changed the dress all the time at the performance. And people came to me and said: "Oh, beautiful dress. Your dress is so beautiful, and you look so beautiful." That’s it. And I was so upset: nobody was saying anything about my singing," recalls Netrebko.
"But now... they start to speak a little bit about my voice and about my singing and this makes me happy."
There are rules to good singing, and they maybe the only rules Netrebko respects. She not only ignores the protocols of the opera world, on the road, she ignores the seat belt laws of California. Netrebko insists she will never cross over to popular music. But she loves it, and listens to the music of pop stars such as Justin Timberlake.
Another passionate love, as Simon noticed one morning in San Francisco, is shopping – and not just for gowns for opening night. It's no wonder Netrebko's always maxed out on her credit cards. She told Simon that she paid $1,200 for a pair of jeans with holes in the knees. "This is the style," she says. The streets of San Francisco are long way from the small town of Krasnadar, in the South of the old Soviet Union where Netrebko grew up as a patriotic "Young Pioneer."
"It was lots of fun with this red tie, and I was very proud because I was one of the best, and I was one of the first from my class who was a pioneer," says Netrebko, who enjoyed performing in the communist pageants.
What kind of roles did you dream of performing?
"Princess, of course. All the girls wanted to be princesses, beautifully dressed of course, and with the tiara," says Anna Netrebko.
She left home when she was 16 for the closest thing Russia had for a city fit for a princess – St. Petersburg. But did she ever expect that she'd end up at New York's Metropolitan Opera?
"No, not me, and nor the people who was around me," says Netrebko. "I heard so many times that I don’t have voice and the best for me is the chorus or something." (But that didn't discourage her, LM)
But that didn’t stop her from enrolling at the conservatory and taking a job at the city’s famous Mariinksy Theatre – washing the floors. That was her day job, and it gave her a chance at night to soak up the music.
"I was surprised why such an attractive girl decided to do such a job," recalls maestro Valery Gergiev, the musical director of the Mariinksy Theatre.
He says he was even more surprised to see the cleaning lady turn up at one of his auditions – but he noticed her immediately. "After her first minute of audition, it was clear, of course, I immediately offered her to become a young member of our ensemble," says Gergiev. "A Cinderella story."
Gergiev turned his Cinderella into a princess (no, it wasn't him, it was her, Anna turned herself into a Star of the Show; Gergiev was just a helping hand, LM). And Netrebko began touring the world with his company, singing mostly Russian repertoire. But two years ago, her big break came at the prestigious festival in Salzburg – the town where Mozart was born.
"I was scared. I was nervous, and I had no idea what I was doing here," recalls Netrebko, who claims that she sings better when she's nervous. "Adrenaline, the stress, everything."
But Netrebko says that there's good stress and bad stress. Good stress is what she feels before a performance. Not so good are the receptions, the chat shows, and the CD signings. Everyone wants a piece of Anna Netrebko. And the pressure is unrelenting.
When her mother died two years ago, on the other side of the world, Netrebko didn't cancel her engagements. She kept on singing. Was it difficult to continue performing? "No," says Netrebko.
"Aside from having a beautiful voice and a beautiful face, you’ve gotta be tough," says Simon. "It's a tough game, isn’t it?"
"Of course. If you’re not tough, you are out. And you have to have a very strong character, very strong," says Netrebko, who admits she's had to take care of herself. "Nobody else will take care of you."
And sopranos are notorious for taking care of themselves. They’re always wrapped in scarves. Air conditioning is anathema. And most of them flee smoky rooms. But for Netrebko, where there’s smoke, there’s fire. And she loves fire.
In fact, if Netrebko had her way, she’d be partying every night.
"I’m living with the people, and the people are smoking, and the people live in air condition, so I just can’t say, 'OK, I’m an opera singer. I have to stay with my own, whatever area around,'" says Netrebko.
Her specialty may be arias, but she has no airs. When you run into her in St. Petersburg, you’d never know that she is now up there, in the galaxy of the stars. There are no limos, and no paparazzi. And she always goes back to the Mariinksy Theatre, sees her old friends, and does a turn on stage.
"It's funny when we think about you starting washing floors in the Mariinksy Theatre, obviously it's a Cinderella story," says Simon. "So do you worry that at the stroke of midnight, you’re going to find yourself one day washing floors again, and your jet plane will turn into a pumpkin?"
"Oh, it might happen. Absolutely. Not washing the floor but maybe I will change my profession," says Netrebko. "If I would really get tired from this, and if I will start to sing worse, I will just change it, but I will not disappear. I will do something else important. You will see me somewhere. Anywhere would be just fine."
It is always a pleasure to see a powerful merging of 2 or more Spirits in a female or a male form when they doing something creative together, like singing:

"Dein ist mein ganzes Herz (Domingo,Netrebko,Villazon)"
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Pa58TdbRGJ4&feature=related

Anna Netrebko - Casta Diva
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=udqn2QXFgZs&feature=related

Anna Netrebko on Good Morning America
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NB444gXZsKc


More about interesting Anna Netrebko's life is on  Truth about Women link.


Russian city Krasnodar seems to be a home town of a few interesting people, whose names are mentioned on this website: Anna Netrebko,  Russian Sun-eater  Zinaida Baranova, Vladimir Putnik (his full book in Russian is on  Vladimir Putnik info  link on this website).
There is an amazingly powerful 60 years' old Russian movie about a Russian girl from the forests of Siberia, who became an opera singer in Moscow, called "Come Tomorrow". True story, and the actress, Ekaterina Savinova who was playing the leading part was that same girl and the real opera singer. Anna Netrebko is repeating the story of that girl. There are also American movies, which are repeating the same idea. You need to go through a lot of hardships to be become a sun, a star of the show, to be able to express emotions in your voice, because without emotions singing is not singing!
There are a few more Russian Opera singers who had a destiny of a Cinderella first and a lot of struggle to become known, because you can't realy have an excelent voice and being able to convey high emotions without experiencing hardships in life.

"Queen Christina" with Greta Garbo is a very profound movie for those who wants to become a queen and for those who wants to become an Androgynous Being. Greta Garbo was very well playing a male part of Swidish Queen Christina as well as the Queen's female part.
I would also recommend a profound old movie to watch "The Corn Is Green" with Bette Davis and Nigel Bruce. It was made in 1945.   

Yes, most of us do suffer a lot and our children too and we see physical results of that abuse both emotional and physical, because we look, listen and sense with our physical attachments: eyes, ears, heart, skin, nerves etc. But what we can't see is that we, our internal energy, is slowly building up and getting brighter and brighter, like our Sun and this is the idea: to become like a Sun was the whole idea. Our Higher Selves made the decision and sent one of their parts, a scout here to Earth to start this Planetary Game. This is why those who never went through this tough School envy those who graduated this Planetary Game. The new players started it as One-Timer. They also want to become like Stars/Suns/Androgynous Beings. In fact, the number of those, who wants to participate in this Game is much greater than could be possibly allowed on this planet. And for those who is constantly complaining about the toughness of the Game there is always a way out: just get out of the Game, you are free to make this choice, but you need to lose the physical body to be able to do this.
But many people are not brave enough to part with thier bodies: they fear death and the idea of living without physical body, they are so scared of the death of their physical bodies, and at the same time they are so addicted to the Game, to: food/drink/drugs/alcohol/power/money/fame/sex/complaining/ego inflation/gambling/smoking/computer games/material posessions/religions/mobile phone etc. and looking for saviours instead of turning to their own Total Selves. 
I posted on  Robert Monroe info  and  Home Page more materials on this subject.

More about Sun-eaters is on Future Humans+  link. 

***********************************

What Women Like?

marriage proposal
marriage proposal

Most of the women like to follow spiritual men-leaders. They like talking about metaphysical matters to men, have astral flights and astral sex with them, have marriage proposals
. But those women who are evolved enough and who didn't happen to meet a partner of the same spiritual level, like to be independent.
They usually have enough of living in the families where noone is interested in their personal evolvement, in reading and researching available materials.
I had a similar situation with my family: noone from my Russian or Australian families ever wanted to talk about spiritual matters with me or was interested in reading this kind of literature!
R.Monroe have been often critisized or ignored and mainly by business or New Age people. Women on the other hand worshiped him because he was writing about out-of-body travels and he knew how to deal with women. He also was very much in love with his wife Nancy and women like men who truly love their women.
His Explorers and personnel at the beginning were mainly females. Women loved Bob's books and wanted to experience the Big L too.

There are some extracts from Bayard Stockton's "Catapult: The Biography of Robert A.Monroe", written in 1989 I would like you to read, p.248-249:

"Inevitably, there's the subject of women...One recurrent question among Gateway Voyagers is whether Bob attracts ladies when he is Out Of Body.
Nancy
(Bob's wife) says, "There have been times when I felt tremendous female energy during the night. Nowadays, I don't try to protect myself when he's Out Of Body. But he has never reported to me that he's playing footsie with women out There. Of course women like to think he's coming to see them at night. He's very human and very dynamic man." 
Almost everyone who visits the Monroes at home, notes that the subject of sex rears its wondrous head often in conversation, and quite naturally, because they consider it an interesting, normal, and vital part of life (yes, with highly evolved individual, LM). Both leave little doubt in the listener's mind that theirs have been a rapturous
(ecstatic) union, on all levels of consciousness.
"There aren't many people who understand that there's an aspect of spiritual love - for lack of a better word - which isn't commonly experienced, " says Nancy.
A "best friends" relationship open both man and woman to the concept of total giving, of body as well as emotion...
Some couples who do metaphysical exercises together have reported stupendous experiences, far beyond the usual orgasm, while they were consciously aware, in the Altered State...
Nancy comments, "What we're talking about is a blending of energies most people think they can attain (reach, gain) only through sex. But that's light years away from the truth. It's the light of the candle, compared to the sun. There is no real description for it...Nancy Monroe frankly doesn't know why Bob has so consistently avoided reference to "spirituality"...
She does say, "He is deeply moral. His attitude is allowing others to do their thing. His beliefs are expressed best in the concept of Loosh. It's the Unseen Language: The ability we all have - if only we can develop it - to tap those wavelengths which permit us to communicate with everything - plants, animals, other energies. It's a huge, all-enveloping concept." 
...He (Bob) doesn't like labels. They are limiting. When "Far Journeys" was in preparation, Bob brought the early morning's production into breakfast and read it aloud. When he got to the sections dealing with the Inspecs, he often broke down, voice choked, tears filling his eyes. There is one passage which contains a description of an Inspec protecting him from the Light (of the Creative Force, LM). Bob simply couldn't bring himself to read it aloud, even to his wife. Nancy says, "There are some things beyond Inspec he just can't talk about at all."
Nancy won't cry in front of Bob. Why?
Nancy: "Maybe I don't want to embarrass him. Men get squeamish (sick, disgusted, offended) when women cry."     (How very true! LM)
   

Our Alters (more on Multiple Personality Disoder)

Alters

Our Alters of different colors

For people who didn't come from plant/animal life (2nd Density) to play this Planetary Game here, but much, much higher levels, there is no need to be born many times here. In my case, I was born only once, in 1946, and that's enough for someone, who came from 11th Density like me. Within this period of time you would create many Alters, who would have separate lives in parallel with your life. And if you have 300 or more Alters having different lives on/off Earth, it's more than you can bargain for. It's not an easy approach, but your Higher Selves love it! Many writers wrote about our other personalities (Alters) in their books, only they called them differently. Here is some excerpt from " Dreams, "Evolution," and Value Fulfillment" written by Jane Roberts and Robert  Butt (her husband), Seth's Thoughts:

"When Seth tells us that his last physical life was in Denmark in the 1600s, then Jane and I represent future physical selves of his. I put it this way because Seth himself has commented that the three of us are "offshoots of the same entity." (This time, see Appendix 18 for Volume 2 of "Unknown" Reality.)
Yet we are all of us different now: "Ruburt (Jane) is not myself now, in his present life. He is nevertheless an extension and materialization of the Seth that I was at one time...Within the context of my discussion, reincarnation is Seth's historical version of his counterpart concept, which is that each of us is physically connected with certain other males and females who are living at the same time we are, and who are exploring physical life from a variety of viewpoints in ways that no one physical self could possibly match. This means that each reincarnational self has its own cluster of counterpart selves within its own time period, and that all are interconnected on nonphysical levels, joining together like magical gears meshing in constantly changing patterns across time and reality. And once one understands ideas of reincarnation and counterparts in these terms, it becomes difficult to think of one without the other, so inevitable do they appear to be. (Obviously, some counterpart selves can meet physically, as reincarnational selves cannot. Under circumstances and in ways explained in Volume 2 of "Unknown" Reality, again, Jane and I think we've encountered a few of our counterpart selves. Just for fun, try to imagine the complicated relationships that can obtain within only a family of five, say, when each member exists within his or her much larger family of reincarnational and counterpart (Alter) selves."

I was wondering about 'the most mature and evolved human in physical earth, who used to live in our time reference', HeShe. What kind of people did HeShe like or was interested in? Humans,aliens, minions or all of them? Most likely: all of them. HeShe had met a lot of humans and, probably, had thousands of Alters-personalities within this time period (1800 years)!
To deal with any kind of people is not easy, because people often are not highly evolved individuals. And even with those who are advanced humans and who have many sabotaging Alters: the dealing with them could be hard too.
The confusion is created by the rules of this Planetary Game, when ETs look like Earth humans.

In the case of humans dealing with each other: they need to remember that they are not usually dealing with the Core Self of the person (R.Monroe's expression: the one you are born with), but with his/her artificially created Alters (some of them are negative, sabotaging ones, some are helpers). To create these negative Alters the Reptilian part of our brain is used. There is a need for them too: how else would you create negative energy, negative experiences in yourself for the Balance? Remember: 50% positive energy with 50% negative one and when you mix them together the new energy of Balance is born? How else would you distribute Loosh/ Balance energy all over the universes and they are not made  just of positive energy?
There is one more thing R. Monroe wrote, that he had one part of him not human and I'm sure it's more than one part. This video proving that Bob Monroe had Many Alters:
The Many Faces of Bob Monroe     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oClXKd_fKo0&feature=related
Moreover, I personally know that I have alien and animal Alters in me: positive and negative (for the balance). And I would not be surprised if all future Graduates have the same arrangement: positive and negative  alien/animal Alters in them, at least, I observed the same situation in my family and people I'm familiar with. I had a constant trouble that my enrgy was too strong for people to handle and they would dissociate in front of me and, usually, into their negative Alters (especially my son who lives with me).
Also, if you are a future Graduate, your Core-Self would be hidden behind the layers of Alters (like layers of an onion), often sabotaging ones, with  negative Wernicke's commands. More on that see   Psychology of Multiple Personality Disorder  and  S&M.Relfe  
This situation creates a lot of quarelling/misunderstanding/adjustments/struggles, particularly, in families!
Brice Taylor, in her powerful book "Thanks for the Memories" described how she, or rather one of her Alters, robotically have been depositing her own money on illegal government account  at the bank for years
(for the rotten American government) and never knew that. She was constantly beaten up, raped and stun-gunned (tasered). What happened to Brice Taylor, has been happening to most of human females, their memories are still blocked.
I feel that whatever was happening to Brice Taylor (Sue Ford) has been happening to me in Russia and Australia with slight variations, though I can't prove it yet, because I've been also stun-gunned whenever I go to sleep for all my life, to block my memory and this shocking thing still didn't stop. Intelligence officers, rather their negative Alters, mainly males, are stun-gunning most of human females, to prevent them from waking up. Most of humans (their Alters), robotically, are giving their money to the governments without being aware of it (like Brice Taylor's Alter did) and can't understand why they never have any money? This is called ultimate Mind Control.
Brice Taylor and Cathy O'Brien write a lot about brutal creation
of their Alters and their diffirent activities involving different countries' politicians (esp. American) and their own families members. What happened to Brice and Cathy has been happening to millions of humans: the Alters have been also created to fill many Universes with our Consciousness. There are so many representatives of you in so many universes!

 We often need to change the frequency of our bodies to a much slower one just to talk to some people. This is when our own Alters become handy: they are of different frequencies and you can use them in any situation of organizing or facilitating, like HeShe does. If all of Advanced pre-Graduates would accomplish that, it would be even better.

HeShe's been working with any kind of people, doing all kinds of jobs, likes people and it doesn't make HeShe a Lightsider!

Here is some fascinating description of communication with Alters given by an Entity to an executive at one of the session at TMI, "Far Journeys" by R.Monroe, p.54-55:

" SS/SCA (EXECUTIVE) 34 MIN #402
Monitor: "Ask him (the entity) to describe this interactive unit that is you now and your physical body. What is this relationship between this energy form and your physical body?"
"Part of my energy that I have when I'm out of body is used to build my body. When I use this energy to build my body here on earth, it blocks or curves my thinking processes so it doesn’t go out of body. The thinking process needs to be curved to communicate with the other personalities    (your Alters, LM) here on earth again. This is one type of                         communication when I'm out of body. I take most of that energy that is used for my body with me but enough to keep the body informed is left here. It permits me to open up my mind and allows me to communicate with other personalities, other brains so to speak, to comunicate with, to learn from, to talk to." (Your Alters, LM).
Monitor: "At what point do you first enter to become a part of this physical body?"
"Apparently when, although fertilization is a mechanical thing, a chemical thing  the personalities out of body are very much aware of when things happen and choose at that time to develop the fetus or not to develop. So part of my energy at this moment may be used to develop a personality and I may have several personalities going on at the same time, being developed at the same time."
Monitor: "At the same time in the physical kind of reality?"
"Yes, yes. They tell me right now, one is old, one is crippled, one is male, and where they are I am not ready to know. . . and I could feel being old and crippled but I could not feel being male."
Monitor: "Is this entering of the physical body limited just to the planet Earth or other planets?"
"We go to other places. There are beings on other places and our energy is aware of all these other places."